140+ Best Easy Breakfast Recipes For Busy Mornings - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/breakfast/ Tried & True Recipes ยท No Refined Sugars Fri, 28 Nov 2025 20:26:50 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.8.3 https://foolproofliving.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/07/cropped-cropped-Foolproof-Living-Favicon-image-resized-32x32.png 140+ Best Easy Breakfast Recipes For Busy Mornings - Foolproof Living https://foolproofliving.com/category/breakfast/ 32 32 Cottage Cheese Egg Bites https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-egg-bites/ https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-egg-bites/#comments Mon, 20 Oct 2025 19:52:09 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=83872 I recently started working with a health coach to make sustainable lifestyle changes, and as you can probably guess, increasing…]]>

I recently started working with a health coach to make sustainable lifestyle changes, and as you can probably guess, increasing my daily protein intake has been a big focus. As a professional recipe developer, I’m always thinking about ways to make food not just tasty but also easy to make.

Like many of you, I’ve seen the cottage cheese egg bites trending all over social media. They looked promising, but most versions required a blender or sous vide, which felt more complicated than I wanted.

So I developed a version that could be mixed in one bowl with minimal ingredients in 5 minutes and baked in a standard 12-cup muffin tin. Think of this as a customizable base: you can toss in leftover veggies or cooked protein you already have on hand.

Along the way, I also addressed common issues like watery textures or deflated bites, so you’ll find helpful tips throughout the post to ensure yours turn out just right.

Ingredients You’ll Need

Some recipes you’ll find online refer to this recipe as “3-ingredient egg bites” because it uses three simple ingredients: eggs, cottage cheese, and shredded cheddar cheese. 

Ingredients for eggs with cottage cheese bites with text on the image.

From there, you can mix in your favorite vegetables or breakfast meats to make it your own. You’ll find the exact measurements in the recipe card below, but here are a few helpful notes from my recipe testing:

Eggs: I recommend using large organic eggs. While it won’t be as fluffy, you can up the amount of protein by using a mix of whole eggs and egg whites (4 whole eggs and 4 egg whites). I wouldn’t recommend using only egg whites because without the yolks, it loses that soft, custardy texture and rich taste that make it so satisfying.

Cottage Cheese: During my recipe testing, I found that full-fat (4%) cottage cheese gives the most creamy and custardy results. You can use both small and large curd cottage cheese.

Be sure to strain it if it has any excess liquid, so the egg mixture is not too watery. Additionally, some cottage cheeses can be saltier than others, so give yours a quick taste before adding extra salt to the mixture. 

Cheese: I am using freshly shredded cheddar cheese, but if you’re wondering about the best cheese for egg bites, mozzarella, Monterey Jack, Parmesan, or gruyere cheese all work well. Feel free to mix a couple of cheeses together for extra depth. 

If you have the time, shred your own cheese as store-bought pre-shredded cheeses contain anti-caking agents that prevent even melting and the creaminess of these egg and cottage cheese bites.

Spinach: I opted for baby spinach as it is quick and easy to incorporate into the cottage cheese egg bites. I buy prewashed spinach that is sold in stores to save time. 

If you prefer to wash your own, be sure to rinse and drain well before adding it into the egg mixture to prevent egg bites from turning watery.

Seasonings: I kept it simple with kosher salt, black pepper, garlic powder, and paprika. But feel free to adjust to match the flavors you enjoy. You can add onion powder, red pepper flakes, or even a small amount of dried herbs like parsley, dill, oregano, or thyme.

Add-Ins and Flavor Ideas

These egg bites with cottage cheese are so easy to make, and there’s plenty of room to get creative. Here are a few of my favorite ways to change them up:

Breakfast meats: You can add about 1 cup of crumbled baked turkey bacon, regular bacon, cooked sausage (both pork and chicken would work), or diced ham. 

Potatoes and chives: If you love Starbucks’ Potato and Chive Egg Bites, you can easily recreate their flavor at home with this recipe. Cut a small yellow potato into ½-inch cubes and sauté them in a bit of oil until tender. Once cooled, stir them into the egg mixture along with a handful of chopped chives.

Other vegetables: Lighter vegetables, such as mushrooms, cherry tomatoes, or baby spinach, work best. Heavier vegetables, such as broccoli or bell peppers, can be used, but I recommend chopping them finely before adding them to the egg mixture. Stick to about 1 cup of vegetables so the bites don’t get weighed down.

Frozen vegetables would also work (such as frozen spinach); however, be sure to thaw them and squeeze out all the liquid before adding them to the egg mixture.

How to Make Egg Bites with Cottage Cheese 

Aside from the simple ingredients, these cottage cheese cups come together in just a few simple steps, requiring only a large bowl and a whisk. Here’s exactly how I make them:

A casserole dish filled with water in an oven.

Step 1 – Prep the oven: Set your oven to 325°F (162°C). Place a 9×13 dish with 2 cups of hot tap water on the bottom rack. 

I know it sounds like an extra step, but the steam created by the water as the egg bites bake is what keeps them soft and custardy. It also helps the eggs bake evenly without turning rubbery or completely deflating as they cool, similar to the Starbucks version made with a sous vide machine.

That said, you can skip this step if you prefer. The egg bites will still turn out delicious, just a bit firmer in texture.

A muffin tin with parchement liners.

Step 2 – Grease or line your muffin pan: Most egg bite recipes online use a silicone muffin pan to bake the bites. Sadly, I do not own one. If you have it, I would still recommend greasing it before pouring in the egg mixture.

If you are like me, and only have a regular metal 12-cup muffin tin, then I highly recommend lining them with parchment liners. It is truly the foolproof solution to prevent the egg bites from sticking to the pan. I tried using paper liners, and while the egg cups did not stick to the pan, it was hard to remove the paper from the egg bites in one piece.

Otherwise, take your time greasing/buttering the muffin tins well, covering all edges and even the top, as eggs always stick to metal if not greased properly.

Eggs whisked in a bowl with spinach.

Step 3 – Whisk the eggs: Crack the eggs into a large bowl along with salt (if using) and pepper until they are fully combined. Try not to overmix as they can trap too much air, causing them to puff up in the oven and then deflate as they cool. A little deflation is normal, but whisking just until smooth helps keep their shape.

Step 4 – Add the remaining ingredients: Stir in the cottage cheese and shredded cheddar until everything is well combined. Fold in the roughly chopped baby spinach.

It is easier to switch from a whisk to a spatula when folding. 

Additionally, while I listed only 2 cups of baby spinach in the recipe card below, you can use up to 3 cups if you prefer to up the nutritional value of these cottage cheese egg cups. Just make sure that they are chopped a bit so you won’t have big chunks of spinach in your egg bites.

Muffin tin with egg and cottage cheese bites before and after they are baked in the oven.

Step 5 – Fill the muffin cups: Scoop about ¼ cup of the mixture into each muffin well. If you are using a standard 12-cup muffin tin, fill it closer to the top. If you are using a different size, divide the batter evenly among the cups, keeping in mind that the baking time may vary.

Step 6 – Bake: Slide the muffin pan onto the middle rack, positioned directly above the water dish, and bake for 30-35 minutes. You’ll know they’re done when the tops look set and a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean. The lower temperature, combined with steam, is the secret to that custardy, Starbucks-style texture.

Step 7 – Let them rest: When they first come out of the oven, they will appear puffy, but they will deflate as they cool and rest. I like to let them cool for 10 minutes before removing them from the muffin tin, so they are not too hot.  You can enjoy them warm or let them cool completely if you are making them as part of your weekly meal prep.

5 Secrets to Starbucks-Style Custardy Egg Bites

Like with any egg recipe, a few small details make all the difference between bites that are rubbery or soggy and ones that are soft and fluffy. Below, I am sharing some of the things I learned during my recipe testing to help you get the best cottage cheese bites on your first try:

  1. Use a water bath: The steam from a dish of hot water in the oven is the secret to a soft, custardy texture that mimics the Starbucks sous vide method. If you omit it, the bites will still be delicious but noticeably firmer and more rubbery.
  2. Avoid Watery Bites: Excess liquid from cottage cheese or undrained vegetables is the main reason for watery egg and cottage cheese bites. Be sure to strain your cottage cheese if it looks wet.
  3. Parchment liners: If you are using a metal 12-cup muffin tin, keep in mind that eggs can stick to metal. To ensure easy release, take your time to grease every corner of your muffin pan or use parchment liners for a guaranteed easy release. If you are using silicone liners, I would still apply a light coating of oil, but it is definitely much easier to remove without the egg bites sticking to the pan. 
  4. Don’t overbake: The bites will continue to set as they cool, so if they’re baked too long, the texture will turn rubbery.
  5. Whisk by hand/Skip the blender: Egg bites puff slightly in the oven and settle as they cool, so a little settling/deflation is normal. However, I learned during my testing that the biggest difference maker was skipping the blender entirely. While blending creates a smooth batter, it traps too much air, causing the bites to over-inflate in the oven and then deflate significantly. To keep that beautiful, full, custardy texture, just whisk the batter by hand until the eggs and cottage cheese are just combined, leaving the curds intact.
Egg bites on a plate from the front view.

How to Make Ahead, Meal Prep, Freeze, and Reheat

I think one reason these baked egg bites with cottage cheese are so popular is that they stay fresh all week. You can meal prep a batch for busy mornings and have a grab-and-go breakfast all week. 

Make ahead: You can whisk together the mixture and keep it covered in the refrigerator overnight. When you are ready to bake, pour the mixture into the muffin tin and follow the usual baking directions, adding an extra 5 minutes if needed, as it will be starting from a colder temperature.

Meal Prep: Once baked and cooled, place the egg bites in an airtight container. They will keep well in the refrigerator for up to 4-5 days and make for a perfect high-protein breakfast.

Freezing: Once they are at room temperature, arrange the egg bites on a sheet pan lined with parchment paper and freeze for an hour or two. Then transfer them to a freezer-safe bag or container. They should keep well for up to 2 months. Thaw them overnight in the fridge.

Reheating: You can warm up your protein egg bites straight from the fridge using one of the methods below:

  • Microwave: Heat individual bites in 30-second increments, no longer than a minute or two, stopping and checking often.
  • Oven: While not as quick as the microwave, reheating them in the oven gives you the best, freshly baked results. Place the egg bites on a baking sheet and reheat at 325°F (163°C) for 10 minutes or warm to your liking. 
  • Air Fryer: Reheat at 300°F (149°C) for 5-6 minutes.

FAQs

Can I make these with egg whites only?

I wouldn’t recommend using only egg whites, as the bites will not be as creamy. However, you can do a mix of whole eggs and egg whites ( 4 whole eggs and 4 egg whites).

Do I need to use full-fat cottage cheese?

I recommend full-fat cottage cheese because it gives the best texture. Lower-fat versions tend to release more liquid and can make the egg bites watery, but you can still use them. Be sure to strain off any excess liquid before mixing it into the eggs.

How do I prevent egg bites from sticking?

Parchment liners or a silicone muffin tin are the easiest way to avoid sticking. If you don’t have either, grease your muffin pan thoroughly, ensuring that all edges, corners, and the top of the pan are well-coated.

Why did my egg bites deflate?

Egg bites puff in the oven and then settle as they cool, so some deflation is inevitable. To minimize this, whisk the eggs just until combined and avoid using a blender, which adds too much air to the mixture.

Can I freeze cottage cheese egg bites?

Yes, let them cool completely, then flash-freeze them individually on a parchment-lined tray for a few hours before transferring to a freezer-safe bag or container. They will keep well for up to 2 months.

Pairing Suggestions

These cottage cheese egg bites are a great grab-and-go breakfast, lunchbox snack, or even as a brunch item. They are satisfying on their own, but I love pairing them with a few simple sides to round out the meal:

  • Breakfast meats: Add extra protein by serving them alongside a few slices of Baked Turkey Bacon, breakfast sausage, or chicken sausage.
  • Toast: Treat yourself to a satisfying breakfast by serving these with a slice of avocado toast. When I serve these over the weekend, I almost always make a batch of my Salmon Avocado Toast to make it a full meal.
  • Yogurt: A creamy yogurt cup pairs beautifully with eggs. My Chia Seed Pudding with Yogurt, Vanilla Yogurt, or a Yogurt Parfait are great options to help you increase your protein intake.
  • Fresh fruit: Serve them with a bowl of fresh berries or make a batch of my Breakfast Fruit Salad for a simple yet visually appealing pairing.

More Cottage Cheese Recipes You’ll Love

I think we can all agree that cottage cheese is having the time of its life with its popularity, and I am here for it. Below are a few cottage cheese recipes from the archives:

  • Cottage Cheese Flatbread is the latest social media sensation, and for a good reason. Made with just two ingredients, this high-protein bread option (with 17 grams of protein per serving) is a great choice for wraps and sandwiches.
  • If you love classic comfort food like I do, but are looking for lighter options, you’ll love my Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese. It has the same creamy texture with 26 grams of protein per serving.
  • And if you are planning to make this recipe for a crowd, try my Egg and Cottage Cheese Bake. It has all the same flavors baked into a casserole-style dish that you can slice, store, and enjoy throughout the week.

This post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase through these links, I may earn a small commission, at no additional cost to you.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Egg bites with cottage cheese cooked in oven on a plate.
Print

Cottage Cheese Egg Bites Recipe

These cottage cheese egg bites are soft and fluffy high protein breakfast that are perfect for you weekly meal prep. Made with eggs, cottage cheese, cheddar, and spinach, they bake in a muffin tin for easy, portable breakfasts.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 295kcal

Ingredients

  • 8 large eggs
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 cup full-fat cottage cheese
  • 1 cup shredded cheddar cheese
  • 1 ½ cups baby spinach leaves washed, rinsed, dried and roughly chopped

Instructions

  • Preheat your oven to 325 °F (162 °C). Fill a casserole dish (I used a 9X13) with 2 cups of hot tap water and place it on the bottom shelf of your oven.
    A casserole dish filled with water in the oven.
  • Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment liners* or spray them with nonstick cooking spray. Set it aside.
    A collage of images showing the egg and cottage cheese mixture.
  • In a large mixing bowl, whisk eggs with black pepper until well beaten.
  • Fold in the cottage cheese and shredded cheddar cheese. Mix until the cheese is evenly distributed. Add the baby spinach and mix until well combined.
  • Divide the egg mixture evenly among 12 muffin cups (a little more than ¼ cup each).
    Muffin tin with egg and cottage cheese bites before and after they are baked.
  • Bake for 35-40 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the center of an egg bite comes out clean.
  • Cool for 10 minutes, then remove the muffins from the muffin pan and transfer them to a platter. Serve warm.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 12 egg and cottage cheese bites ideal for 4 servings. The nutritional values below are for 3 egg bites (per serving).
  • *Parchement Liners: I highly recommend using parchement liners to ensure easy removal. Otherwise, be sure to brush the muffin tins generously with oil.
  • A word on adding salt: I tested this recipe with national cottage cheese brands like Daisy and Good Culture and never needed to add any salt as they were already salty. However, I recommend giving your cottage cheese a taste before deciding whether or not you need to add salt to the egg mixture.
  • Storage: Bring leftover egg bites to room temperature and store in an airtight container in the fridge for upto 5 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 295kcal | Carbohydrates: 4g | Protein: 24g | Fat: 20g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 365mg | Sodium: 629mg | Potassium: 262mg | Fiber: 0.3g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 1887IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 304mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-egg-bites/feed/ 2
Cottage Cheese and Egg Bake https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-and-egg-bake/ https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-and-egg-bake/#comments Mon, 20 Oct 2025 19:50:06 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=83730 I feel like these days, protein is the magic word. Say it, and everyone’s suddenly paying attention. Every time I…]]>

I feel like these days, protein is the magic word. Say it, and everyone’s suddenly paying attention. Every time I open Instagram, I see one video after another showing how to sneak more protein into every meal. 

And right now, cottage cheese seems to be the star of the show, especially when it comes to breakfast. I’m completely on board, and this cottage cheese and egg bake is my small contribution to the internet’s high-protein breakfast lineup.

What I love most is how practical it is. It uses a full carton of eggs, comes together with just a bowl and a whisk, and bakes while you take care of everything else. 

It is easy to customize with whatever veggies or breakfast meats you have on hand. Best of all, it stores beautifully and makes weekday mornings so much easier.

Ingredient Notes for The Fluffiest Texture & Endless Customization Ideas

This recipe begins with three main components: eggs, cottage cheese, and a small amount of shredded cheddar cheese. From there, you can add your favorite veggies or breakfast meats to make it your own. 

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

I’ve listed the exact measurements in the recipe card below, but here are some helpful notes on ingredients from my recipe testing:

Eggs: I recommend using a full carton of large organic eggs. It gives you enough for a week’s worth of grab-and-go breakfasts or to serve multiple people. 

If you’d like to increase the protein content of this egg bake, you can substitute half of the whole eggs with egg whites only. I wouldn’t recommend using just egg whites, as you’ll end up with a different, less creamy texture. 

Cottage cheese: During my testing, I found that full-fat (4%) cottage cheese yields the best texture for this cottage cheese egg bake. You can use low-fat cottage cheese, but it tends to be slightly less puffed and creamy after baking. 

Additionally, as it sits in the fridge, some brands of cottage cheese collect a small amount of liquid on top. If that is the case, be sure to strain it before adding it to the egg mixture.

Finally, I tested this recipe both with large curd and small curd cottage cheese, and they both worked well.

Vegetables: I opted for a simple combo of sautéed mushrooms and baby spinach. I used cremini mushrooms, but you can also use sauteed shiitake mushrooms or roasted shiitakes

With that being said, you can make this egg bake with cottage cheese your own with any leftover veggies you already have in the fridge.

My go-to ratio is 1 cup of cooked veggies plus 2 cups of leafy greens or fresh herbs. Below are a few options you can try:

  • Frozen veggies: Veggies like frozen spinach can be used, just be sure to thaw them first and squeeze out every bit of liquid before adding to the mixture.
  • Sautéed veggies: Veggies like broccoli, yellow onion, or a small red bell pepper are a great addition, but I recommend sauteeing them prior to adding them to the egg mixture.
    In terms of greens, you can use lightly sautéed (and cooled) Swiss chard or blanched kale as a base, and add some fresh (or dried) parsley, dill, or oregano.
  • Quick-cooking veggies: You can also add up to 1 cup of fast-cooking vegetables, such as shredded zucchini, cherry tomatoes, or chopped green onions. There is no need to sautee them, but be sure to squeeze out the excess liquid prior to adding them to the egg and cottage cheese mixture.

Cheese: I used shredded sharp cheddar cheese, but you can also use Monterey Jack, Parmesan cheese, or shredded mozzarella cheese. You can also mix two cheeses for more depth.

Seasonings: I kept it simple with garlic powder, paprika, salt, and black pepper. However, you can adjust the seasonings to suit your preferred flavor profile. A pinch of Italian seasoning or my homemade Mediterranean Seasoning are both great options.

Optional Add-Ins: You can increase the protein content by adding about 1 cup of cooked meat. Crumbled turkey sausage, chicken sausage, chopped baked turkey bacon, regular bacon, or diced ham all work well.

How to Make Egg and Cottage Cheese Bake 

This recipe comes together in just a few steps with no more than 15 minutes of hands-on time.  Here’s exactly how I make it step by step:

Step 1 – Prep the baking dish: You can use a 9×11 or 9×13 casserole dish or a 9×9 square dish to make this cottage cheese egg bake.

Whatever size dish you use, do not skip greasing it; otherwise, it sticks to the pan after it is fully baked. A light coating of butter or cooking spray will make cleanup easier and help each slice come out neatly.

A collage of images showing how to sautee mushrooms and whisk eggs.

Step 2 – Cook the mushrooms: When it comes to cooking mushrooms, I like to use a bit of butter and a preheated skillet.

As soon as they hit the hot skillet, they will soften, and depending on the type of mushrooms you are using, they will likely release some liquid. I like to sauté them for about 3-4 minutes, which is usually enough for the liquid to evaporate.

However, if any liquid remains, be sure to drain it before adding it to the egg mixture.

Step 3 – Whisk the eggs: Crack the eggs into a large mixing bowl and whisk until smooth. It is important to whisk the eggs first, as it will be more difficult to do so later. This initial whisking also adds a little air to the eggs, which helps the bake turn out lighter and fluffier.

The rest of the ingredients are added into the egg mixture.

Step 4 – Add the rest of the ingredients: In the same large bowl, stir in the cottage cheese, shredded cheese, garlic powder, paprika, salt, and black pepper. Whisk until well combined, then fold in the now-cooled sauteed mushrooms and chopped fresh baby spinach. 

Cottage cheese egg breakfast before and after it is baked.

Step 5- Bake: Pour the egg mixture into the greased dish and bake at 375°F (190°C) until the center is set, about 35-40 minutes. To check doneness, give the pan a gentle shake. If the middle is not jiggly, it’s ready. 

Step 6 – Let cool: Once it comes out of the oven, let your egg and cottage cheese bake rest for about 10 minutes before slicing. 

The short cooling time helps it firm up slightly, which makes slicing and serving easier.

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, and Reheat

Baked eggs with cottage cheese make a wonderful breakfast, mainly because they can be made ahead and stored well. Not to mention, this recipe is perfect for brunch or whenever you need to feed a crowd.

Here’s how to store and reheat it without losing its texture:

Make ahead: You can combine all of the ingredients, pour them into the prepared baking dish, and keep it covered in the refrigerator overnight or for up to 24 hours. When you are ready to bake, follow the usual directions above, adding an extra 5 minutes as needed since it will be starting from a colder temperature. 

Storing: Once baked and cooled, slice the egg casserole into portions and place them in an airtight container. They will keep well for up to 5 days.

Freezing: Yes, it can be frozen, but I must warn you that the thawed portions lose their fluffy texture. Still, if you want to freeze, you can let the cheese egg bake cool completely, then slice it into portions.
Place the slices on a parchment-lined sheet pan to prevent them from sticking together. Once they are frozen, place them in a freezer-safe bag or container. They will keep well for up to 3 months.

Reheating: You can warm up your portioned slices straight from the fridge Here are a few reheating methods:

  • Microwave: Heat individual slices for no more than a minute or two in 30-second intervals, stopping and checking every time.
  • Oven: Place slices in a baking dish, cover with foil, and reheat at 325°F (163°C) for 10 minutes or until heated through.
  • Air Fryer: Reheat slices at 300°F (149°C) for 8-10 minutes.
Baked eggs with cottage cheese in a casserole dish from the top view.

Don’t Let it Get Watery! My Best Tips for Success

  • Avoid a watery bake: This is one of the biggest complaints when making this baked cottage cheese and eggs recipe, and the only way to prevent a watery bake is to remove any excess liquid from your cottage cheese and vegetables (after sauteing). Additionally, keep in mind that letting it rest for 10 to 15 minutes helps harden it and make it easier to slice.
  • Save time by using pre-washed fresh spinach: It costs a bit more, but I prefer to buy pre-washed, ready-to-eat baby spinach, which saves me time by eliminating the need to rinse and spin dry before adding it to the egg mixture. 
  • Taste before salting: I intentionally omitted salt from the recipe, as most cottage cheese sold at the market already has enough salt to flavor this egg casserole. Still, it is best to give your cottage cheese a quick taste to gauge whether or not it needs any additional seasoning.
  • Baking dish: Please note that the size of your baking dish will impact the cooking time. A 9×11 or 9×13 pan usually bakes in 35 to 40 minutes, but a deeper 9×9 dish may require an additional 5 minutes. 
  • Check for doneness: The best way to determine doneness is to inspect the center. It should be set and not jiggly. If you insert a toothpick or knife in the middle, it should come out mostly clean.
  • Cool the vegetables before mixing: If you are using sautéed vegetables (regardless of the type of vegetable you use), be sure to let them cool slightly before adding them to the eggs. If they go in too hot, the eggs may start cooking unevenly and affect the texture of the bake.
  • Deflation is expected: Egg bakes naturally rise in the oven and then settle as they cool, so a little deflation is completely normal. Unless you are using a larger casserole dish than the one I recommend in the recipe (9 by 11 or 9 by 13), your cottage cheese egg breakfast should still have a satisfying thickness after it is rested.

Pairing Suggestions 

It is no secret that this egg and cottage cheese casserole is a popular breakfast option among those of us seeking high-protein breakfast choices. While it is perfectly fine to serve it as a standalone dish, you can turn it into a satisfying breakfast with dishes like:

FAQs

Why is my egg and cottage cheese bake watery?

Most of the time, it comes from excess liquid in the cottage cheese or vegetables. To prevent this, strain the cottage cheese and the excess liquid (if there is any) from the sauteed vegetables before adding them to the egg mixture. If the bake still looks a little loose, give it a few more minutes in the oven and be sure to let it rest for 10-15 minutes before slicing.

How long do you bake cottage cheese and eggs?

The timing depends on the size of your baking dish. If you are using a 9×11 or 9×13 casserole dish, it will take about 35 to 40 minutes at a 375°F (191°C) oven. If you are using a smaller (and deeper dish) such as an 8 by 8 or a 9 by 9, you may have to bake 5 to 8 minutes longer.

Can I make this ahead?

Yes, assemble the casserole as usual, cover, and refrigerate for up to 24 hours. When you’re ready to bake, follow the usual baking instructions, but add a few extra minutes if needed, since it will be starting from a colder temperature.
Alternatively, you can bake the whole thing, bring it to room temperature, cover tightly and store it in the refrigerator until ready to serve.

Can I use only egg whites?

You can use 6 whole eggs and 6 egg whites. I wouldn’t recommend using only egg whites, as the lack of egg yolks will result in a loser and less fluffy texture.

Can I make this in a muffin tin?

You can. However, you will need two 12-cup muffin tins. The amount of eggs I use is too many for a standard muffin tin. If you prefer a muffin version, I recommend checking out my cottage cheese egg bites recipe instead.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Cottage Cheese Recipes To Try 

It is no secret that cottage cheese is having a moment, and I am here for it. So, don’t let any leftover cottage cheese go to waste and try some of my other reader favorites below:

  • If you are looking for a high-protein bread alternative, my Cottage Cheese Flatbread is a two-ingredient recipe that is gluten-free, low-carb, and has 17 grams of protein per serving.
  • For a lighter spin on comfort food, try my Cottage Cheese Mac and Cheese. It’s creamy with a classic, cozy taste you’d accept from mac and cheese, but with 26 grams of protein per serving.
  • And if you prefer something more portable and just as quick to make, my Egg and Cottage Cheese Bites offer the same flavors in a single-serve, grab-and-go form, making them perfect for meal prep.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

A slice of egg and cottage bake on a spatula.
Print

Cottage Cheese and Egg Bake Recipe

In need of a quick and easy-to-make high-protein breakfast idea? You have found it! This Egg Bake is made with cottage cheese, spinach, and some seasoning, is a great meal prep breakfast recipe. Make it over the weekend and enjoy throughout the week.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Cooling time 10 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 6 servings
Calories 283kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 tbsp unsalted butter or olive oil plus more for greasing the pan
  • 8 ounces cremini mushrooms 226 gr. (Rinsed and sliced)
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 12 large eggs
  • 1 ½ cups cottage cheese (360 gr) whole milk 4%
  • 1 cup cheddar cheese shredded (100 gr) packed
  • ½ teaspoon garlic powder
  • ½ teaspoon paprika
  • ¼ teaspoon black pepper
  • 2 cups baby spinach leaves chopped (52 gr)
  • Cooking spray or butter for greasing the casserole dish

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 375 °F (191°C). Lightly grease a 9X11 (or 9 X13 casserole dish). Set it aside.
  • Heat butter in a 10-inch nonstick skillet over medium heat. Add the sliced mushrooms and cook until softened, 3-4 minutes, stirring occasionally. Season with salt and set it aside to cool.
    A collage of images showing cooked mushrooms and eggs being beaten.
  • In a large bowl, whisk eggs until well beaten.
  • Mix in the cottage cheese, cheddar cheese, garlic powder, paprika, and black pepper.
    Photos showing egg and cottage cheese mixed with spinach and spices.
  • Fold in the now-cooled mushrooms and baby spinach.
  • Pour the mixture into the prepared casserole dish.
    Photos showing the egg cottage cheese bake before and after it is baked.
  • Bake for 35-40 minutes or until the middle of the egg bake is set (no longer jiggly).
  • Let it cool for 10 minutes. Slice and serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 6 servings of egg bake. The nutritional values below are per serving.
  • Cottage cheese: I tested this recipe both with small curd and large curd cottage cheese, and they both worked well. I prefer 4% for the most creamy (and let’s face it, most delicious) results, but you can use 2% as well.
  • Storage: Bring it to room temperature and store it in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 283kcal | Carbohydrates: 5g | Protein: 23g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 360mg | Sodium: 618mg | Potassium: 424mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 1816IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 244mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-and-egg-bake/feed/ 4
Almond Flour Pancakes https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-pancakes/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-pancakes/#comments Fri, 26 Sep 2025 18:43:53 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=23947 If you’re a long-time reader, you know I’ve been sharing almond flour recipes since 2014. Beyond the blog, I use…]]>

If you’re a long-time reader, you know I’ve been sharing almond flour recipes since 2014. Beyond the blog, I use it just as much in my daily life because I love the taste, the satisfaction it brings, and its versatility.

So, it’s no surprise that pancakes using almond flour have made their way to the blog. If this is your first time trying them, the secret isn’t about adding extra ingredients but about how you cook them. 

Making pancakes with almond flour requires patience. Using low heat and a slightly longer cooking time allows the pancakes to set properly, preventing them from browning too quickly.

Pancakes made with almond flour on a plate topped off with maple syrup and berries.

For me, these pancakes are a weekend favorite. I love making a batch on Saturday morning, enjoying a few warm from the pan, and saving the rest for an easy, filling breakfast the next day.

Almond Flour Pancake Ingredients

If you’ve never baked with almond flour before, it might feel a little intimidating at first, but I promise it’s simpler than it sounds.

Ingredients for almond pancakes from the top view with text on each ingredient.

You can find the exact measurements (with ounces and grams) in the recipe card below, but here are some important notes from all my years baking with almond flour:

Almond flour: If you compare the weight of my almond flour to other people’s, you might think that there is a typo. There isn’t.

Throughout the years of cooking and baking with almond flour, I’ve found that packing the cup with almond flour is the most effective approach. If you use a lesser amount, your pancakes may not hold their shape and potentially fall apart.

If you are buying it from the store, my favorite brand is Blue Diamond, but you can also make your own almond flour at home.

PRO Tip: Using Almond flour vs Almond Meal?

For the best, most tender pancakes, stick with almond flour rather than almond meal. Almond flour is finely ground from blanched almonds, resulting in a finer texture. Almond meal is made with the skins left on and has a coarser grind, which can result in pancakes with a slightly denser texture. 

With that being said, if almond meal is all you have, you can use it in a pinch. They’ll still be delicious, but with a more grainy texture.

Baking powder: This is one of the most important ingredients, as it gives pancakes the signature lift that fluffy pancakes are known for, so don’t skip it. I always use aluminum-free baking powder, such as double-acting baking powder like Rumford.

Spices: Use any warm spices you love here. I usually add ground cinnamon and nutmeg, but cardamom would also be a great addition. In the fall, I also love adding a pinch of pumpkin pie spice.

Milk: I am using homemade almond milk, but any plant-based milk, like unsweetened almond milk or regular cow’s milk, will work.

Sweetener: My go-to is maple syrup, as it effectively minimizes the eggy taste and allows the pancakes to brown beautifully. 

If you follow a keto diet, you can swap in your favorite keto-friendly sweetener.

Otherwise, honey, agave, or a couple of tablespoons of regular (or brown) sugar will also work.

Eggs: They are the binder in this recipe. I recommend using large eggs that are at room temperature (or as close to it as possible).

PRO Tip:  If you want to make your pancakes egg-free, you can use flax eggs (mix 1 tablespoon of ground flax with 2 ½ tablespoons of water). They’ll still be tasty, but they won’t be quite as fluffy and may not hold together as well.

Butter (or Oil): You can use melted unsalted butter for that classic flavor, or swap in a neutral oil like avocado oil, olive oil, or coconut oil, for a dairy-free option.

Optional Mix-Ins

This is where you can have fun and make these gluten-free almond flour pancakes your own: 

Chocolate Chips: For almond flour chocolate chip pancakes, stir ¼ cup of mini chocolate chips into the batter. I prefer these over regular chips because they are naturally sweetened and don’t weigh the batter down as much.

Protein Powder: If you want to up the protein content, you can always stir in a scoop of your favorite protein powder into the pancake mix.

Fresh Fruit: You can fold in a small amount (no more than ¼ cup) of chopped blueberries or thinly sliced bananas into the batter just before cooking, so they retain their shape and don’t make the pancake batter watery.

How To Make Almond Flour Pancakes

You can still get a stack of fluffy pancakes with almond flour; you just need to mix, spread, and cook them a little differently. Here’s exactly how I make it step by step:

A collage of images showing the almond flour pancake mix and incorporating it with the wet ingredients.

Step 1 – Make the Batter: Whisk the almond flour, baking powder, salt, and spices in a medium bowl until no lumps remain. In a separate large bowl, whisk the eggs, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla. 

Pour the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and whisk until you have a smooth batter, ensuring that the large chunks of almond flour are fully incorporated into the mixture. The consistency should be pourable but thick enough to hold its shape. If it feels too thick, add a splash of milk.

Person mixing the almond flour pancake batter and then cooking it in a skillet.

Step 2 – Heat the Pan and Spread the Pancake Batter: Warm a small amount of butter or oil in a nonstick skillet or on a griddle over medium heat. 

The key here is to maintain a gentle heat so that the outside doesn’t burn before the inside cooks through. I usually start with medium heat and then turn it down to medium-low. 

Through testing, I found that ¼ cup of batter makes the perfect pancake. Scoop it into the skillet and gently spread it into a 3½ inch circle

This step is crucial because if your pancake is too thick in the middle, the outside will brown before the center is fully cooked.

Additionally, avoid overcrowding the skillet. Depending on the size of your skillet, it is best to give them enough room so they cook evenly. 

A collage of images showing how to make almond flour pancakes and garnish them with berries.

Step 3 – Cook Low and Slow: Let the pancakes cook over medium-low heat until small bubbles form on the surface and the edges look set, it should take about 4 minutes. Flip each one carefully with a thin spatula and cook for an additional 4 minutes on the second side, until golden brown. 

Unlike regular pancakes that cook in 2-3 minutes, almond flour pancakes take closer to 4 minutes per side. If you rush this step or use a higher heat, they will most likely fall apart. Therefore, keep the temperature low and allow them time to cook through.

Step 4 – Finish and Serve: Continue cooking the remaining batter, lightly greasing the pan between batches to prevent the almond pancakes from sticking. If you are making a larger batch, you can keep the finished pancakes warm in a 200°F (95°C) oven until ready to serve.

Optional Toppings – Ways To Dress Them Up

I kept my almond pancakes recipe simple with fresh fruit and a drizzle of maple syrup, but here are a few serving suggestions to dress them up: 

  • For a truly special treat, try topping them with a spoonful of Blueberry Puree or a dollop of Maple Whipped Cream.
  • Top them off with a spoonful of your favorite nut butter, such as almond butter or peanut butter, to make them extra filling. 
  • Top with a dollop of homemade vanilla yogurt or coconut cream for more creaminess.
  • Sprinkle with your favorite nuts or chunky granola to add a touch of crunch.

Helpful Tips for the Best Almond Flour Pancakes

Like with any pancakes, the first batch may not be perfect, but once you get the hang of it, you’ll see how easy it is to make almond flour pancakes. Below are some of my notes from my own recipe testing to guide you along the way:

  • 2 teaspoons baking powder: Before you ask, I know it seems like a lot, but this amount is intentional. Compared to other flours (i.e., all-purpose, whole wheat, etc.), almond flour is naturally denser, so you need some leavening to help make it “fluffy”. Some recipes rely heavily on eggs, but I found that pancakes made without baking powder fell flat, and they were harder to flip.
  • Use a nonstick skillet: Paleo almond flour pancakes are more delicate than traditional pancakes, and if you don’t use a nonstick skillet, they may stick to the pan and fall apart. A good nonstick pan makes flipping them much easier. For that reason, I don’t recommend using a cast-iron skillet for this recipe, as the pancakes are more likely to burn and stick to the pan. 
  • Cook low and slow: Since almond flour browns faster than regular all purpose flour, keeping the heat on medium-low allows the centers to cook through without the outsides burning.
  • Be patient: Each pancake needs about 4 minutes per side. The first batch may take a little longer since the pan isn’t yet fully hot. Patience is key here; this step is the most common reason pancakes fall apart.
  • Don’t overcrowd the pan: Give each pancake enough room so you can flip them easily. In a 10-inch skillet, I usually make two at a time. With a 12-inch skillet, you can cook three.
  • Residual heat: Keep in mind that the pancakes continue to cook after you remove them from the skillet. During my recipe testing, I’ve found that letting them rest for 5-10 minutes helps cook the insides further and makes them perfectly tender.

How To Make Ahead, Store & Reheat

One of the best aspects of this almond flour pancake recipe is that it keeps well, making it ideal for meal prep. Here is how I do it:

Make Ahead: You have two options. You can prepare the batter a few hours in advance, cover it, and refrigerate until ready to cook. Just give it a quick stir before scooping to ensure everything is well combined. Or, cook the whole batch a day ahead, and let the pancakes cool completely before refrigerating.

Storage: When the pancakes are ready and have cooled, store them in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 2 to 3 days.

Reheat: You can warm them in a toaster or in a low oven at 275°F (135°C) until heated through. Both of these methods will keep the edges crispy, rather than soggy. You can also microwave them in 15-20 second intervals.

Freezing: Once they are completely cool, layer them between sheets of parchment paper in an airtight container or freezer bag. When you’re ready to eat, no need to thaw overnight; just take them out of the freezer about 30 minutes before serving, then reheat in the toaster or oven.

FAQs

Can I use almond meal instead of almond flour?

It is not ideal, but it would work in a pinch. Almond meal pancakes will be denser and have a more grainy texture compared to the lighter and fluffier texture you would get with almond flour.

What’s the best almond flour for pancakes?

Use a finely ground almond flour you like. I personally love and use Blue Diamond Almond Flour in all of my almond flour recipes on this website. Compared to most brands, it is cheaper and has no odor. Bob’s Red Mills’ superfine almond flour is another good brand, but it tends to be pricier.

Why do almond flour pancakes fall apart?

Usually, it’s from a runny batter, cooking on high heat, or flipping them too soon. If your batter has too much liquid, mix in a little more almond flour. Keep the heat low and wait until the edges look set before flipping.

Can I make these vegan?

Yes, you can use flax eggs (1 tablespoon ground flax + 2 ½  tablespoons water per egg), but they won’t be as fluffy and may not hold together as well.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Almond Flour Breakfast Recipes You Might Like

If you enjoyed these easy almond flour pancakes, here are a few more breakfast recipes I think you might also like:

  • If waffles are more your thing, my Almond Flour Waffles are crispy on the outside and super soft and fluffy on the inside. They are ready in under 30 minutes and are also perfect for meal prep.
  • For something savory, my Almond Flour Biscuits are buttery, tender, and perfect to serve with breakfast or brunch.
  • And if you’re looking for something sweeter, try my Almond Flour Banana Muffins. They are moist with a hint of cinnamon and make the perfect naturally sweet breakfast or snack.

This post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase through these links, I may earn a small commission, at no additional cost to you.

This recipe was published in April 2019 but has been updated with additional information, an updated recipe and new photos in September 2025.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Gluten free pancakes with almond flour stacked and garnished with berries.
Print

Almond Flour Pancakes Recipe

These almond flour pancakes are light, fluffy, and perfectly golden brown. Made with basic ingredients, they are low-carb and gluten-free. Serve with fresh fruit, maple syrup, or your favorite toppings. Great for weekends or meal prep.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 8 pancakes
Calories 230kcal

Ingredients

Dry Ingredients:

Wet Ingredients:

  • ¾ cup almond milk unsweetened
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup plus more for drizzling
  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter or vegetable oil

Optional Toppings:

  • 1/2 cup mixed berries
  • 1/4 cup maple syrup

Instructions

  • Place almond flour, baking powder, kosher salt, ground cinnamon, and ground nutmeg in a medium mixing bowl. Whisk until well combined, breaking the large chunks of almond flour.
    Almond flour pancake mix batter in a bowl.
  • In a separate, large mixing bowl, whisk together the almond milk, eggs, and vanilla extract until well incorporated.
  • Add the dry ingredients to the wet ones and whisk until just combined, and you have a homogeneous batter.
    A collage of images showing how to make pancakes with almond flour.
  • Heat a tablespoon of butter or vegetable oil in a 10-inch nonstick skillet over medium-low heat until it is melted.
  • Using a ¼ cup measuring cup (approximately 2.54 oz/72 g.), scoop the batter into the skillet. Using a spatula, gently spread it to form a 3 ½-inch circle. Continue with one more or as many as your pan will accommodate, but make sure not to crowd the skillet.
  • Let it cook for 4 minutes, and once it is lightly browned, flip and cook for another 4 minutes. Low and slow heat is the key here, so do not rush the process.
  • Transfer them to a plate and repeat the process with the remaining batter, using the remaining vegetable oil.
    A collage of images showing how to cook and garnish almond pancakes.
  • When ready to serve, top it off with fresh berries and a drizzle of maple syrup.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields 8 pancakes, serving 4. I weighed the ingredients using a kitchen scale while preparing the recipe. The nutritional values listed below are per pancake and do not include optional toppings.
  • Paleo: If you are following a strict paleo diet, I recommend using a paleo-friendly baking powder
  • Storage: Bring leftover pancakes to room temperature and store in an airtight container for up to 3 days.
  • Freezing: Once they are fully cooled, place them in a freezer-safe container with small sheets of parchment paper (to prevent sticking) and remove as much air as possible. No need to thaw overnight. Take it out of the freezer 30 minutes before you are ready to serve.

Nutrition

Calories: 230kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 69mg | Sodium: 328mg | Potassium: 39mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 177IU | Vitamin C: 0.01mg | Calcium: 164mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-pancakes/feed/ 36
Vegan Apple Crisp https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-apple-crisp/ https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-apple-crisp/#comments Sun, 14 Sep 2025 13:56:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=35696 Every fall, my husband and I make it a point to go apple picking. And like most apple-picking trips, we…]]>

Every fall, my husband and I make it a point to go apple picking. And like most apple-picking trips, we always come home with more apples than we need. When that happens, this simple vegan apple crisp is the first thing I turn to.

What I love about this version is that it delivers all the comfort of a traditional crisp but with a lighter approach. Instead of the usual butter-flour-sugar crumble, the topping is made with rolled oats, almond flour, shredded coconut, and a touch of coconut oil.

It’s still golden, crisp, and satisfying, just a little more in line with how I like to bake at home.

And the best part? It’s vegan, dairy-free, and gluten-free, so it’s one of those desserts you can easily share or enjoy yourself, no special occasion needed.

Ingredients You’ll Need

As it is with any fruit crisp recipe, this no-sugar-added apple crisp recipe consists of two sets of ingredients: the apple layer and the crispy topping. You’ll find the full list in the recipe card below, but here are a few notes on  key ingredients to help you get the best results:

Ingredients for butterless apple crisp from the top view.

For The Apple Layer:

Apples: You can use any type of apples you like. Use one type of apple or a combination of apples that offer different flavors. I usually use Fuji, Gala, and Honeycrisp apples, as they are sweeter than most other types, which helps make the crisp minimally sweetened. I also like to incorporate a Granny Smith apple for a little tartness.

Maple syrup: I use a small amount of maple syrup to coat the apples, but you can also use one tablespoon of coconut sugar, brown sugar, agave, or even regular sugar.

Lemon juice: Freshly squeezed lemon juice brightens everything up and keeps your apples from browning before baking. For this recipe, I wouldn’t recommend bottled juice.

Salt: I use kosher salt here. Don’t skip it, because even that tiny pinch enhances the sweetness coming from apples and makes the crisp taste richer.

Arrowroot powder: This helps the apple juices thicken as they bake, so you don’t end up with a watery crisp. An equal amount of cornstarch would be a great alternative.

For The Crisp Topping:

Oats: Use rolled oats (also called old-fashioned oats) for the best chewy texture. Quick oats will not work as they are thinner and tend to disappear into the bake. If you are curious about the difference, check out my Rolled Oats vs. Quick Oats guide for a full breakdown.

If you are following a gluten-free diet, make sure to purchase gluten-free certified rolled oats.

Almond flour: Almond flour and almond meal both work in this recipe. I often use Blue Diamond Almond Flour because it is finely ground and easy to find, but Trader Joe’s almond meal is a good choice, too. 

If you can’t find almond flour at the store (or need a cheaper alternative), you can make it at home following my comprehensive guide on How to Make Almond Flour.

How to Make The Best Vegan Apple Crisp: Step-by-Step Instructions

This easy vegan apple crisp might look like something that belongs on a holiday table and takes hours to pull off, but it is actually super simple to make. Here’s how I do it:

Step 1 – Prepare the apples: Chop your apples into small cubes. I prefer smaller chunks so they bake evenly and get soft all the way through. Once they’re cut, toss them in a medium bowl with maple syrup, lemon juice, cinnamon, salt, and arrowroot until everything looks coated. 

A collage of images showing the making of vegetarian apple crisp's topping.

Step 2 – Make the crisp topping: In a large bowl, stir together the oats, almond flour, shredded coconut, cinnamon, salt, coconut oil, maple syrup, and pecans. Mix until it starts to clump together in little bits because those clumps are what bake into those crunchy clusters everyone loves.

Rolled oats are the best choice here since they hold their shape in the oven and give you that real “crisp” texture. Quick oats are thinner and tend to disappear into the mix. 

Side by side photos showing the assembly of the recipe for vegan apple crisp.

Step 3 – Assemble the crisp: Spread the apple mixture evenly in a 9 or 10-inch baking dish. You can use a glass or ceramic pie plate or a square baking pan. The important thing is to ensure that cubed apples are spread evenly at the bottom of the dish.

Spread the topping on top. No need to worry about making it perfect. The uneven clusters are what make this simple apple crisp extra crunchy in the end.

A photo of the freshly baked no butter added apple crisp from the top view.

Step 4 – Bake: Bake in a preheated 350°F (177 °C) oven for about 40 to 45 minutes. You’ll know it’s ready when the topping is golden brown and you see the apples bubbling around the edges.

I did not experience this, but if the topping browns a little too quickly, you can cover the dish loosely with foil towards the end.

Step 5 – Cool and serve: Let the crisp rest for about 10 minutes before serving so the juices settle and the topping stays crunchy. I know it’s hard to wait, but it’s worth it.

How To Store, Reheat, and Freeze Apple Crisp

This gluten-free apple crisp is at its best when it comes out of the oven warm and sizzling, but you can definitely make it ahead or save leftovers to enjoy later. Here’s what I’ve found works best:

Storage: This recipe yields approximately 6 servings, and while it typically disappears quickly, any leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 4 or 5 days.

Reheating: When you are ready to serve, warm it in the oven at 300°F (149 °C) to 350°F (177 °C) for about 10 to 15 minutes. The microwave works in a pinch, but the topping will soften instead of staying crisp.

Freezing: Apple crisp freezes well for up to 2 months, and you have two options:

  • Freeze before baking: Assemble the crisp in a freezer-safe dish, cover tightly, and freeze. When you are ready, bake it straight from frozen at 350°F (177 °C), adding a little extra time until the apples are tender and the top is golden. This is the best option if you want the topping to stay crunchy.
  • Freeze after baking: Let the crisp cool completely, then wrap it well (to prevent freezer burn) and freeze. When you are ready to enjoy, thaw it overnight in the fridge and warm it in the oven at 350°F (177 °C) for 15 to 20 minutes. The topping will be softer than when freshly baked, but the flavor will still be delicious.
Apple crisp topped off with three scoops of vegan vanilla ice cream.

Expert Tips for the Best Apple Crisp

Even though this vegan apple dessert is one of the easiest desserts you can make, a few small details can really change the outcome. Here are my best tips from testing this recipe:

  • Cut the apples into small pieces: Aim for evenly cut, ½-inch cubes. Larger chunks take longer to cook and soften, which makes the baking time longer.
  • Prevent a watery filling: If your apples are extra juicy (like Honey Crisp), add ½ teaspoon more arrowroot powder or cornstarch to keep the filling from being too watery.
  • Let it rest before serving: Allow it to cool down for about 10-15 minutes before serving so the juices have time to settle.

Variations & Substitutions 

One of the best things about this butterless apple crisp is how easy it is to adapt to your own needs and preferences. Here are a few ideas from my recipe testing:

  • Nut-Free: If you want to skip the nuts, swap the almond flour for oat flour and leave out the pecans. The crisp topping will not be as crunchy, but it can be a good substitute.
  • Sugar-Free Keto: For a keto or sugar-free version, replace the maple syrup with monk fruit sweetener or your favorite keto sweetener. Alternatively, if you want to make a sugar-free apple crisp, you can omit adding maple syrup completely. It won’t have the subtle sweetness that maple syrup offers, but it will still be delicious.
  • Mix-ins and spices: Try soaking raisins in warm apple juice and stirring them into the filling along with a pinch of ground cloves for a bit more spiciness. You can also experiment with chopped dates and even add a dash of cardamom if you are a fan of those cozy spices.

FAQs

Do I need to peel the apples?

It is totally up to you. I prefer not to peel mine, but either way would work.

What is the best way to cut apples?

Use a sharp knife to cut the apple in half, remove the core, and then cut it into ½-inch to ¾-inch cubes. The important thing here is that they are equal in size, so they bake evenly.

How do I keep the topping crunchy?

The key to keeping the topping crunchy is to let it cool for 10 to 15 minutes before serving. This way, the apple crisp has some time to settle and harden before it is served.

What is the difference between an apple crisp and an apple crumble?

They are very similar apple desserts, with a minor difference. A crisp is usually made with oats and nuts in the topping, whereas a crumble typically has a topping made with just flour, sugar, and butter, so it’s more like a streusel.

Serving Suggestions

One of the best parts of this no-butter apple crisp is how versatile it is. It’s the perfect fall dessert to enjoy straight from the oven or dress it up with a few simple add-ons to make it extra special. Here are some of my favorite pairings:

A Glass of milk: Serve it with a glass of cold milk, or for a plant-based option, try my Homemade Almond Milk to balance the sweetness of the warm apples.

Ice Cream: You can never go wrong with a scoop of vegan vanilla ice cream on top. Alternatively, you can try my Coconut Milk Ice Cream for another dairy-free option or my Homemade Honey Ice Cream for a vegetarian option. 

Whipped Cream: If you prefer something lighter than ice cream, a dollop of Maple Whipped Cream on top adds just the right amount of sweetness without overpowering the apples.

Yogurt: You can even use this vegan apple crumble as a topping on my Vanilla Yogurt Recipe. It’s perfect for turning leftovers into a cozy breakfast the next day.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Apple Recipes You Might Like

If you loved this apple dessert, there are plenty of other apple recipes you can try this season:

  • My No Sugar Crockpot Applesauce is one of the simplest ways to use up extra apples and makes the perfect snack or baking staple during the fall months.
  • For a quick breakfast, try my Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal. It’s ready in 15 minutes and has all the warm fall flavors we love in a bowl. 
  • Or, if you’re feeding a crowd, Baked Apple Oatmeal is the ultimate make-ahead breakfast, perfect for fall.

This post may contain affiliate links. If you purchase through these links, I may earn a small commission, at no additional cost to you.

Apple crisp in a bowl with a spoon in the bowl.
Print

Vegan Apple Crisp Recipe

The best vegan apple crisp recipe made without the use of butter and refined sugar (sweetened with maple syrup and fresh apples). Caramelized apples topped with almond flour-oat topping for a perfect vegan apple crumble for fall. Vegan, gluten-free, dairy-free, refined sugar free.
Course Breakfast Sweets, Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 6 servings
Calories 481kcal

Ingredients

For The Apple Layer:

  • 4 apples medium sized – cut into ½ inch cubes*
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup
  • 1 teaspoon lemon juice
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon 2 gr
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 2 tablespoons arrowroot powder or cornstarch – 14 gr

For The Crisp Topping:

  • 1 cup rolled oats not the quick-cooking kind- 100 gr
  • 1 cup almond flour 120 gr. (or almond meal)
  • ½ cup unsweetened shredded coconut 40 gr (optional)
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 7 tablespoons coconut oil melted and cooled
  • cup maple syrup
  • ½ cup pecans roughly chopped 50 gr

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 350 degrees F.

To prepare the apples:

  • Place apples, maple syrup, lemon juice, ground cinnamon, kosher salt, and arrowroot powder in a bowl. Give it a stir. Place it in a 9 or 10-inch baking dish.

To prepare the crisp:

  • Mix together the rolled oats, almond flour, shredded coconut, ground cinnamon, kosher salt, coconut oil, maple syrup and pecans in a bowl. Mix until well combined.
    Person making crumb topping.

To Assemble & Bake:

  • Distribute the crisp topping onto the apples in an even layer.
    Collage of images showing the assembly of the apple crisp.
  • Bake for 40-45 minutes or until the topping turns lightly golden.
    Freshly baked apple crisp from the top view.
  • Serve with a scoop of vanilla ice cream or a cup of almond milk on the side.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 6 generous servings (approximately 3/4 to 1 cup per serving). The nutritional values below are per serving and do not include optional ice cream on top.
  • * What kind of apples should I use? Feel free to use any kind of apples you like. I personally prefer using two different kinds for different flavors, but either way would work.
  • Can I make it ahead? You can prep the apples a day in advance and keep them in an airtight container in the fridge until you are ready to use them. They will probably brown a little bit, but since you will bake them, it shouldn’t be a problem. I do not recommend making the vegan crumble topping in advance as it could get soggy. Luckily, it takes no more than 5 minutes to put all the ingredients in a bowl and mix them.
  • How to store the leftovers? This recipe serves 6 servings. I doubt that you will have any leftovers, but if you do, place it in an airtight container and keep it in the fridge for up to 2 days. When ready to serve, warm it in a low heat oven (250-300 degrees F) for 5-10 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 481kcal | Carbohydrates: 48g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 32g | Saturated Fat: 15g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Sodium: 198mg | Potassium: 264mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 26g | Vitamin A: 72IU | Vitamin C: 6mg | Calcium: 89mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/vegan-apple-crisp/feed/ 10
Lavash Bread Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/lavash-bread-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/lavash-bread-recipe/#comments Tue, 29 Jul 2025 21:19:46 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=82286 If you’ve ever been to a Middle Eastern or Mediterranean restaurant, chances are you’ve had lavash. Similar to pita, it’s…]]>

If you’ve ever been to a Middle Eastern or Mediterranean restaurant, chances are you’ve had lavash. Similar to pita, it’s the go-to bread for serving with kebabs, dips, and salads. Growing up in Turkey, I learned early on that you simply don’t eat kebab without a piece of warm lavash.

Yes, you can find it at the store, but once you taste a freshly cooked, puffed-up lavash straight from the skillet, there’s no going back. And the best part? It’s easier to make than you think.

In this post, I’ll walk you through the step-by-step process of making lavash bread, complete with foolproof tips and troubleshooting advice, so you can confidently make it at home anytime.

What is Lavash? A Journey Through This Ancient Flatbread

Lavash (or lavaş, as we call it in Turkey) is a soft, thin flatbread with ancient roots stretching across the Middle East and Central Asia. While the lavash bread recipe may vary slightly from region to region, it is a staple in many countries across the region, including Armenia, Iran, Kazakhstan, Azerbaijan, and Turkey.

At its core, lavash is as simple as bread gets: just flour, water, salt, sugar, milk (optional), and yeast. But despite the short ingredient list, the result is anything but basic. 

Depending on where it’s made, lavash can be thick and chewy or paper-thin and crisp. 

My version here sits right in the middle; soft enough to wrap around your favorite kebabs but sturdy enough to use it as a utensil to scoop up dips and salads just like we do in Turkey.

Essential Ingredients for Lavash Bread

The traditional lavash bread recipes you’ll find in cookbooks are usually made with just three ingredients: flour, water, and salt. 

While that version is beautiful in its simplicity, it can take a bit more time and technique to get right. In my version, I use a small amount of yeast to help the dough rise more easily, a splash of milk for a softer texture, and a touch of sugar (or, in my case, honey) to feed the yeast and get it bubbling faster.

You’ll find the exact measurements of this homemade lavash recipe in the recipe card below, but here are a few essential notes and tips from my testing to help you get the best results every time.

Ingredients for the recipe are in small bowls from the top view.

Water: We use lukewarm water (around 110 °F – 43 °C) to activate the yeast. The temperature is important here because if it is colder, the yeast will not activate, and if it is hotter, it will kill it. 

Yeast: I use instant yeast in this recipe, but I still bloom it in warm water with a bit of honey to give it a head start. This step isn’t always necessary with instant yeast, but I’ve found it helps create a better rise and a more reliable dough. 

If you only have active dry yeast, you can use it the same way, just make sure it foams up before moving on.

Sugar: A small amount of sugar helps feed the yeast and encourages it to bubble up during the resting period. You can use granulated sugar, but I like to use honey to keep this recipe free of refined sugar. Either one will do the job.

Extra Virgin Olive Oil: I use a little bit of extra virgin olive oil, mostly for flavor. It adds a subtle richness to the dough and helps keep the lavash soft. 

Milk: A small amount of milk makes the dough softer and adds a slightly richer texture. I use whole milk, but any kind you have on hand will work. Just make sure it’s at room temperature so it doesn’t interfere with the rising time. 

If you prefer a dairy-free version, you can use water instead.

All-Purpose Flour vs. Bread Flour: The recipe I am sharing here is made with all-purpose flour, which yields a soft and pliable dough that is perfect for rolling kebabs. If you prefer a sturdier, chewier texture, you can swap in bread flour instead. It has a higher protein content, which gives the dough more structure.

Kosher salt: I used Diamond kosher salt, which is less salty than most kosher salts. If you use other brands, such as Morton’s, be sure to use half the amount. 

Step-by-Step: How to Make Lavash Bread at Home

Whenever I make any kind of bread, I always want to know how far in advance to start, especially if I’m planning to serve it for dinner. This easy lavash recipe takes about 1.5 hours from start to finish, including time to knead, rise, and cook. So if dinner’s at 7, starting around 5:30 pm is just right.

This recipe makes 10 lavash, just in case you are planning ahead or cooking for a crowd.

Here’s how to make lavash at home, step by step:

Yeast is activated and mixed with oil in a bowl.

Step 1 – Activate the Yeast: Place the lukewarm water (around 110°F / 43°C) and honey (or sugar) in a measuring cup. Stir well to make sure the honey is fully dissolved. Add the yeast and let it sit for 5 minutes, or until you see a grey-ish thick layer of bubbly foam on top. Then stir in the olive oil and milk until fully combined.

Wet ingredients are added into the dry ones and mixed.

Step 2 – Combine Wet & Dry Ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, combine the flour and salt. Pour in the yeast mixture and knead the dough with clean hands for about 5 minutes, or until no dry flour remains. 

At this point, the dough (and your hands) will be sticky, and that is totally normal. As you knead, turn the dough frequently to ensure everything comes together evenly.

The bread dough risen and then kneaded.

Step 3 – First Rise: Cover the bowl with a clean kitchen towel (or loosely with plastic wrap) and let it rise in a warm part of your kitchen for 20 minutes. By the end of that time, it should look a little smoother and slightly puffed in volume.

Step 4 – Knead the Dough: Lightly flour your kitchen counter and transfer the dough over. Knead it for about 5 minutes.

You don’t really need much of a technique here, but when I’m kneading it, I usually press the whole dough with the heel of my hand, push it away, fold it back over, and give it a turn. Then I just keep repeating that motion until the dough feels smooth and stretchy.

It shouldn’t be too sticky, but if it is, go ahead and sprinkle in a bit more flour, just a little at a time (no more than a tablespoon). You don’t want to use too much flour, as this can make your lavash too dry or stiff.

Alternatively, you can knead the dough in a stand mixer using the dough hook. However, keep in mind that you might not need to knead it as long. The visual cue to pay attention to is for the dough to be smooth and no longer sticking to the sides.

The dough rolled and cut into the balls.

Step 5 – Divide the Dough: Shape the dough into a log approximately 12 inches long and divide it into 10 equal pieces. When you go with 10, each lavash ends up being about 9 to 10 inches in diameter once it is rolled out and cooked. If your skillet is smaller, you can divide the dough into 12 and make slightly smaller ones.

You can totally eyeball it, but if you want all your lavash to be about the same size, a kitchen scale helps.

Grab a dinner plate and sprinkle it with a little flour. Roll each piece into a ball and place them on the plate. Then cover them loosely with a kitchen towel and let them rest for 20 minutes.

The lavash dough is rolled out.

Step 6 – Heat the Skillet & Roll Out the Dough: When you are ready to cook, heat a large (10- or 12-inch) nonstick or cast-iron skillet over high heat until it is really hot. This part is essential because if the pan isn’t hot enough, the dough will stick. You’ll know it is ready when a few drops of water sizzle and disappear almost instantly.

While the pan heats up, start rolling out the dough. Take one ball at a time and roll it into a 9- to 10-inch circle using a rolling pin. Do your best to keep it round, but I’ll be honest; it is a little tricky at first. 

The good news? It gets easier the more you do it, and honestly, a slightly wonky lavash still tastes just as good.

The lavash cooked in a skillet from the top view.

Step 7 – Cook the Lavash: Before you start rolling, grab a basket (a tortilla warmer works beautifully if you have one) or a bowl and line it with a kitchen towel. We need a place to store the freshly cooked lavash and keep it soft and warm. Set that aside.

Carefully transfer the rolled-out dough to the hot skillet. Within 10 to 15 seconds, you should see little bubbles start to form on the surface. Give it a flip, cook for another 10 seconds, then flip again. As it cooks and puffs, you’ll see golden brown spots start to appear, which is exactly what we want.

Keep flipping every 10-15 seconds, and cook for about 40-50 seconds total, or until both sides are cooked and it has some nice color.

Transfer the freshly cooked lavash to your prepared basket and cover it with the towel to keep it warm. Then just repeat the process (roll, cook, and store) for the remaining dough balls.

Expert Tips 

Roll it out thin: The key to getting soft, pliable lavash is rolling the dough really thin. I know it is tempting to focus on making a perfect circle, but honestly, thinness matters more than shape. Even if your lavash isn’t perfectly round, it will still taste great.

And if you have a pasta machine, that is a great shortcut to get an even, thin sheet of dough without too much effort.

Go easy on the extra flour: It is tempting to keep adding flour if the dough feels sticky, but try to trust the process and the visual cues I mentioned earlier. Only add more flour when the dough really starts to stick (especially while rolling), and try to work quickly. Too much flour can lead to stiff, dry lavash, and we definitely don’t want that.

Keep it warm: Don’t skip setting up a spot to keep the cooked lavash warm. Otherwise, while you are busy cooking the rest, the earlier ones will cool down and lose their soft, pliable texture. And you don’t need anything fancy; a basket or a bowl lined with a clean kitchen towel works perfectly.

Work faster with a buddy: The most time-consuming part of this recipe is rolling and cooking the lavash. But it goes a lot quicker (and is honestly more fun) if you have someone helping out. I usually rope my husband in. He is in charge of the skillets and cooks two at a time while I roll out the dough. Teamwork makes it so much easier.

Stay close while it cooks: These flatbreads cook fast, so it is important to keep a close eye on them, even while you are multitasking. I know you’ll likely be rolling out the next one while one is cooking (I do the same), but try not to turn your back on the skillet. It gets very hot, and things move quickly, so just stay aware, especially if you have young kids around.

Troubleshooting Common Lavash Baking Issues

While this lavash flatbread recipe is pretty straightforward, I ran into a few hiccups during testing, so I wanted to share some tips in case you experience the same. Here are a few common issues and what might be causing them:

Dough isn’t rising: After the first 20-minute rest, your dough should be slightly larger and less sticky. If that is not happening, chances are your yeast was not properly activated. This usually comes down to the water being too cold or too hot. If you don’t see bubbles on top during the blooming stage, it is best not to add that mixture to the flour and just start fresh with a new batch.

Dough is too sticky or too dry: Before the first rise, the dough will be sticky, and that is completely normal. After it rests and you begin kneading, it should smooth out and become easier to handle. 

A little flour on the counter is fine if it is sticking too much, but try not to overdo it. Too much flour can dry the dough and make the lavash stiff.

Lavash isn’t bubbling in the skillet: If you are not seeing bubbles after placing the dough in the pan, there are usually two possible reasons: either the skillet isn’t hot enough, or the dough was rolled too thick.

Serving Suggestions:

If you’re wondering how to use lavash, the short answer is anywhere you’d use your favorite flatbread. But like most bread recipes, there are so many other ways to enjoy it. Below are a few of my favorite recipes to pair with lavash:

Adana kebab rolled in lavash bread.

Kebabs: The most traditional way to serve lavash is as a wrap for kebabs, like my Turkish Adana Kebab and Homemade Doner Kebab. Its thin, soft texture makes it perfect for rolling, and it does a great job soaking up all the delicious juices from the meat. That said, you don’t have to stop at kebabs. Any grilled meat, like my Shish Tawook,  works beautifully wrapped in lavash.

Shawarma: Beyond kebabs, homemade lavash is the perfect wrap for your favorite shawarma recipes, such as my Chicken Shawarma or Beef Shawarma. Just roll up the meat with your favorite toppings for a delicious, handheld meal.

Scooping Mezes and Dips: While pita is often the go-to for serving with meze like baba ganoush, hummus, or muhammara, warm lavash is just as good, if not better. Tear off a piece and use it to scoop up the dips right off the plate. No spoon needed.

Breakfast: Lavash is also fantastic with a simple Turkish breakfast spread. I love serving it alongside cheeses, olives, Turkish eggs, and freshly sliced tomatoes and cucumbers. And if I feel like treating myself a bit, I sometimes even brush it with some melted butter while it is still warm.

Other versatile uses: Lavash is one of those breads you can serve with just about anything. Use it to dip into soups and stews, wrap up leftovers, or even turn it into a quick wrap. Any time you find yourself reaching for bread, lavash will do the job beautifully.

​​How to Store, Freeze and Reheat Lavash

I’ll be honest, lavash is best on the day that it is made while it is still warm. As it cools, it tends to lose its softness. That said, if you store it properly, it is still great the next day. Here’s how I do it:

Storage: Let the lavash cool to room temperature, then place it in an airtight container or sealable zip-top bag. Keep it in the fridge for up to 3 or 4 days.

Freezing: Once cooled, place the lavash in a freezer-safe container or freezer bag with sheets of parchment paper between each piece. Try to remove as much air as possible before sealing. It will keep in the freezer for up to a month. When you’re ready to use it, thaw overnight in the fridge.

Reheating: You have two options here:

  • In the oven: Preheat the oven to 325°F. Lightly spray the lavash with water, place it on a baking sheet, and warm for 8 to 10 minutes or until heated through. You can reheat multiple pieces using this method.
  • In the microwave (my favorite method): Lightly wet two sheets of paper towel and wrap the lavash in between. Microwave for 30 seconds, then carefully remove the towels. If it needs a bit more time, repeat for another 10 to 15 seconds. When using this method, it is best to reheat your lavash one piece at a time.

Frequently Asked Questions

What’s the difference between lavash and pita?

Lavash and pita are both Middle Eastern flatbreads, but they’re not quite the same. Pita is usually thicker and bakes up with a pocket in the center, which makes it great for stuffing. Lavash, on the other hand, is thinner, softer, and more flexible, making it easier to use as a wrap.
Additionally, pita is usually cooked in a very hot oven, whereas lavash bread is often cooked on a skillet, griddle, or traditionally (especially in Armenia) in a tonir (or tandoor) oven.

Can I make lavash without yeast?

Yes, you can. I like to use yeast because I find yeasted dough to be easier to work with, but you can make lavash using only flour, salt, and oil.

Can I make lavash on a griddle?

Yes, you can. A griddle works just as well as a skillet, especially if you want to cook more than one lavash at a time. Some people even prefer to roll the dough into an oval shape to fit better on a rectangular griddle.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Bread Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you’re a fan of lavash, chances are you love Middle Eastern breads just as much as I do. Here are a few more recipes from the archives:

  • Stop buying pita at the store and try making your own. It’s easier than you think. Check out my post on how to make pita bread, complete with foolproof tips perfect for beginners.
  • If you’ve ever had a traditional Turkish breakfast, you’ve probably had simit. Some people call it Turkish bagels, and once you try it, you’ll understand why it’s such a favorite. This one’s worth your time.
  • No sourdough starter? No problem. My no-knead olive bread is one of the easiest, most hands-off bread recipes you can make. Just mix, let it rest, and bake.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Lavash bread in a basket from the top view.
Print

Lavash Bread Recipe

This easy lavash bread recipe is made with just a few basic ingredients you probably already have on hand and cooked on the stovetop until soft and lightly puffed. Perfect for wrapping kebabs, scooping dips, or serving with your favorite Middle Eastern dishes.
Course Bread
Cuisine Middle Eastern, Turkish
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Rolling and resting time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 30 minutes
Servings 10 servings
Calories 211kcal

Ingredients

  • ¾ cup warm water at 110 °F degrees
  • 1 teaspoon honey
  • 1 ½ teaspoon instant yeast aka quick rise yeast – (5g)
  • ¼ cup extra virgin olive oil
  • ½ cup whole milk at room temperature
  • 3 ¼ cups all purpose flour plus more for rolling (423 g)
  • 1 ¼ teaspoons kosher salt 8g

Instructions

  • Place ¾ cup of warm water and 1 teaspoon of honey in a measuring cup. Stir to ensure that the honey is fully dissolved.
    The yeast activated and mixed with olive oil in a bowl.
  • Add the yeast and stir until it is well combined. Let it rest for 5 minutes. It will have a thick layer of bubbles on top.
  • In the same measuring cup, add ¼ cup olive oil and ½ cup milk. Give it a good stir. Set it aside.
  • Combine 3 ¼ cups all-purpose flour and 1 ¼ teaspoons kosher salt in a large bowl.
    Dry ingredients are being mixed with the wet to make lavash dough.
  • Add the yeast mixture and knead for 5 minutes, first mixing the dough until no flour remains and then turning it into a ball. In the end, it will be a very sticky dough, and that is normal.
  • Cover the dough with a clean kitchen towel and let it rest in a warm part of your kitchen for 20 minutes. It will get slightly larger in size.
    The dough is placed in a bowl to rise and a person is kneading it.
  • Transfer the now-rested dough to a lightly floured surface.
  • To knead the dough, press it with the heel of your hand, then push it away, fold it back over, and rotate it 45 degrees. Repeat this process for 5 minutes or until the dough is smooth. If it’s too sticky to work with, sprinkle in a bit more flour, 1 tablespoon at a time.
  • Shape the dough into a log and divide it into 10 equal pieces.
    The dough is cut into smaller pieces.
  • Roll each piece into a ball, dust it with flour, and transfer it onto a plate. Loosely cover the plate with a kitchen towel and let it rest for 20 minutes.
  • When you’re ready to cook, heat a large (12-inch) nonstick or cast-iron skillet over high heat for 5 minutes. The pan needs to be very hot to keep the dough from sticking. To test, flick a few drops of water into the skillet. If they sizzle and disappear right away, it’s ready.
  • While the pan heats up, roll out one dough ball into a 10-inch circle using a rolling pin and more flour as needed. As you roll, it might be tricky to keep a perfect circle, and that’s totally fine. Just do your best.
    Lavash dough rolled out with a rolling pin.
  • Carefully transfer the rolled dough to the hot skillet. Cook for 10 seconds (you’ll see bubbles forming), then flip. Cook for another 10 seconds, then flip again. Repeat for a total of 3-4 flips or until it looks fully cooked and has golden spots.
    Lavash cooked in a skillet from the top view.
  • As soon as it’s done, wrap the warm lavash in a clean kitchen towel and place it in a basket to keep warm. Continue adding each cooked piece to the basket, keeping them wrapped so they stay soft and warm while you finish the rest.
  • Repeat the same rolling and cooking process with the remaining dough balls.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields 10 lavash, each approximately 9 to 10 inches in diameter. The nutritional values below are per piece.
  • Storage: Bring the leftover bread to room temperature and store in an airtight container (or a Ziploc bag) for up to 4 days.
  • Reheating: You can reheat in a low-heat oven (325°F) for 8-10 minutes, or until thoroughly warmed through. Or you can wrap it in a lightly wetted paper towel and microwave for 30 seconds. 
  • A word on the yeast: I used instant rapid yeast as I find that it blooms faster but active dry yeast can also be used.
  • This recipe was adapted from Betul Tunc’s cookbook Turkuaz Kitchen’s lavash recipe with minor changes.

Nutrition

Calories: 211kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 6g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 4g | Cholesterol: 1mg | Sodium: 298mg | Potassium: 79mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 20IU | Vitamin C: 0.01mg | Calcium: 22mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/lavash-bread-recipe/feed/ 8
Strawberry Banana Smoothie with Yogurt https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-banana-yogurt-smoothie/ https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-banana-yogurt-smoothie/#comments Fri, 23 May 2025 22:12:10 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=13979 Banana and Strawberry Smoothie Ingredients You’ll need only four basic ingredients to make this banana strawberry smoothie recipe. I have…]]>

Banana and Strawberry Smoothie Ingredients

You’ll need only four basic ingredients to make this banana strawberry smoothie recipe. I have listed all the ingredients in the recipe card below, but below are some helpful notes to make it your own.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.

Fresh strawberries: When they’re in season, I always go for fresh strawberries. They are naturally sweet, and I never feel the need to add extra sugar. If you’re making this in the off-season, frozen strawberries work too. Just be aware that your smoothie will be thicker, and you might need to add more milk to adjust the consistency.

Banana: Using a frozen banana gives this smoothie a creamy texture and chills it without needing ice. If you only have a fresh banana, that’s fine too. I usually go for a ripe, soft banana since it’s sweeter and helps avoid adding any sweeteners.

Yogurt: Any type of yogurt will work here. I usually use plain or vanilla yogurt that I make from plain yogurt. Plain Greek yogurt is a good option if you like a thicker smoothie, though you may need to add a little extra milk. For a dairy-free or vegan smoothie, plant-based yogurts like cashew or almond yogurt are great. Personally, I like cashew yogurt because it has a more neutral taste that doesn’t overpower the fruit.

Milk: You can use regular or any plant-based/dairy-free milk you have on hand. Almond milk, oat milk, or soy milk are all good choices and blend well with the other ingredients.

Optional Add-Ins

This strawberry banana smoothie recipe is simple and satisfying as is, but it’s also easy to customize. Here are a few optional add-ins you can try to make it your own:

Sweeteners: I find the smoothie sweet enough with just fresh fruit, but if you want a little extra, a drizzle of honey or maple syrup works well. I often use local honey, especially during allergy season.

Protein: If you want to turn this smoothie into a more filling breakfast or post-workout snack, adding protein is a great option. A scoop of your favorite protein powder blends in easily, or you can use a tablespoon of peanut butter (or almond butter) for extra creaminess and a touch of nutty taste.

Superfoods: While optional, adding a spoonful of chia seeds, ground flax seeds, or hemp seeds is an easy way to include a bit more fiber and protein. The good news is that they mix in well and do not change the taste much.

Greens: A small handful of spinach or baby kale blends in well and is an easy way to add more vegetables to your day. The fresh fruit does a great job masking the taste, especially if you’re making this for picky eaters (or trying to sneak in some greens yourself).

Flavor boosters: For an extra layer of warmth and sweetness, a tiny splash of vanilla extract can truly elevate this smoothie. It’s my secret touch that makes it taste a bit more gourmet without any extra effort.

How To Make a Strawberry Banana Smoothie with Yogurt?

Making this smoothie is as simple as it gets. It comes together in just a few minutes, and cleanup is minimal—perfect for busy mornings or a quick afternoon pick-me-up.

Grab your blender: If you have a high-powered blender like a Vitamix, this is a great time to use it. That said, a standard blender will work just fine for this banana and strawberry smoothie.

A collage of images showing how to make banana strawberry smoothie recipe.

Add ingredients: For best results, start with the softer ingredients. Add your liquids and softer ingredients, meaning your yogurt, milk, and fresh strawberries (and of course any of the optional add-ins, if using). Then top it with the frozen banana. This layering helps the blades move freely without getting stuck and blend everything more easily. This is especially helpful if you do not have a high-powered blender because “the vortex” that the softer ingredients create helps break the fruit more efficiently without overworking your blender.

Blend: Start on a low speed to help break down the fruit gradually and avoid splashes, then increase to high and blend until everything is thoroughly combined and smooth to your liking. If you like your smoothie thinner, add a splash more milk and blend again. 

Taste and adjust: Give it a quick taste. If you want more strawberry or banana flavor, feel free to toss in a little extra and blend again. Smoothies are wonderfully flexible, so make it your own according to your taste.

Strawberry banana smoothie in a glass garnished with a strawberry.

Helpful Tips

Using ice: I avoid using ice in my smoothies to prevent diluting the rich fresh fruit flavors. That said, if you’re using fresh bananas, a small amount of ice can help chill the smoothie without changing its consistency too much.

Consistency and texture: This is where you have so much creative control. If you prefer your smoothie thick and creamy, blend less or add a bit more fruit. For a thinner, smoother texture, just add more milk or yogurt.

Quick blender clean up: This strawberry banana smoothie takes just 5 minutes to make, but let’s be honest, cleaning the blender often takes longer. Here’s my go-to trick: fill the empty blender with warm water and a drop of dish soap, blend for about 30 seconds, then rinse. That’s it. No scrubbing needed!

FAQs

How do you freeze bananas to make this smoothie?

Peel and slice a ripe banana and place the slices on a sheet pan lined with parchment paper in a single layer. Place in the freezer for at least 3 hours or overnight.

Can I use a fresh banana instead of frozen?

Yes, you can. However, keep in mind that using frozen bananas make the smoothie creamy without using ice. If using fresh, feel free to use a handful of ice to make it cold.

How can I make my smoothie thicker or thinner?

Add more fruit to make it thicker or more liquid to make it thinner.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Smoothie Recipes:

It is no secret that smoothies are wonderful when you need a quick breakfast or snack. Over the years I have shared many smoothie recipes. Below are a few of my favorites. If you enjoyed this strawberry banana smoothie you might also like them.

  • My go-to green smoothie 👉🏻 This Pineapple and Kale Smoothie is a green powerhouse. Similar to this strawberry banana recipe it is made without any added sugar.
  • Favorite turmeric smoothie 👉🏻 I make this Turmeric Ginger Smoothie made with carrots, fresh ginger and fresh turmeric is sunshine in a glass.
Person serving a strawberry smoothie in a glass.
Print

Strawberry Banana Smoothie with Yogurt Recipe

A quick and easy strawberry banana smoothie made with yogurt, milk, and no added sugar. Perfect for breakfast or a refreshing afternoon snack. Ready in just 5 minutes!
Course Smoothie
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 173kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups fresh strawberries hulled and cut in half – 275 g
  • ½ cup plain yogurt or vanilla yogurt or plant based yogurt
  • ½ cup milk regular or plant-based milk
  • 1 frozen banana sliced 125 g.

Optional Add ins:

  • 1 tablespoon chia seeds
  • 1 tablespoon hemp seeds
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract

Instructions

  • Place strawberries, yogurt, milk, and frozen banana slices in a blender.
  • Start blending at low speed and then up the speed and blend until smooth.
  • Serve right away.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about ~ 2 cups of smoothie, ideal for 2 adult servings. The nutritional values below do not include calories from optional add-ins.
  • Storage: Place leftovers in an airtight container or jar and keep in the fridge for up to 2 days. Be sure to shake well before serving.
  • Freezing: For longer storage, you can freeze it in a freezer-safe container or popsicle molds for up to 1 month.

Nutrition

Calories: 173kcal | Carbohydrates: 30g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 15mg | Sodium: 53mg | Potassium: 618mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 20g | Vitamin A: 215IU | Vitamin C: 90mg | Calcium: 175mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/strawberry-banana-yogurt-smoothie/feed/ 6
Goat Cheese Quiche https://foolproofliving.com/goat-cheese-quiche-with-caramelized-onions-and-thyme/ https://foolproofliving.com/goat-cheese-quiche-with-caramelized-onions-and-thyme/#comments Wed, 09 Apr 2025 16:12:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3098 If you’re a fan of cooking with goat cheese, this quiche is a great addition to your collection—right alongside some…]]>

If you’re a fan of cooking with goat cheese, this quiche is a great addition to your collection—right alongside some of my other favorite goat cheese recipes.

A slice of chevre quiche served with a green salad.

What You Need to Know in a Nutshell:

Here are the key things to keep in mind when making this spinach and goat cheese quiche:

  • Crust options: While I made my goat cheese quiche using a homemade pie crust, you can use a store-bought premade pie shell as well. If you choose to make your own, it can be made ahead and frozen. If preferred, you can use a gluten-free pie crust.
  • Creamy custard base: This isn’t your average quiche. Unlike most recipes that use milk, this goat cheese quiche recipe uses heavy cream to create a custard that’s extra rich and velvety. The result is a filling that’s exceptionally smooth and creamy.
  • Let it rest: The quiche might look a little soft in the center when it first comes out of the oven, but it firms up as it cools.

How To Make Goat Cheese Quiche?

This caramelized onion goat cheese quiche recipe comes together in a few easy steps. While it looks impressive, it’s quite approachable—especially if you prep the crust ahead. Let me walk you through how to make it:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on each ingredient.
  1. Gather your ingredients: You’ll find the full list of ingredients in the recipe card below. Below are a few helpful notes:
    • Goat Cheese: Buy already crumbled goat cheese to save on time. Alternatively, you can also use herbed goat cheese that you can find in most supermarkets.
    • Pie Crust: If you’re making your own crust (which I highly recommend if you have the time), you can prep it a few days ahead, cover it tightly with stretch film, and keep it in the freezer until you’re ready to use it. Store-bought is perfectly fine too, especially when time is tight.
    • Fresh or frozen spinach: I used fresh spinach that was previously washed and spin-dried (a great time saver!). You can use an equal amount of frozen (and thawed) spinach, but make sure to remove the excess liquid before adding it into the filling. If preferred, you can omit using spinach and flavor the caramelized onion with a tablespoon of chopped fresh thyme.
    • Optional additions: While my recipe for my goat cheese quiche only uses a combination of caramelized onions and spinach, you can add ¼ cup of drained sun-dried tomatoes, sauteed or roasted mushrooms, or a handful of thinly sliced prosciutto into the mixture.
Pie crust dough in food processor.
  1. Make the pie dough: Start by mixing together the sour cream and ice water in a small bowl. In a food processor, combine the flour, sugar, and salt, then add cold butter. Pulse a few times until the butter is incorporated into the flour. Pour in the sour cream mixture and pulse again until the dough clumps together. 
Steps showing how to shape the pie crust.
  1. Let it rest: Turn it out, form it into a 4-inch disk, wrap it up with stretch film, and transfer it into the fridge for at least an hour—or overnight if that works better for you.
  2. Roll and shape the crust: When you’re ready to bake, let the dough sit out for 10 minutes so it’s easier to roll. Roll it into an 11-inch circle on a lightly floured surface, then carefully transfer it to a 9-inch glass tart pan, gently pressing it into the bottom and up the sides.. Tuck any excess dough under itself to create a neat edge. If preferred, using your thumb and index finger on one hand and the knuckle of your opposite index finger, gently pinch the edge to form a fluted pattern. This optional step is a small touch, but it gives the quiche a lovely, classic look. Cover it and place it in the freezer for about 15–20 minutes so it holds its shape when baking.
Pie crust with beans and onions in a pan.
  1. Blind bake the crust: While the crust is chilling, preheat your oven to 375°F (190°C). Once chilled, line the crust with parchment paper (or aluminum foil) and fill it with pie weights (or you can use dried beans like I did). Bake for 30 minutes, then remove the weights and parchment and bake for another 5 minutes until the edges are lightly golden. Set it aside to cool a bit. (No need to turn off the oven.)
  2. Caramelize the onions: While the crust bakes, make caramelized onions—heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add your sliced onions and cook them slowly—this takes about 15–20 minutes, but it’s worth it for that deep caramelized flavor. 
Caramelized onion with spinach and the filling in a bowl.
  1. Add spinach: Add baby spinach leaves and cook just until wilted, about 5–6 minutes more. Let the mixture cool slightly before using.
  2. Mix the custard: While the quiche filling is cooking, whisk together the eggs, heavy cream, salt, and pepper in a medium bowl until fully incorporated. 
Steps showing how to assemble the goat cheese quiche with spinach and caramelized onions.
  1. Assemble the quiche: Layer the crumbled goat cheese evenly over the crust. Top with your onion and spinach mixture, then pour the custard over everything, ensuring it’s evenly distributed.
  2. Bake: Carefully transfer your chevre quiche to the oven and bake at 375°F (190°C) for 30–35 minutes. The edges should be set, and it’s totally okay if the center has a slight jiggle—it will finish setting as it cools.
  3. Cool and serve: Let your spinach goat cheese quiche sit on the counter for about 15 minutes before slicing. It will be easier to cut and serve, and the flavors will settle nicely. Enjoy it warm or at room temperature.

Aysegul’s Expert Tips:

While this goat cheese and spinach quiche recipe is pretty straightforward, I’d like to share a few tips that can help make the process even easier and ensure your quiche turns out perfectly every time:

  • Do not skip the blind baking: This step is essential for avoiding a soggy bottom. Make sure that the pie crust is fully baked before adding the filling.
  • Glass vs Metal Pie Plate: This recipe was tested using a glass 9-inch pie dish. If you are using a metal pie plate, check the doneness of the crust 5-10 minutes before the suggested baking time. Consider using some foil around the edges if the crust starts to brown too fast before the filling is set.
  • Using store-bought pie crust: If you opt for premade frozen pie crust, let it sit at room temperature for about 10–15 minutes, just until it’s soft enough and follow the baking instructions as written. You don’t want it to be too warm, or it may lose its shape.
  • If the center looks a little soft, that’s expected: When the quiche comes out of the oven, the middle may look slightly undercooked. That’s completely normal—it will continue to set as it cools on the counter. Just give it about 15 minutes before slicing.
Sliced quiche with goat cheese and caramelized onions in a pie plate.

What to Serve it With?

While this spinach and goat cheese quiche is perfect on its own, you can easily turn it into a brunch feast by pairing it with one of the dishes below:

Other Goat Cheese Recipes You Might Like:

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

The “all butter pie crust” part of this quiche is adapted from Cook’s Illustrated Cookbook (affiliate link).

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Goat cheese quiche sliced in a pie pan from the top view.
Print

Goat Cheese Quiche with Caramelized Onions and Spinach

This Goat Cheese Quiche is a brunch favorite made with a flaky crust, creamy custard, caramelized onions, and spinach. Whether you're hosting for a holiday or enjoying a slow weekend morning, it’s an easy, elegant dish that is guaranteed to impress.
Course Brunch
Cuisine French
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour
Resting time 1 hour
Total Time 2 hours 20 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 321kcal

Ingredients

For The Crust:

  • 4 teaspoons sour cream*
  • 4 tablespoons ice water
  • 1 ¼ cups all-purpose flour 177 g.
  • 1 ½ teaspoons sugar
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 8 tablespoons unsalted butter cold – cut into small pieces, 114 g.

For The Filling:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil
  • 2 small onions sliced thinly into half-moon slices (400 gr)
  • 5 ounces baby spinach leaves rinsed and spin dried, 142 g.
  • ½ cup heavy cream
  • 3 large eggs
  • 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper freshly ground
  • 4 oz. goat cheese crumbled, 113g

Instructions

  • To make the crust, mix 4 teaspoons of sour cream and 4 tablespoons of ice water in a bowl until combined. Set it aside.
    Steps showing how to make the pie crust.
  • Place 1 ¼ cups all-purpose flour, 1 ½ teaspoons sugar, and ½ teaspoon kosher salt into a food processor. Pulse 3-4 times to combine.
  • Scatter the small pieces of butter on the flour mixture and process for 10 1-second pulses until the butter is incorporated into the flour with small pieces of butter still remaining.
    Butter scattered over the flour in a food processor.
  • Pour the sour cream mixture over the top and pulse 6 or 7 1-second pulses.
  • Stop the machine and pinch the dough with your fingers. If it holds together, you are done. If not, add 1 tablespoon of ice-cold water and pulse until dough forms large clumps and no dry flour remains, 3 to 5 pulses.
  • Transfer the dough onto your kitchen counter, turn it into a 4-inch disk, and wrap it tightly with stretch film. Refrigerate for at least an hour or overnight.
    Steps showing the pie crust before and after it is rolled out.
  • Before rolling it out, let it sit on the counter for 10 minutes.
  • When ready to bake, preheat the oven to 375 F Degrees (191 C).
  • Lightly flour your work surface and roll the dough into an 11-inch circle. Carefully transfer it over a 9-inch tart pan. Tuck the excess 1-inch pieces underneath to form a neat and even edge.
  • Cover it with plastic wrap and place it in the freezer for 15-20 minutes until thoroughly chilled and firm.
  • Take it out of the freezer. Place a sheet of parchment paper (or aluminum foil) over the dough and fill it with pie weights or a cup of dry beans.
    Pie crust with beans and onions in a pan.
  • Transfer it to the preheated oven and bake for 30 minutes.
  • Remove the pie weights and the parchment paper, and bake for another 5 minutes until lightly browned. Take it out of the oven and set it aside. Do not turn the oven off.
  • To make the filling: While the crust is baking, heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add sliced onions, and, stirring often, cook for 15-20 minutes or until they turn golden brown.
    Vegetables cooked in a pan and quiche filling is being whipped.
  • Add baby spinach and cook until wilted, stirring often, about 5 minutes. Set aside aside to cool.
  • To make the filling, mix together the ½ cup heavy cream, 3 large eggs, ½ teaspoon kosher salt and ¼ teaspoon black pepper in a small bowl.
  • To assemble the quiche, scatter 4 ounces of crumbled goat cheese pieces, caramelized onion, and spinach mixture over the pie crust.
    A collage of images showing how to assemble the goat cheese and spinach quiche.
  • Pour the heavy and egg mixture over it.
  • Bake for 30-35 minutes. When you first take it out of the oven, it may look like the middle part of the quiche is not fully cooked. This is normal. It will continue to cook as it cools on the kitchen counter.
  • Allow it to cool for 10-15 minutes, slice, and serve while still warm.

Notes

  • Yields: This goat cheese quiche recipe makes a 9-inch quiche that yields 8 slices. The nutritional values below are per slice.
  • Using store-bought frozen crust: You can skip making your own and use a pre-made frozen pie crust instead. When shopping, look for one that is 9 inches wide and about 1¼ inches deep—this size works best with the amount of filling in this recipe. Anything smaller or larger might not hold the filling properly or bake evenly.
  • Using sour cream: It might seem like an unusual (and tiny) addition, but that little bit of sour cream is what makes this all-butter crust tender, flaky, and surprisingly easy to work with. It helps even beginner bakers get great results—no fuss, no cracking, just a beautifully baked crust. While I highly recommend sour cream, an equal amount of full-fat Greek yogurt would be a good substitute.
  • Make-Ahead Instructions: You can prep all the components—crust, caramelized onions, and filling—a day in advance. Wrap each tightly and store them in the fridge, then assemble the quiche just before baking.
  • Storage: Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 3 days. Reheat in a low-heat (300°F (148°C) oven for 10-15 minutes or until warmed to your liking.
  • Freezing: While I always prefer serving this quiche freshly baked—when the crust is crisp and the filling is at its creamiest—freezing is a great option if you need to make it ahead, especially when cooking for a crowd. To freeze, let the quiche cool completely to room temperature after baking. Then, wrap it tightly with stretch film or foil and freeze for up to one month. When you’re ready to serve, unwrap it and let it thaw on the kitchen counter for about 4 hours. Reheat in a 300°F (148°C) oven for 20–25 minutes or until heated through.

Nutrition

Calories: 321kcal | Carbohydrates: 20g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 14g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Trans Fat: 0.5g | Cholesterol: 116mg | Sodium: 388mg | Potassium: 207mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 2479IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 72mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/goat-cheese-quiche-with-caramelized-onions-and-thyme/feed/ 32
Cottage Cheese Flatbread https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-flatbread/ https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-flatbread/#comments Thu, 06 Mar 2025 14:31:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=80245 If you’ve spent any time on social media lately, you’ve probably noticed that cottage cheese is having a major comeback.…]]>

If you’ve spent any time on social media lately, you’ve probably noticed that cottage cheese is having a major comeback. This viral cottage cheese flatbread recipe, created by Francesca Aralla of HealthyMumWay, is a perfect example of why—it’s simple, high in protein, and incredibly versatile.

Cottage cheese flatbread used as a wrap.

Ingredients You’ll Need

This recipe for cottage cheese flatbread calls for only 2 main ingredients—seriously, it’s that simple. A 2-ingredient recipe that takes only 5 minutes to prepare is a lifesaver for those who love to meal prep and for busy weeknight dinners. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Full-Fat Cottage Cheese: The full-fat 4% version of cottage cheese works best in this recipe, giving it the desired end texture. My favorite cottage cheese brands are Good Culture, Trader Joe’s, and Daisy. If you prefer to use 2%, Good Culture is a solid choice.
  • Eggs: I tested this recipe using large whole eggs, which is what I recommend. However, if you want to make cottage cheese flatbread with egg whites, you can do so—just be aware that your protein flatbread will end up being lighter in both color and flavor. 
  • Optional—Salt: I don’t include this as a main ingredient, as adding salt will be determined by the type of cottage cheese you end up using. Some types of cottage cheese are saltier than others, so be sure to taste your cottage cheese before adding any additional salt. If you do, just a pinch will do. 
  • To Prep Pan—Cooking Spray: Have a can of cooking spray handy to ensure your baked cottage cheese flatbread doesn’t stick to the baking sheet. I prefer avocado oil spray. 

Optional Add-Ins

This simple cottage cheese flatbread recipe is endlessly customizable. Depending on which toppings, spices, sauces, and ingredients you choose to use, you can turn this into a wide variety of meals. 

A little tomato sauce, Italian seasoning, and cheese—you’ve got pizza. Choose hummus, cucumber, and red onion for a Mediterranean twist. You get the idea. Here are some of my optional add-in suggestions you can try:

  • Seasonings & Spices: Give your keto cottage cheese flatbread a bolder overall flavor by using garlic powder, onion powder, black pepper, red pepper flakes, paprika or a seasoning blend like Italian seasoning. 
  • Fresh herbs: Chop up some fresh parsley or chives for a pop of color and taste. You can use fresh basil is you are using this flatbread as “pizza crust.”
  • Cheese: While this is already a high protein flatbread recipe, some additional cheese will up the overall grams of protein and add a rich flavor. Feel free to add two tablespoons of either grated Parmesan cheese or grated mozzarella. 
  • A Sweet version: While the viral recipe is served as a savory cottage cheese flatbread, I have also made a sweeter version by adding a pinch of cinnamon, a teaspoon of vanilla, and a touch of honey for a breakfast-style flatbread.

How to Make Cottage Cheese Flatbread?

It only takes a couple of simple steps to make this low carb cottage cheese flatbread. Here’s how:

  1. Prepare your baking sheet & oven: Preheat the oven to 350° degrees F. Next, line a small sheet pan (I used a quarter sheet pan, which is 9 ½  by 13 inches) with parchment paper and spray the sides with cooking spray. Do not skip this step, as both of these elements make sure your high-protein flatbread will not stick to the pan. Without them, it would be hard to remove and keep them in one piece. Once ready, set it aside.
A collage of images showing how to make flatbread with cottage cheese and eggs.
  1. Blend your cottage cheese mixture: Place one cup of cottage cheese, two whole eggs, and a pinch of salt (plus any of the optional add-ins you want) into the bowl of your food processor. Pulse it 6-7 times in one-second intervals until it is fully incorporated but not pulverized; you do not want to liquify it. It is okay to have small pieces of cottage cheese remaining. If you do not have a food processor, you can use a hand mixer, a whisk or a blender.
  2. Spread your egg and cottage cheese flatbread: Pour the mixture onto the parchment-lined sheet pan and spread it into an even (ideally 8 by 11 inch rectangular) layer using a spatula or the back of a spoon. An even thickness is essential for even cooking. 
  3. Bake it in the oven. Bake it in the preheated oven for 30 to 35 minutes or until it is lightly golden brown. Then remove it and let it cool for 5 minutes before carefully removing it from the pan. Serve it by itself, as a sandwich wrap, or as a pizza base, following the suggestions below.

How to Serve it?

This is the best cottage cheese flatbread recipe because—here’s the fun part—you get to use your creativity and choose how you want to serve it. Here are three options to get you started: 

Two ways to serve cottage cheese flatbread; as a wrap and as a pizza base.
  1. Enjoy it as is. It’s a delicious high-protein snack served plain.
  2. Make a Sandwich: Any of your favorite sandwich toppings will work here. I like to spread it with a thin layer of mayo (or mustard) and then place three slices of provolone cheese, 2 slices of deli meat (turkey or chicken breasts are my favorite), some lettuce, and some sliced tomatoes. Gently roll the cottage cheese bread wrap around the ingredients, and then cut it in half before serving. You can also use a pre-made mix, such as chicken salad with mayo instead, which is popular on Instagram and TikTok.
  3. Make a Pizza: For a cottage cheese flatbread pizza recipe, here’s what to do: After 30 minutes of baking, remove it from the oven and then spread it with ½ cup of marinara sauce (or plain tomato sauce),  ½ to ⅔ cup of shredded mozzarella cheese, and 12-15 slices of turkey (or regular) pepperoni. Put it back in the oven and bake until the cheese is melted, for about 4-5 minutes.

How to Store Cottage Cheese Flatbread

This cottage cheese flatbread recipe comes together so quickly that it’s easy to make fresh the day you plan to serve it. However, if you would like to make larger batches to meal prep, here’s how to store any extras you may have:

  • Storage: Once cooled, store it in an airtight container for up to 3 days. I recommend that you place parchment paper in between any stacks of flatbread that you have to prevent them from sticking together. 
  • Reheating: Leftover flatbread with cottage cheese can be enjoyed cold, at room temperature, or warm. If you wish to eat it warmed up, place it on a parchment-lined sheet pan in a low-heat oven of 300 degrees F for 5-7 minutes or until warmed all the way through. 

FAQs

How long to cook cottage cheese flatbread?

The overall cooking time really depends on the thickness of your cottage cheese mixture and what size pan you’re using. If you spread it out in an evenly thin layer about 8” by 11” in size as I did, it will take about 30-35 minutes to cook. If you decide to use a smaller pan and thus have a thicker layer of the mixture, your cooking time will need to be longer.

How long does it last?

If stored in an airtight container in the fridge, your flat bread with cottage cheese will last for up to 3 days. 

How many calories in cottage cheese flatbread?

One serving of this egg and cottage cheese flatbread recipe is 166 calories, with 17 grams of protein, 9 grams of fat, and 4 grams of carbohydrates. 

Can you freeze it?

Technically, yes, you can freeze it, though I prefer to serve it the same day it’s made. For the meal preppers making large batches who wish to freeze them, my main tip is to place parchment paper in between the layers of flatbread, then wrap them all in stretch film/plastic wrap to keep out moisture.

Expert Tips

While this is a very uncomplicated recipe, here are a few notes to help ensure your cottage cheese flatbread comes out as beautifully as it did in my test kitchen: 

  • Let it cool for a few minutes after it comes out of the oven. This will allow your flatbread to set and be easier to handle. Otherwise, it may stick to the paper and potentially tear when peeling it off.
  • Thickness and time of cooking time matters. If you follow this recipe’s instructions, you’ll be spreading your mixture out into roughly an 8”x11” rectangle on your quarter sheet pan. If you end up using a smaller pan, your flatbread will be thicker and require a longer baking time. 
  • Texture matters. When mixing your eggs and cottage cheese together, resist the urge to overmix them. You want the mixture to maintain a little thickness, which means some small chunks of cottage cheese are okay. You don’t want to completely puree and liquify the mixture in your Vitamix or blender. Just a few pulses of the blender, food processor, or immersion blender will suffice. 
  • How to make air fryer cottage cheese flatbread: If you’re not looking for perfection, feel free to make this recipe in your air fryer. Due to the smaller space inside the air fryer, you will want to make half a batch of this recipe at a time, so ½ cup of cottage cheese with only one whole egg. Cook it at 350 degrees F for 10 minutes. At that point, check on your flatbread, and if it isn’t cooked enough, give it another 15 minutes. When you take it out, allow it to cool before handling it and serve.
  • If you’re using egg whites, take note. Egg whites will result in a lighter flatbread. Both the color/appearance will be lighter than you see in the main recipe pictures (though the air fryer photos show an egg white version), and the flavor itself will be less robust. 
  • Be careful about adding salt. Many brands of cottage cheese are salty enough on their own and don’t require any additional salt. Taste your cottage cheese before you add any extra salt. In my recipe testing, both Good Culture and Trader Joe’s cottage cheese didn’t need any added sodium.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make this flatbread with cottage cheese recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Photos by Tanya Pilgrim.

Cottage cheese flatbread topped off with deli meat, tomatoes and microgreens.
Print

Cottage Cheese Flatbread Recipe

If you’re looking for a simple, high-protein, and gluten-free flatbread alternative, this 2 ingredient Cottage Cheese Flatbread recipe is for you! Made with just two main ingredients—cottage cheese and eggs—this viral recipe is low-carb, keto-friendly, and packed with 17 grams of protein per serving. While it’s not a traditional bread, it is a great alternative as a satisfying base for wraps, sandwiches, and even pizza.
Course Breakfast, Snack
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 166kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup whole milk cottage cheese 4%
  • 2 large eggs
  • Pinch of Salt* optional
  • cooking spray

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350°F and line a small sheet pan (I used a quarter sheet pan, which is 9 ½ by 13 inches) with parchment paper and spray the sides with cooking spray. Set aside.
  • Place one cup of cottage cheese and two whole eggs (plus any of the optional add-ins you want) into the bowl of the food processor.
    The batter in a food processor before and after it is mixed.
  • Pulse 6-7 times in one-second intervals until thoroughly incorporated but not pulverized. We do not want it to be fully liquid; it is okay to have small chunks of cottage cheese.
  • Pour the mixture onto the prepared baking sheet and spread it in an even (ideally an 8-inch by 11-inch rectangular) layer using a spatula or the back of a spoon.
    The batter spread on a sheet pan before and after it is baked.
  • Bake in the preheated oven for 30 to 35 minutes or until it is lightly golden brown.
  • Let it cool for 5 minutes and carefully remove it from the pan.
  • To serve you have three options. You can:
    1. Enjoy it as is.
    2. Make a sandwich: Spread it with a thin layer of mayo (or mustard) and then place any of your favorite sandwich toppings. I like to start with three slices of provolone cheese and then layer it with two slices of deli meat (turkey or chicken breasts are my favorite) and some lettuce and sliced tomatoes. Gently roll and then cut it in half before serving.
    3. Make a Pizza: After 30 minutes of baking, remove it from the oven and spread it with ½ cup of marinara sauce, ½ to ⅔ cup of shredded mozzarella cheese, and 12-15 slices of turkey (or regular) pepperoni. Put it back in the oven and bake until the cheese is melted, for about 4-5 minutes.
    A collage of images showing how to use cottage cheese flatbread as a sandwich wrap and pizza base.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes one flatbread that is about 8 by 11 inches, which is ideal for 2 servings. The nutritional facts below include the 2 ingredients listed in the recipe. They do not include the optional wrap or pizza ingredients.
  • Adding salt: Be sure to taste your cottage cheese before adding salt in the mixture. Most cottage cheese is already salty. 
  • Storing leftovers: Once cooled, store it in an airtight container for up to 3 days. If you make a few batches, I recommend placing a sheet of parchment paper between stacks of your flatbread to prevent them from sticking together. 
  • Reheating: You can serve this flatbread warm or cold. If you prefer to serve it warm, place it on a parchment-lined sheet pan in a low-heat oven of 300 degrees F for 5 minutes or until warmed all through. 

Nutrition

Calories: 166kcal | Carbohydrates: 4g | Protein: 17g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 182mg | Sodium: 393mg | Potassium: 170mg | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 385IU | Calcium: 112mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/cottage-cheese-flatbread/feed/ 4
Almond Flour Brownies https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-brownies/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-brownies/#comments Thu, 13 Feb 2025 18:15:44 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=38940 These homemade brownies with almond flour are so incredibly fudgy that you’d never know they were gluten-free! Sweetened with maple…]]>

These homemade brownies with almond flour are so incredibly fudgy that you’d never know they were gluten-free! Sweetened with maple syrup, this extra chocolatey and easy gluten-free brownie recipe is guaranteed to be your next favorite recipe to bake when the chocolate cravings hit. 

Like my Almond Flour Chocolate Cake and Flourless Chocolate Cupcakes recipes, this easy brownie recipe is easy to make. Plus, it is a great alternative to traditional brownies that are butter and sugar-packed and not so healthy.

Almond Flour Chocolate Brownies on top of each other

Why You’ll Love This Recipe:

  1. Made with everyday ingredients: The almond flour brownie batter comes together in one bowl in just a few minutes and uses only 7 simple ingredients, all of which are pantry staples.
  2. No different than a brownie made with regular flour: You won’t be able to detect any difference when it comes to taste and texture. Perfectly fudgy, almond flour brownies pack the same addictive chocolate flavor you’d expect from a brownie.
  3. Made with diet restrictions in mind: Like all of my almond flour recipes, compared to traditional baked goods made with all-purpose flour and butter, it uses a minimal amount of oil. It is also low-carb, grain-free (great for Passover), and paleo-friendly. Plus, thanks to the healthy fats in ground almonds, you can even count this as a healthy brownie recipe.
Almond brownies sliced into squares from the top view

Ingredients:

The ingredient profile for this gluten-free almond flour fudge brownies recipe is similar to that of my Almond Flour Chocolate Cake recipe and even my Flourless Chocolate Cupcakes recipe. (Can you tell I love almond flour desserts?)

Ingredients for almond flower brownie from the top view

In terms of ingredients, you will need:

Substitutions:

  • Oil: If you don’t have coconut oil on hand, you can substitute another neutral oil like avocado oil.
  • Almond Flour: If you cannot find it, you can make almond flour at home using a blender or food processor. This paleo brownie recipe can also be made with almond meal. However, almond meal brownies will be a tad bit dense compared to brownies made with almond flour.
  • Sweetener: You can swap agave nectar in place of maple syrup. You can also use honey, but I would recommend using less honey (¾ cup to 1 cup) as it is sweeter.
  • Keto Sweetener: If you are after keto almond brownies, I recommend sweetening with Keto Maple Syrup (affiliate link) sweetened with monk fruit. Liquid stevia can also be an acceptable substitute.
  • Nuts: Feel free to swap the walnuts in this almond flour brownie recipe for whichever nuts you prefer. Pistachios, pecans, sliced almonds, and even unsweetened coconut would work beautifully here!
  • Optional – Chocolate Drizzle: If you want to take this almond flour fudge brownies to the next level, I recommend drizzling them with chocolate. I prefer refined sugar free sweeteners like Enjoy Life or Lily’s dark chocolate chips (sugar free chocolate chips for the keto option) (affiliate links) for drizzling, but any of your favorite chocolate brand would work.
  • Optional – Dried or fresh fruit: If you want to make it a little bit colorful, top it off with fresh berries, or do what I do, sprinkle it with dried strawberries (affiliate link).
  • Optional – Sea Salt: You can sprinkle it with sea salt or lightly salted nuts as well. 
  • Serve them with ice cream: I can’t imagine a better way to serve these than a scoop of vanilla ice cream or whipped cream made with maple syrup on top.

How To Make Brownies with Almond Flour?

The steps to making this easy almond flour brownie recipe have 6 folds:

  1. Prepare for baking: Preheat the Oven to 350 Degrees. Line an 8X8 square baking dish with parchment paper.
Person Mixing dry ingredients for brownie with almond flour.
  1. Combine Dry Ingredients: Whisk together almond flour and cocoa powder in a large bowl until homogeneous, and no lumps remain.
Gluten free chocolate brownies batter is being mixed by a woman.
  1. Add Wet Ingredients: Add coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, and vanilla extract to the bowl of dry ingredients, and whisk until fully incorporated.
  2. Add the Nuts: Fold in half a cup of the nuts.
Almond meal chocolate brownies in the baking pan before and after photos.
  1. Prepare to Bake: Transfer the raw batter into the prepared pan and spread it out evenly using a spatula. Sprinkle it with the rest of the walnuts.
  2. Bake: Cook them for 35-40 minutes in the prepared oven or until a toothpick inserted in the center of the brownies comes out clean (or with a few tiny crumbs). Allow the brownies to cool for 5 minutes, and remove them from the pan onto a wire rack. Let it cool to room temperature before slicing to avoid them falling apart. Serve with coffee, milk, or plant-based milks such as almond milk.
  3. Optional step: If you are like me, and enjoy extra chocolatey, gooey brownies, then I recommend drizzling them with melted chocolate. I think the easiest way to melt chocolate is in the microwave. To do so;
    1. Place 2 oz. of your favorite chocolate chips (both semi-sweetened and unsweetened would work) in a microwave-safe glass bowl. 
    2. Microwave at high for 30 seconds. Give it a stir and then repeat in 30-second intervals until fully melted. Slice your brownies and drizzle them with melted chocolate chips.
Paleo Chocolate brownies cut into squares with a knife on the side

How To Store, Freeze and Thaw?

My favorite thing about these homemade almond flour brownies is that they get better as they sit. I recommend storing them in the refrigerator and warming them slightly before serving.

  • Storage: These gluten-free chocolate brownies will keep for 3-4 days in the fridge in an airtight container or plastic bag. You can also store them on your counter in the same fashion for a day as long as your kitchen stays fairly cool. 
  • Freezing: To freeze, bring brownies to room temperature, individually wrap them with parchment paper, and store them in an airtight container in the freezer for up to a month.
  • Thawing: To thaw, let it sit on the counter for 15 minutes and warm in a low-heat (300 degrees F) oven for 10-15 minutes and serve.
Almond Brownies sliced with a knife on the side.

Expert Tips:

While this recipe for the most fudgy almond flour brownies you see below is pretty straightforward, there are a few things you can do to get the best results on your first try:

  • Room temperature ingredients: As it is with most baked goods when making these brownies, we recommend using ingredients that are at room temperature.
  • Wait for it to cool completely: We know it is hard to wait, but as it is with all almond flour desserts, these brownies need time to cool down. If you slice while they are still warm, the middle section will be (somewhat) wet, looking like it is not fully baked. Therefore, it is imperative to give them enough time to firm up.

FAQs:

Can you make brownies with almond flour?

You sure can. As a matter of fact, due to its high-fat content, brownies made with almond flour are just as fudgy, moist, and chocolate packed with a similar taste and texture to brownies made with traditional flour and butter.

Can I make this recipe without eggs?

This recipe will not work without eggs or egg replacers (i.e., flax eggs or chia eggs). I find that when it comes to baking with almond flour, eggs are crucial for making them rise and stay super fudgy. If you need a vegan brownies recipe, I recommend checking out my Almond Butter Brownies recipe. It’s made with wholesome ingredients like nut butter, spelt flour, Medjool dates, coconut oil, and maple syrup. 

How many calories are in each serving of almond flour brownies?

This recipe makes 9 servings and each serving is 375 calories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Almond Flour Recipes You Might Like:

If you are in need of creative and healthier gluten-free recipes made without the use of refined sugars (i.e., white sugar), you’ll like the recipes below:

This almond flour chocolate brownies recipe is adapted from Almond Flour Brownies at Allrecipes.com with changes.

If you try this for Almond Flour Brownies, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond flour brownie cut into squares and placed on top of each other from the front view.
Print

Almond Flour Brownies Recipe

Almond Flour Brownies recipe made with only 7 ingredients in one bowl. They are just the trick to satisfy your sweet tooth without going totally overboard. Fudgy, moist, and Paleo-friendly, meaning they’re gluten-free, wheat-free, and dairy-free! Plus, they get their sweetness from maple syrup, making them refined sugar-free, as well.
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 55 minutes
Servings 9 servings
Calories 375kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups almond flour 6.3 oz.
  • ½ cup + 2 tablespoons cocoa powder 2.3 oz.
  • ½ cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • 1 ⅓ cups maple syrup at room temperature
  • 4 large eggs at room temperature
  • 2 teaspoons vanilla extract
  • 1 cup walnuts or pecans chopped & divided

Chocolate Drizzle (Optional)

  • 2 oz. chocolate chips i.e. Naturally sweetened Enjoy Life brand
  • 1 tablespoon dried strawberries

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees. Line an 8X8 square baking pan with parchment paper.
  • Mix together almond flour and cocoa powder in a large mixing bowl until no lumps remain.
  • Add in coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, and vanilla extract and whisk until fully incorporated.
  • Fold in half a cup of the nuts.
  • Transfer batter to the parchment lined pan and spread it throughout the pan using a spatula.
  • Sprinkle it with the rest of the walnuts.
  • Bake for 35-40 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean (or with a few tiny crumbs).
  • Let it cool for 5 minutes and remove from the pan on to a wire rack. Let it cool before slicing.
  • If you are using chocolate drizzle, place the chocolate chips in a glass bowl and melt in the microwave in 30-second intervals, mixing after each time until fully melted.
  • Drizzle the melted chocolate over the brownie and sprinkle with dried strawberries.
  • Slice & serve.

Video

Notes

  • To Store leftovers: Place the leftover brownies in an airtight container after they come to room temperature. Store in the fridge for up to 4 days. You can also store them on your counter in the same fashion for a day as long as your kitchen stays fairly cool. 
  • Freezing: To freeze, bring brownies to room temperature, individually wrap them with parchment paper, and store them in an airtight container in the freezer for up to a month.
  • Thawing: To thaw, let it sit on the counter for 15 minutes, warm in a low-heat (300 degrees F) oven for 10-15 minutes, and serve.

Nutrition

Calories: 375kcal | Carbohydrates: 38g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 73mg | Sodium: 32mg | Potassium: 136mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 31g | Vitamin A: 106IU | Calcium: 103mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-brownies/feed/ 35
Turkish Eggs Recipe (Cilbir) https://foolproofliving.com/turkish-eggs-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/turkish-eggs-recipe/#comments Thu, 06 Feb 2025 14:24:32 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=80042 Growing up in Turkey, çilbir aka Turkish poached eggs, was a breakfast staple. As you have seen in so many…]]>

Growing up in Turkey, çilbir aka Turkish poached eggs, was a breakfast staple. As you have seen in so many of our Turkish cuisine recipes, our culture is big on using strained yogurt (commonly referred to as Greek yogurt) as a complement to our savory dishes. Thus, for me as a Turkish child, Greek yogurt and eggs for breakfast were frequent delights—and ones I still crave regularly as an adult in the US.

Turkish eggs placed on a plate with yogurt and spicy butter sauce and garnished with herbs.

What Are Turkish Eggs (Cilbir)?

Cilbir eggs (pronounced “chull-burr”) are essentially eggs and yogurt for breakfast. To make this Turkish eggs recipe, you prepare a garlic yogurt sauce and a chili butter sauce for your plate’s base, then you poach your eggs to place on top, and use crusty bread as your serving spoon to swirl the velvety combo together.

The tang of the yogurt and the zing of the chili sauce give the Turkish-style eggs a surprising pop that will leave you licking the plate. The best part is that while it looks like something you’d be served at a top-tier brunch restaurant, it comes together quickly and without fuss in your own kitchen.

Ingredients and Substitutions

A short list of ingredients and four simple components make this Turkish breakfast recipe something that is 100% achievable on both weekday and weekend mornings in under 25 minutes. Here’s what you’ll need to prepare this Turkish yogurt and eggs recipe:

The ingredients for cilbir from the top view.
  • For the Garlic Yogurt Sauce:
    • Plain Greek yogurt: Since this is a savory dish, it is important to select plain, unsweetened yogurt. Strained, as known as Greek yogurt, works best, but if all you have is regular yogurt, you can use that as well. If you have the time, you can place it over a cheesecloth-lined strainer and let it drip for a few hours to have a similar, thick consistency to Greek yogurt.
    • Fresh garlic clove: We only use 1 clove in our Turkish çılbır recipe, but you’re welcome to add more if you want a more intense garlic flavor. 
    • Lemon juice: Freshly squeezed from 1 lemon works best—just be sure to avoid dropping in any seeds. 
    • Kosher salt and black pepper
  • For the Poached Eggs:
    • Distilled white vinegar: We use a small amount in this Turkish egg dish as a tool to help our eggs coagulate more quickly during the poaching process. Not to worry—you won’t notice much of a vinegar flavor in the final dish. While distilled white vinegar is the traditional ingredient here, you’re also welcome to substitute in apple cider vinegar or white wine vinegar for the same effect. 
    • Eggs: We used large eggs, but extra large eggs would also work just fine.
  • For the Spicy Butter Sauce:
    • Unsalted butter: If you’d prefer to use salted butter instead, please be sure to adjust the additional salt to taste. We think this yogurt eggs recipe is best made with butter, but if you’d rather use oil, you may swap in olive oil or a combination of the two. 
    • Turkish red pepper flakes: We recommend that you use Urfa chili pepper or Aleppo pepper, which is also known as “pul biber.” If you can’t get your hands on it, you can use any chili flakes you have in your spice drawer. Also, if you are serving Turkish eggs and yogurt to children or those who cannot handle spicy foods, you can use paprika only. 
    • Sweet paprika: We prefer sweet paprika but smoked paprika can also be used.
    • Kosher salt
  • For Serving:
    • Fresh herbs: Depending on your palate, you can finish this dish off with a sprinkling of either fresh dill, parsley, or mint. Sumac is also an excellent Turkish seasoning to garnish this dish. 
    • Crusty bread: Your bread is used as a vehicle for scooping up the ultra-creamy Turkish eggs with yogurt. It is usually served with crusty bread such as our  No Knead Olive Bread, No Knead Artisan Bread, or if you want to do it as we do it in Turkiye, you can serve it with Simit or Pita Bread to scoop up the smooth, savory fusion of eggs and yogurt. Once you try it, you will know why it is one of the most popular Turkish egg recipes!

How to Make Turkish Eggs?

Yogurt and eggs for breakfast come together in a few simple steps. If you follow these step by step instructions, you’ll end up with a delectable way to start your day, Mediterranean-style.

Steps showing how to make Turkish eggs in a collage of photos.
  1. Yogurt with eggs starts with the yogurt sauce! In this first step, you’ll whisk together the yogurt, fresh garlic, lemon juice, salt, and pepper in a bowl. Then, simply cover it and set it aside so it can come to room temperature while you prepare your eggs. 
  2. Poaching the eggs is next, but don’t be intimidated—it’s easier than you think. Fill a medium saucepan with water that’s at least 4 inches deep and bring it to a boil over medium-high heat. Once it comes to a boil, turn the heat down to low and let it come to a simmer. This is when you stir in the vinegar, which is crucial for perfectly poached eggs.
  3. Draining the raw eggs first is important. While you are waiting for the water to come to a boil, place a fine-mesh strainer over a small bowl and crack an egg into it. Be very gentle at this step—you want to keep your yolk fully intact. Allow the excess watery egg whites to drop through the strainer, then transfer it into a ramekin. Repeat the same process for the rest of the eggs.
  4. Place a sheet of paper towel on a large plate and set it aside. (You’re going to use this to dry off your cooked eggs!)
  5. When you’re ready to poach your eggs, we recommend that you cook no more than two at a time, otherwise it can get overwhelming. First, stir the simmering water to create a vortex in the middle, carefully drop the egg in the middle, and then cook for 3 to 3 ½ minutes until the whites are firm and the yolk is set but still soft and runny. 
  6. Dry the cooked eggs as they come out of the water. Carefully remove the egg using a slotted spoon (draining the excess water) and then transfer it to the paper-towel-lined plate. Repeat the same process with the rest of the eggs, cooking each set two at a time.
  7. Immediately before serving, melt the butter in a small pan or skillet. This step comes together quickly, so we find it easiest to work with butter cut into smaller pieces. Next, add the Urfa chili pepper (or any red pepper flakes) and salt to your melted butter. Allow the combo to cook for 15-20 seconds, or until the butter starts to foam and sizzle. Do not let it brown!
  8. Plate your eggs with yogurt. Using the back of a large spoon, spread half of the yogurt sauce on a plate. Then, add two poached eggs on top of the yogurt sauce. Finally, drizzle it all with the sizzling chili butter sauce.
  9. Garnish your dish. Using the fresh herbs of your choice—parsley, dill, or mint—sprinkle them over the top along with a pinch of salt and pepper, to taste. Here is where you could also use sumac, if you’re interested. Repeat the same process for the second serving in its own dish. Serve immediately while still warm.

How To Make Ahead and Store?

The truth is, this is a dish that is meant to be made and enjoyed at the moment. Turkish eggs breakfast is simple though, so there’s not too much prep that needs to be done ahead of time—it’s already a streamlined recipe.

  • To Make Ahead: If you’d like, the component that you can make in advance is the garlic yogurt sauce. Simply mix it together and place it in the fridge. We recommend you allow it to come to room temperature before serving. 
  • To Store: Unfortunately, there’s really no good way to store poached eggs and yogurt that’s already been warmed, so eat up! 
Turkish eggs with greek yogurt on a plate served with toast on the side.

Expert Tips

If you’re looking for Turkish egg breakfast perfection, it’s definitely within reach if you take note of this insider advice:

  • Start with room-temperature eggs eggs. It is best to take your eggs out of the fridge 15-20 minutes before you are ready to poach them, as cold eggs straight from the fridge can lower the water temperature too much, which can lead to uneven cooking and a looser white.
  • Get yourself some fresh eggs for the best results. In his article on poaching eggs, my favorite food scientist/teacher, Kenji Lopez-Alt, says, “Fresh eggs have tighter whites and yolks that help them retain their shape better as they cook.” So, using fresh eggs, you will end up with perfectly poached eggs without those whispy white floaters.
  • Do not skip straining your raw eggs. Straining the egg before poaching helps remove the thin, watery part of the egg white, which is what tends to create those wispy strands in the water. By removing this excess liquid, you’re left with a firmer white that wraps neatly around the yolk, resulting in a more compact, poached egg.
  • Only poach two eggs at a time. The poaching process moves more quickly than you think, so sticking to two eggs at a time prevents you from getting overwhelmed and damaging the eggs due to rushing and overcrowding in the pan. 
  • Bring your yogurt to room temperature before plating. You do not want your hot eggs and hot chili butter sauce interacting with cold yogurt. That is why we recommend making the garlic yogurt sauce first so that it can come to room temperature while you are poaching the eggs.
  • Watch your butter—it burns easily. Your chili butter sauce is the final step because it is practically done instantaneously. Do not step away or leave it in the pan too long, as it will brown and burn, thus becoming unappetizing. 
  • Check your eggs for doneness. While this is more of a personal preference, runny yolks are one of the characteristics of this egg yogurt recipe. You will want to watch your eggs and remove them when they have reached the level of runniness you desire in your yolks. While it’s not traditional, soft fried eggs are acceptable if you don’t enjoy poached eggs. 
  • Presentation matters. This is an Instagram-worthy recipe. To achieve a finished dish like the one in our photos, be sure to plate as instructed by swirling the yogurt on the plate, then placing the eggs on top, then drizzling your chili butter sauce. The fresh herb topping gives a green flash of color that you won’t want to skip. 
  • Serve immediately. This is not the type of dish that you want to leave sitting around. Poached eggs are meant to be served right away, particularly here since you’ve just topped them with hot chili butter sauce.

FAQs

Where did Turkish eggs come from?

Turkish eggs originated during the Ottoman Empire, first appearing as a recipe in a book in 1876. While there have been a few variations on the dish over the centuries (cinnamon, onions, and tomato have made appearances), this Turkish eggs with Greek yogurt recipe has mostly stood the test of time as it is outlined here.

How do you pronounce çılbır?

The cilbir pronunciation isn’t as tricky as it looks. The ç character is pronounced like the English letter combination of “ch”. Then, the full word sounds like, chull-burr.

If you make your own Turkish Eggs Recipe following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

More Turkish Recipes You Might Like

Turkish eggs recipe on a plate with bread on the side from the top view.
Print

Turkish Eggs Recipe (Cilbir)

Turkish eggs are a visually stunning dish that brings the bold flavors of the Mediterranean to your breakfast table. A low-carb, high-protein recipe, it is made by placing poached eggs on a bed of creamy, garlicky yogurt and drizzling it with a rich, spiced butter sauce. Served with crusty bread for scooping, every bite offers a perfect balance of textures and flavors—making it a standout in any Turkish breakfast spread.
Course Breakfast, Brunch
Cuisine Turkish Cuisine
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 15 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 346kcal

Ingredients

For the Garlic Yogurt Sauce:

  • 1 cup unsweetened plain Greek yogurt room temperature
  • 1 clove fresh garlic minced
  • 1 teaspoon lemon juice freshly squeezed
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt or more to taste
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

For the Poached Eggs:

  • 1 tablespoon white vinegar
  • 4 large eggs

For the Chili Butter Sauce:

  • 3 tablespoons unsalted butter* cut into pieces
  • 1 teaspoon Urfa or Aleppo pepper any red pepper flakes you have on hand
  • ½ teaspoon sweet paprika
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt

For Serving:

  • 1 tablespoon of fresh herbs such as parsley, dill, and/or mint
  • Sliced bread or toast

Instructions

  • To make the yogurt sauce, whisk together the yogurt, garlic, lemon juice, salt, and pepper in a bowl, cover it, and set it aside. I intentionally do this first so that it can come to room temperature while I poach the eggs.
  • To poach the eggs, fill a medium saucepan with water (it should be at least 4 inches deep) and bring it to a boil over medium-high heat. Once it comes to a boil, turn the heat down to low and let it come to a simmer. Stir in the vinegar.
  • While you are waiting for the water to come to a boil, place a fine mesh strainer over a small bowl and crack an egg while being super gentle to make sure not to disturb the yolk. Let the excess loose (watery) egg whites drop through and then transfer it into a ramekin. Repeat the same process for the rest of the eggs.
  • Place a sheet of paper towel on a large plate and set it aside.
  • When ready to poach the eggs, stir the simmering water to create a vortex in the middle, carefully drop the egg in the middle, and cook for 3 to 3 ½ minutes until the whites are firm and the yolk is set but still soft and runny.
  • Carefully remove the egg using a slotted spoon and then transfer it to the paper-towel lined plate. Repeat the same process with the rest of the eggs*.
  • Right before serving, melt the butter in a small skillet. Add the Urfa chili pepper (or any red pepper flakes) and salt. Let it cook, stirring gently with a wooden spoon, for 15-20 seconds until the butter starts to foam and sizzle and the color turns to a hazelnutty brown.
  • To assemble: Using the back of a large spoon, spread half of the yogurt sauce on a plate. Add two poached eggs on top and drizzle them with the sizzling chili butter sauce.
  • Garnish with fresh parsley or chopped dill; sprinkle it with a pinch of salt and pepper to taste. Repeat the same process for the second serving. Serve immediately while still warm.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe serves 2 people with each portion serving two eggs. The nutritional values below do not include the optional serving of bread/toast.
  • Butter: You can use salted butter, but if you do, omit the additional salt.
  • Cooking eggs: We recommend poaching no more than two eggs at a time for the best results.
  • Eggs: While this Turkish egg recipe is traditionally made with poached eggs, you can serve it with fried eggs or soft-boiled eggs as well. 
  • Make Ahead & Storage: You can make the garlic yogurt sauce a day in advance and store in an airtight container in the fridge. While technically you can store the leftovers in an airtight container, we highly recommend consuming this dish as soon as possible while it is still warm and fresh.

Nutrition

Calories: 346kcal | Carbohydrates: 6g | Protein: 22g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 14g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 378mg | Sodium: 1053mg | Potassium: 311mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 1548IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 175mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/turkish-eggs-recipe/feed/ 2
Overnight Steel Cut Oats https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-steel-cut-oats/ https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-steel-cut-oats/#comments Sun, 26 Jan 2025 18:16:27 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=21973 If you love the traditional overnight oats (made with rolled oats) but want to try making them with steel-cut oats,…]]>

If you love the traditional overnight oats (made with rolled oats) but want to try making them with steel-cut oats, you’re in the right place! The difference between old-fashioned oats and steel cut oats lies in how they’re processed—steel-cut oats are less processed, resulting in a hearty, chewy texture. Plus, among the different types of oats, they take the longest to cook, but the payoff is a more substantial and satisfying bowl of oatmeal.

The beauty of this steel-cut overnight oats recipe is that soaking steel cut oats overnight lets time do all the hard work for you. And once you’ve mastered this simple method, you can explore other options like our Overnight Slow Cooker Steel Cut Oats or Instant Pot Steel Cut Oats for even more convenient ways to enjoy this easy, satisfying, and healthy breakfast.

Overnight steel cut oatmeal in a sauce pan from the top view.

This recipe was originally published in Jan 2019. It has been updated with new information but with no changes to the original recipe in January 2025.

Ingredients You’ll Need:

Making overnight oats with steel cut oats requires just three basic ingredients, plus optional add-ins and toppings. Each ingredient helps create a creamy texture and flavorful base, while still leaving room for substitutions or additions. Below is what will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Steel Cut Oats: When shopping, be sure to choose regular steel-cut oats rather than quick-cooking varieties. Keep in mind that they’re sometimes labeled as Irish oats as well.
  • Soaking Liquid: I like to use hot boiling water to soak steel cut oats overnight, but any regular or plant-based milk (such as almond milk) would also work. 
  • Kosher salt: A touch of salt help balance the natural earthiness of the oats.

How To Make Overnight Steel Cut Oats?

Making this steel cut overnight oatmeal recipe is straightforward and requires minimal effort. The time spent soaking overnight softens the oats, cutting down cooking time in the morning. I usually do this right before bed so that I can wake up to steel-cut oatmeal ready to eat:

Steps showing how to cook steel cut oatmeal overnight.
  1. Boil the water: Bring 2 cups of water (or milk) to a boil in a medium saucepan with a lid. 
  2. Add oats and salt: Turn the heat off and stir in the steel-cut oats and kosher salt. Cover the saucepan with the lid and let it sit on the counter overnight.
  3. Reheat in the morning: While you can enjoy your overnight steel oats as is, warming them up makes for a more comforting breakfast. Next morning, place the saucepan back on the stove over medium heat. Cook, stirring constantly, to prevent sticking. It should thicken in 3-5 minutes. 
  4. Add almond milk: For a creamy steel-cut oatmeal, stir half a cup of almond milk if you use water as the base. Cook, stirring constantly, until it reaches your desired consistency. Adjust the amount of milk for a thinner or thicker oatmeal to suit your taste.
  5. Serve with toppings: Divide the oats into bowls and top with your favorite fruits, nuts, or seeds. Be sure to scroll down to see my favorite topping suggestions. Alternatively, you can place them in mason jars, bring them to room temperature, and then store them in the fridge for up to 5 days for a grab-and-go breakfast.

Serving Suggestions with Optional Add-In and Toppings Ideas

This easy overnight Irish oats recipe is endlessly customizable, offering endless possibilities for mix-ins and toppings to keep things exciting. Here are a few ideas to make it your own:

  • Sweetener: You can use any sweetener you like. Maple syrup, honey, coconut sugar, and brown sugar would all work. A splash of vanilla extract can also enhance the natural sweetness and add a hint of warmth. You can add it when adding the liquid (and let it soak overnight) or use it as a drizzle on top right before serving.
  • Superfoods: I almost always make my overnight steel cut oats with chia seeds but you can also add ground flax seeds,  hemp seeds, pumpkin seeds, or sunflower seeds. Add any of these superfoods with the liquid or use them as a topping.
  • Nuts and nut butters: Adding a handful of nuts (like almonds, walnuts, or pecans) or a dollop of nut butter (such as peanut butter or almond butter) not only makes your overnight steel cut oatmeal more delicious but also adds a boost of protein. You can also add a handful of chunky granola
  • Fresh fruit: Any fruit—like bananas, berries, apples, or pomegranate seeds—makes a great topping. Alternatively, mix in a few tablespoons of blueberry puree to naturally sweeten your overnight steel oats recipe.
  • Yogurt: A dollap of Greek yogurt or even vanilla yogurt is a great way to add a tanginess while boosting the protein content of this overnight Irish oatmeal recipe. And if you are a fan of yogurt for breakfast, be sure to check out our Yogurt and Oats and Chia Yoghurt Pudding recipes.
  • Spices: A sprinkle of ground cinnamon, nutmeg, or cardamom adds warmth and depth of flavor to your oatmeal.
  • Savory toppings: While most people associate this recipe with sweet flavors, I like to switch things up by adding savory toppings like sautéed mushrooms, spinach, and a fried (or poached) egg. My savory steel cut oatmeal is a hearty and delicious breakfast option, using this exact recipe as the perfect base.
  • Protein powders: Add a scoop or two of protein powder to create high protein steel cut overnight oats that are perfect for a satisfying and nutritious start to your day.
Overnight steel cut oats in a bowl topped off with fruit.

How to Meal Prep, Store, and Reheat?

Once you learn how to prepare steel-cut oats overnight, you’ll never run out of ideas for a satisfying breakfast. This recipe is perfect for meal prep and makes busy mornings so much easier. I usually make a big batch over the weekend and have it ready as a grab and go breakfast in the morning. Here is how I do it:

  • To Meal Prep: Bring the oatmeal to room temperature, divide it amongst mason jars, add the toppings, and seal them with the lid. Store them in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • To Store: Place the leftovers in an airtight container (or a mason jar) and keep in the fridge. 
  • Reheat: If you prefer your steel cut oatmeal warm, warm it up in a small saucepan with a splash of water or milk over medium-low heat, stirring regularly. Alternatively, reheat it in the microwave, stopping and stirring every 15 seconds to ensure even heating. Add more water or milk as needed to adjust the consistency to your liking.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I freeze overnight steel cut oats?

You technically can, but I do not recommend it as it will be mushy when thawed. Still, if you want to freeze it, store it in a freezer safe airtight container in the freezer for up to a month. Thaw in the fridge overnight.

How long to soak steel cut oats before cooking?

Steel cut oats should soak for at least 6 hours, but 8–9 hours (or overnight) is ideal for the best texture.

What is the ideal ratio of steel cut oats to water for overnight Irish oats?

The ideal ratio for this recipe is 1 cup of steel cut oats to 2 cups of water (or milk).

How long do overnight steel cut oats last in the fridge?

When stored in an airtight container or tightly sealed jar, your oatmeal will stay fresh for up to 5 days.

More Make-Ahead Breakfast Recipes

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make this Overnight Steel Cut Oatmeal recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Steel cut overnight oats in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Overnight Steel Cut Oats Recipe

Learn how to make Overnight Steel Cut Oats. With only 10 minutes hands on time, it is so easy to enjoy a bowl of warm and creamy steel cut oatmeal without having to wait and stir in front of the stove top.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 5 minutes
Resting time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 10 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 221kcal

Ingredients

For The Steel Cut Oats

For The Toppings (Optional)

  • 1/4 cup fresh fruit or more
  • 1/4 cup nuts
  • 1 teaspoon chia seeds*

Instructions

  • Bring water to a boil in a medium saucepan (with a lid).
  • Turn the heat off and add the steel cut oats and salt. Stir to combine. Put the lid on.
  • Let it sit on the kitchen counter overnight, at least 6 to 8 hours.
  • Next morning, put it back on the stove and heat over medium heat. Stir with a wooden spoon to prevent it from sticking. It will thicken as it cooks.
  • For a creamy texture pour in the almond milk, while stirring constantly.
  • Cook until its consistency and texture reaches to your liking. Feel free to add in more milk if you like it to be thinner. 
  • Ladle into bowls, top them off with your favorite toppings, and serve while still warm. Alternatively, you can bring it to room temperature, divide it amongst 4 mason jars, add the toppings and store in the fridge for upt o 5 days for an easy grab and go breakfast.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 3 to 3 1/2 cups of steel cut oatmeal, ideal for four servings. The nutrition facts below are per serving and do not include the toppings.
  • Soaking liquid: I prefer to use water for soaking as I think it is lighter. However, you can use an equal amount of regular or dairy-free milk if you prefer. 
  • Optional add ins and toppings: If you prefer your oatmeal sweeter, you can drizzle it with honey (or maple syrup) right before serving. Additionally, you can get creative with toppings and add ins. Anything you have on hand from fresh fruit to nuts to nut butters to chocolate chips would all be great additions.
  • No cook method: I found that a quick reheating in the morning produces the creamiest steel cut oatmeal. However, if you prefer a quicker option, you can enjoy these as no cook overnight steel cut oats. Give them a stir and serve right away with your favorite toppings.
  • Storage: Leftovers can be placed in an airtight container (or mason jars sealed tightly) and kept in the fridge for up to 5 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 221kcal | Carbohydrates: 31g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 194mg | Potassium: 67mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 45IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 67mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-steel-cut-oats/feed/ 45
Potato Roses https://foolproofliving.com/potato-roses/ https://foolproofliving.com/potato-roses/#comments Sun, 20 Oct 2024 12:51:57 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=78546 Visually impressive, individual potato rosettes are an appetizer that delights for Thanksgiving and Christmas holiday dinners, or a pretty potato…]]>

Visually impressive, individual potato rosettes are an appetizer that delights for Thanksgiving and Christmas holiday dinners, or a pretty potato flower recipe to enhance your Mother’s Day or Easter brunch. They are savory and decadent—the perfect complement to almost any meat, chicken, or veggie main dish. 

If you’re looking to elevate your celebratory meals this year, this potato roses recipe will certainly dazzle your guests. For those who adore a good theme, we also have a tutorial on How to Make Apple Roses that can round out your floral feast.

Potato roses on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

Don’t be intimidated by the intricate look of these rolled potato roses. We’ve tested this recipe again and again so we can share with you the simplest path to potato rosette success! You, too, can create a beautiful rose potato of your own with a few basic ingredients:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Unsalted butter: The unsalted butter in this recipe is used to grease your muffin tins. We tested the recipe with oil sprays, as well as olive oil, but butter created a far superior end result for these rose potatoes and ensured they did not stick to the pan.
  • Potatoes: While we used Yukon gold potatoes for the potato bacon roses pictured here, russet potatoes will also work just fine. We do recommend that you keep the skin on, as it not only helps to keep the potatoes intact, but also adds a nice visual edging to each potato rosette. 
  • Olive oil: The olive oil in this recipe for potato roses is used in coating the sliced potatoes. If you prefer avocado oil, it will work as a suitable alternative. 
  • Fresh herbs: For our bacon and potato roses, we used fresh rosemary. You could also substitute in fresh thyme or fresh sage. If you prefer to use dried herbs such as an Italian seasoning blend, just keep in mind that you’ll need to adjust the recipe to only 1 teaspoon, if you’re using dried herbs.
  • Garlic: We tested this potato rose recipe with both fresh garlic and garlic powder. While they both work, we preferred the result with the garlic powder, as it dispersed amongst the potato and bacon roses more evenly.
  • Seasonings: Beyond the fresh (or dried) herbs mentioned above, the only other seasonings you need are some Kosher salt and freshly ground black pepper. 
  • Parmesan cheese: The parmesan cheese in our potato roses with bacon serves two main purposes—it adds a wonderful umami flavor to the dish, and it acts as a binder (or glue) to hold the layers together as it melts during the baking process. 
  • Bacon: We tested this recipe with both traditional bacon and with turkey bacon. They both came out excellent, so feel free to select your personal preference on the bacon. 

How to Make Potato Roses?

You needn’t have any special chef skills to achieve perfect potato roses with bacon. We have laid out the instructions step-by-step for you below. If you follow them, you will be able to prep your own in less than 30 minutes. 

Person showing how to prepare potatoes to make this recipe in a collage of photos.
  1. Preheat your oven. Set the temperature to 400 degrees F/204 C. Take your 2 tablespoons of melted butter and generously coat 6 of the 12 muffin tin cups. Ensure each cup (including the corner and sides) is fully greased to prevent sticking.
  2. Slice your potatoes. With the skin on, slice your potatoes using a mandolin with a handrail (also referred to as a handguard) into very thin slices, approximately 1/16 – ⅛ thickness. If you do not have a mandolin, you can do this step with a sharp knife. However, do your best to slice them as thinly as possible.
  3. Mix & coat your potato slices. Transfer the potato slices into a large bowl. Add the olive oil, minced rosemary (or your chosen herbs), garlic powder, kosher salt, and black pepper. Toss to combine, ensuring you separate the slices to coat them evenly. Potato slices will release their juices after you mix them. Be sure to drain it before using them to assemble the roses.
Person showing how to roll potato roses.
  1. Layer your potato rosettes. On a clean work surface, lay out a slice of bacon, then place a line of potato slices on top, overlapping each one until you have used approximately 20 slices. Then, sprinkle the potato layer with 1 to 2 tablespoons of Parmesan cheese.
A collage of images showing how to make potato rosettes.
  1. Roll your potatoes into roses. Gently roll the bacon base around the potatoes until it has formed a rosette shape.  
  2. Arrange your potato roses in the pan. Place your potato rosette in a muffin cup, then add about 10 more potato slices around the bacon-wrapped rose. This is a visual choice—feel free to play around with the potato slices, adding more or less to “fluff” up the edges of your roses.  
  3. Finish assembling your bacon potato roses. Repeat the layering and rolling steps above with the remaining bacon, potato slices, and cheese. You will have 6 potato roses when you’re finished.
Person showing how to remove potato roses from the muffin tin.
  1. Bake your rosette potatoes. Place your muffin tin in the oven and bake, uncovered, for 20 minutes. Then place your foil on top of the potato roses  to prevent them from burning and bake for an additional 30 minutes or until the centers are tender and cooked through. When inserted into the middle of the potato rose, a sharp paring knife will pierce the potato center easily.
  2. Serve your bacon potato roses. Let your potato roses rest for 10 minutes, then gently run a paring knife on the outer edge of each rose to remove them from the muffin tin. Place them onto a serving platter, or plate them individually on each dish.

How to Store and Reheat Leftovers?

If you happen to have leftover potato bacon roses (however unlikely that may be, considering what a crowd-pleaser they are!), you can store and reheat them for another snack or meal later. 

  • To store your potato roses: Allow them to come to room temperature; do not attempt to contain them while they’re still warm. Place them upright in an airtight container. Our potato roses recipe will keep for up to 3 days in the refrigerator. 
  • To reheat the potato rosettes: Place your rose potatoes on a baking sheet and heat them in a 300 degree F oven until warmed throughout—roughly 5-10 minutes. 

Serving Suggestions

This potato roses recipe is a malleable dish that wows in a variety of scenarios. Here are some pairing suggestions:

A potato rosette on a plate.

FAQs

You’ve got rose potato questions, we’ve got answers! Also, if there is something we do not cover here, please feel free to head to the comments section and we will do our best to get back to you in a timely manner. 

Do I need to soak potato slices in water before making potato rosettes?

We found this to be an unnecessary step. However, if you have a desire to remove extra starch, you’re welcome to soak them, but be sure to dry them as much as you can prior to using them in the recipe.

Do I need to cover my potato and bacon roses in foil?

Yes. Covering the rosette potatoes with foil will help protect your petals and prevent them from burning. 

How will I know when my bacon potato roses are fully cooked?

The easiest way to test your potato roses for doneness is to take the tip of a sharp paring knife and gently poke the center of the potato rosette; it will pierce easily if it is done.

If you make your own Potato Roses recipe following our recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Bacon wrapped potatoes on a plate.
Print

Potato Roses Recipe

Savory and decadent, bacon potato roses are an impressive appetizer or side dish for your holiday meals and other festive occasions. The potato rosette shape adds a playful element to your plates and is easy to achieve with this foolproof recipe.  
Course Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 50 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 20 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 245kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 tablespoons unsalted butter melted
  • 4 Yukon gold potatoes approximately 1.4 lbs, rinsed with the skin on
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 tablespoon fresh rosemary finely minced
  • 2 teaspoons garlic powder
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ½ teaspoon black pepper
  • 1 cup grated parmesan cheese loosely packed (approximately 1 ounce)
  • 6 slices bacon pork or turkey

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F/204 C. Brush 6 cups of a 12-cup muffin tin generously with melted butter*.
  • Thinly slice the potatoes using a mandoline with a handguard (aka handrail), or using a sharp knife to approximately 1/16 – ⅛ thickness.
  • Transfer the potato slices into a large bowl*. Add 2 tablespoons of olive oil, minced rosemary, garlic powder, kosher salt, and black pepper. Toss to combine.
  • On a clean work surface, lay out a slice of bacon, then place the potato slices overlapping each one until you have used approximately 20 slices.
  • Sprinkle 1 to 2 tablespoons of Parmesan cheese over the potatoes.
  • Gently roll up the combined bacon and potato slices until it has formed a rose.
  • Place your potato rosette in a muffin cup and add 10 more potato slices around the bacon-wrapped rose. If needed, you can adjust the potato slices to “fluff” out the edges of your rosette more.
  • Repeat with the remaining bacon, potato slices, and cheese. You will have 6 potato roses when you’re finished.
  • Place your muffin tin in the oven and bake, uncovered, for 20 minutes. Then place your foil on top of the potato roses and bake for an additional 30 minutes, or until tender and cooked through. A sharp paring knife, when inserted into the middle of the potato rose, will pierce the potato center easily.
  • Let your potato roses rest for 10 minutes, then gently run a paring knife on the outer edge of each rose to remove them from the muffin tin. Place onto a serving platter.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes six potato roses, but you can multiply it to serve a larger crowd. The nutritional values below are per rose.
  • Don’t skimp on the butter when greasing your muffin tin: A generous coating of butter will keep the rose potatoes from sticking to the pan. Make sure to coat not only the inside but also the outer edges of each muffin cup. This will ensure that the outer layers of the roses don’t stick as they bake and crisp up beautifully. We do not recommend using parchment liner as it didn’t allow the potato roses to crisp. 
  • Drain the liquid: After mixing the potato slices with the olive oil, rosemary, and seasonings, they tend to release some moisture. While we initially tried drying the slices with a kitchen towel before seasoning, we found that the potatoes still released juices once combined with the other ingredients. To avoid soggy potatoes, we recommend draining any excess liquid that collects at the bottom of the bowl before assembling your potato rosettes.
  • Separate the potatoes while you’re mixing them: Because your potato slices will be thin, it’s essential that you manually separate them during the mixing step into your olive oil and spices so that all of your slices get evenly coated.
  • A sharp knife can be used if you do not own a mandoline: While it may take you a bit longer (cue: patience) to slice your potatoes with a knife, it is doable. Do your best to slice them as thinly and evenly as possible.
  • Can I make potato roses in advance? Unfortunately, we do not recommend it. We attempted to prepare these bacon and potato roses ahead of time, but after sitting in the fridge for a night, the potatoes oxidized. The change in color wasn’t appetizing and they simply didn’t taste as fresh when they were baked. We encourage you to make your potato roses the day you plan on serving them.
  • Storage: You can store leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for upto 3 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 245kcal | Carbohydrates: 23g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 25mg | Sodium: 689mg | Potassium: 523mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 273IU | Vitamin C: 22mg | Calcium: 164mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/potato-roses/feed/ 2
Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-oatmeal-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-oatmeal-muffins/#comments Thu, 26 Sep 2024 12:31:01 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11121 Pumpkin season is here, and today’s recipe, pumpkin oat muffins, is exactly what you need. Not only do they not…]]>

Pumpkin season is here, and today’s recipe, pumpkin oat muffins, is exactly what you need. Not only do they not require much effort in the kitchen, but they also make your whole house smell like pumpkin season. 

Like our Easy Pumpkin Bread and Almond Flour Pumpkin Bread, these muffins are a quick breakfast perfect for busy mornings throughout the fall season and best enjoyed with your morning coffee.

Pumpkin oat muffins on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

This pumpkin oatmeal muffins recipe requires just a handful of simple ingredients you probably already have on hand. You will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on each ingredient.
  • Coconut Oil: I used melted and cooled coconut oil, but you can also use avocado oil, olive oil, or unsalted butter (though it won’t be dairy-free) if preferred.
  • Sweetener: One of my favorite natural sweeteners is pure maple syrup, but you can also use honey. I would not swap the liquid sweetener out for a dry granulated sweetener (like coconut sugar or brown sugar) because this will affect the moisture content.
  • Eggs: Use two large eggs at room temperature. For a vegan pumpkin and oats muffins recipe, use flax eggs. To make flax eggs that is equal to two eggs, mix two tablespoons of ground flaxseeds (aka flaxseed meal) with 5 tablespoons of water. Let the mixture sit for 10 minutes until it has a gel-like consistency. Use it in the recipe in place of eggs as written.
  • Pumpkin: Make sure to use pure pumpkin puree and not pumpkin pie filling. If you prefer fresh pumpkin puree, you can make yours following this Homemade Pumpkin Puree recipe.
  • Milk: I used unsweetened almond milk, but other options include full-fat coconut milk, cashew milk, or oat milk. You can also use regular whole milk instead.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Whole Wheat Flour: Whole wheat flour keeps adds extra fiber but regular all-purpose flour can be used instead.
  • Kosher Salt: Salt enhances all those oatmeal and pumpkin flavors.
  • Baking Soda: Baking soda helps the muffins rise and promotes a golden brown color.
  • Pumpkin Pie Spice
  • Old-Fashioned Oats: The types of oats you use will determine the final texture of your muffins. I prefer Rolled Oats vs. Quick Oats because they are chewier and more substantial. Quick oats make the muffins too mushy, so I do not recommend using them.
  • Raisins: I highly recommend the raisins because they add the right amount of sweetness. Dried cranberries (apple juice sweetened preferred) are a good substitute.

Optional Add-Ins

Here are some additional mix-ins you can add to these healthy oat pumpkin muffins to make it your own:

  • Pumpkin Seeds: Sprinkle the tops of the muffins with pumpkin seeds (pepitas).
  • Chocolate Chips: To give it that pumpkin-and-chocolate vibe, sprinkle with dark chocolate chips (affiliate link) or white chocolate chips.
  • Nuts: Toss in some toasted and chopped pecans or walnuts for crunch.

How to Make Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins?

These oatmeal pumpkin muffins come together in a flash; the hardest part is waiting for them to bake in the oven. Here are the step-by-step instructions:

A collage of images showing how to make this healthy breakfast pumpkin muffin recipe.
  1. Prep muffin pan: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F/163 degrees C. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment paper liners. If you do not have liners, generously coat the muffin cups with coconut oil, butter, or cooking spray.
  2. Whisk wet ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk the melted coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, pumpkin puree, almond milk, and vanilla extract until smooth.
  3. Mix the dry ingredients: In a separate medium bowl, mix the whole wheat flour, Kosher salt, baking soda, pumpkin pie spice, and oats until combined.
  4. Make the muffin batter: Add the dry ingredients to the bowl of wet ingredients. Mix until just combined—do not overmix. Fold in the raisins.
Person portioning the muffin batter in a muffin tin and then topping each cup with chocolate chips.
  1. Fill muffin pan: Scoop the batter into each cup, about ⅔ full. Top with pumpkin seeds or chocolate chips if using.
  2. Bake: Bake for 25-27 minutes until a toothpick inserted into the center of a muffin comes out clean. 
  3. Cool: Allow to cool in the pan for 10 minutes before removing. Transfer the muffins to a wire rack to cool completely. Enjoy plain, with a drizzle of almond butter or a dollop of vanilla yogurt.

How to Store, Freeze, Thaw, and Reheat?

If I have the extra time, I usually bake a double batch of these oatmeal pumpkin spice muffins as they make the best snack or quick breakfast. You can easily grab one and go because they store well. Here are my best storage tips to keep these muffins fresh and moist as long as possible:

  • Storage: Store muffins in an airtight container at room temperature for 3-4 days. The cold moisture in the fridge will draw out some of the moisture.
  • Freeze: Cool completely, then transfer to a freezer-safe container or freezer bag, squeezing out all the air. Freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw in the fridge overnight or right on the kitchen counter to room temperature.
  • Reheat: Pop one in the microwave for 10-15 seconds or reheat in an oven or toaster oven until warm, about 5 minutes.
Healthy pumpkin oatmeal muffins fresh out of the oven in a muffin tin.

Expert Tips

While this recipe is pretty straightforward for any home baker, there are a few things worth mentioning to help you succeed on your first try. Here are a few helpful tips for the best oatmeal pumpkin muffin recipe:

  • Use parchment liners: The parchment paper liners make for easy removal and no messy clean-up. I love these Parchment Liners (affiliate link).
  • Do not overmix: The key to light and fluffy pumpkin muffins with oatmeal is not to overmix. This will prevent too much gluten from forming in the batter.
  • Make your own pumpkin spice: If you can’t find it at the grocery store or prefer to make your own, mix 3 tablespoons ground cinnamon, 2 teaspoons ground ginger, 2 teaspoons nutmeg, 1 teaspoon allspice, and 1 teaspoon ground cloves. Stir to combine. This makes 5 tablespoons of pumpkin spice, you can use some of it in this muffin recipe and store the remainder in an airtight container in a cool place for up to 6 months.

FAQs

Why are my pumpkin muffins gummy?

Pumpkin muffins become gummy when you overmix the batter. This means that too much gluten was developed during the mixing process, making tough, dense muffins.

If you try this Healthy Pumpkin Muffins recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Other Pumpkin Recipes You Might Like

Healthy oatmeal pumpkin muffins from the top view.
Print

Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins Recipe

Easy and healthy Pumpkin Oatmeal Muffins are made with whole wheat flour and rolled oats and are minimally sweetened with maple syrup. They are the perfect grab-and-go breakfast or an afternoon snack when craving something sweet.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 220kcal

Ingredients

  • cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • ¾ cup maple syrup
  • 2 large eggs at room temperature (or flax eggs)
  • 1 cup pumpkin puree (unsweetened) (not pumpkin pie filling)
  • ¼ cup unsweetened almond milk or regular milk
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 ¾ cup whole wheat flour 8.9 oz./266g
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda 5g
  • 2 teaspoons pumpkin pie spice
  • cup old-fashioned oats 40g
  • ½ cup raisins roughly chopped
  • 2 tablespoons pumpkin seeds as garnish (optional)
  • ¼ cup chocolate chips as topping (optional)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F/163 degrees C. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment liners. If you do not have parchment liners, generously coat the cups with oil.
  • To prepare the wet ingredients, place coconut oil, maple syrup, eggs, pumpkin puree, almond milk, and vanilla extract in a large bowl. Whisk until thoroughly combined. Set aside.
  • To prepare the dry ingredients, whisk together whole wheat flour, kosher salt, baking soda, pumpkin pie spice and oats in a separate large mixing bowl until fully incorporated.
  • Fold the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and mix just until combined. Do not overmix.
  • Fold in the raisins.
  • Scoop the batter into each muffin cup, about ⅔ full. If preferred, top with the pumpkin seeds or chocolate chips.
  • Bake for 25-27 minutes until a toothpick, when inserted, comes out clean.
  • Let cool for 10 minutes before removing from the pan onto a wire rack to cool.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 12 muffins. The nutritional values below are per muffin.
  • Storage: Bring them to room temperature and store in an airtight container for upto 4 days.
  • Freeze: Cool completely, then transfer your muffins to a freezer bag, squeezing out all the air. Freeze for up to 3 months.
  • Flax eggs: If you prefer a vegan pumpkin oatmeal muffins recipe, use flax eggs instead. Mix 2 tablespoons of ground flaxseeds (aka flax meal) with 5 tablespoons of water to make flax eggs. Let it sit for 5-10 minutes or until it reaches a gel-like consistency. Use it in the recipe in place of eggs.

Nutrition

Calories: 220kcal | Carbohydrates: 35g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.003g | Cholesterol: 27mg | Sodium: 308mg | Potassium: 235mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 3220IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 50mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/pumpkin-oatmeal-muffins/feed/ 47
Homemade Pita Bread Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-pita-bread-recipe/ https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-pita-bread-recipe/#comments Fri, 06 Sep 2024 13:49:41 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=77885 Pita bread—also known as Arabic bread, Lebanese bread, and Mediterranean pita—is a must-have for any Middle Eastern meal. However, it’s…]]>

Pita bread—also known as Arabic bread, Lebanese bread, and Mediterranean pita—is a must-have for any Middle Eastern meal. However, it’s not the only homemade bread that comes together in a cinch. I have dozens of easy no knead bread recipes to fill out any menu, whether you need a rich brioche or a flaky biscuit.

Several freshly baked fluffy pita bread on top of each other.

What is Pita Bread Made Of?

There are only six simple ingredients in pita bread, making this recipe a cost-effective way to flex your baking skills (and it tastes so much better than store-bought pita!).

Ingredients for pita bread from the top view.
  • Water: It’s essential that your water is lukewarm (about 105-110 degrees F. or 40-43 degrees C) before adding it to your pita mixture. If the water is too hot, you’ll kill the yeast, but if it’s too cold, the yeast won’t “bloom.”
  • Active dry yeast: I used active dry yeast in this pita dough recipe, which required me to “activate” the yeast before adding other ingredients. Of course, you can use instant dry yeast, but your dough will rise more quickly, and the recipe’s timing will be shorter.
  • Granulated sugar: Sugar is vital among your pita bread ingredients, as it helps activate and fuel the yeast (in addition to giving it a lightly sweet, tender flavor!). To make this recipe refined sugar-free, you can use cane sugar instead.
  • All-purpose flour: I used all-purpose flour in my pita, but you may use bread flour instead if desired. However, keep in mind that bread flour has a higher protein content than all-purpose flour, which can give your pita a slightly chewier texture and a bit more structure. I would stick to all-purpose flour for light and tender pita bread, similar to store-bought pita bread.
  • Olive oil
  • Kosher salt 

How to Make a Pita Bread Recipe From Scratch?

You don’t have to work in a bakery to make pita bread like a pro. These step-by-step instructions will give you perfectly fluffy, golden-brown pita pockets, no matter how you want to cook pita bread: in an oven or on a skillet.

A collage of images showing how to prepare (bloom the yeast) Arabian bread.
  1. Activate the yeast: Add the water, yeast, and sugar to a large mixing bowl and stir until combined.
  2. Add the first cup of flour: Add 1 cup (120 g.) of flour and the olive oil to the yeast mixture and stir until smooth, breaking up as many flour crumbs as possible and scraping down the bowl’s sides when necessary. 
  3. Let it rest: Once integrated, cover the mixture with a kitchen towel and let it rest until it begins foaming and forming bubbles (about 15 minutes).
A collage of images showing how to make shawarma bread dough.
  1. Add the remaining ingredients: Add the remaining two cups (240 g.) of flour and the salt. Then, use a wooden spoon or clean hands to incorporate the dry ingredients until a sticky ball forms (approx. one minute). Cover the bowl with a clean kitchen towel, place it in a warm place, and let the pita bread dough rest for 30 minutes.
  2. Fold the dough: Hold one edge of the dough with your fingertips, then fold it halfway towards the middle of the ball. Turn the bowl 45 degrees and repeat this step until you complete a full turn. In the end, your dough should be smooth and elastic.
Steps showing how to prepare the pita bread dough for baking.
  1. Add the olive oil: Drizzle one teaspoon of olive oil over the ball, rotating the dough and spreading the oil until the entire surface has an even coating. Cover the dough again and let it rest in a warm place until it doubles in size—about one hour.
  2. Separate the dough: Dust your work area with 3-4 tablespoons of flour, transfer the dough to the floured surface, and knead it until it forms a smooth ball (30-40 seconds). Then, use a bench scraper or sharp knife to divide the dough into eight equal pieces, with each piece weighing about 71 g.
Steps showing how to roll the dough for gyro bread.
  1. Form the pita balls: Form each of the eight pieces into a ball, then place them on your work surface with their seam sides facing down. Cover the dough balls and let them rest for 20 minutes. They will slightly grow in size.
  2. Roll the pita bread rounds: Use a floured rolling pin to gently flatten each dough ball into a 6-inch circle, ensuring you don’t press so hard that the air bubbles flatten. Brush any excess flour off of your pita rounds and let them rest, uncovered, for 15 minutes.
A collage of photos showing pita baking in the oven.
  1. Cook the pita dough:
    1. Bake the pita bread: Adjust your oven’s rack to the lowest position, place an upside-down baking sheet or pizza stone on top, and preheat the oven to 500 degrees F. Then, cut a large sheet of parchment paper into eight 6 x 8-inch squares and place each pita on its own sheet. Working with two rounds at a time, place the loaves and their parchment paper squares on the hot baking sheet. Bake the dough for 2.5 minutes, flip it over, and cook for another 2.5 minutes or until it puffs and is lightly browned. Remove the baked pitas from the oven and repeat the process with the remaining dough.
    2. Make a pan pita recipe: Heat a cast iron skillet on medium-high heat for ten minutes or it is super hot. It is imperative that your skillet is hot for the pita to puff. Then, lightly coat the bottom of the skillet with one teaspoon of olive oil. Place the dough onto the hot skillet one pita round at a time and cook it until bubbles form (about one minute). Then, flip the pita, cook it for one minute, and flip it one more time. Cook the bread for a final 30 seconds before removing it from the heat. Repeat this process until you cook all of the remaining loaves.
  2. Enjoy: Serve your fresh pita bread warm or store it for later use.

How to Store, Freeze, Thaw, and Reheat Pita Bread?

Making pita bread is a rewarding experience that doesn’t end when it’s fresh out of the oven! Not only is this recipe delicious right out of the oven, but it’s also a fantastic recipe for storage and freezing—just the thing for anyone who loves easy meal prep.

  • Make ahead: Want to turn this dough into an overnight pita recipe? Simply make your pita dough one day in advance and store the raw dough in the refrigerator until you are ready to bake. Take it out an hour before you are prepared to turn it into balls, and follow the recipe as written.
  • Storage: To store cooked pita bread, let it come to room temperature and place it in an air-tight container. The bread will then stay fresh in the refrigerator for 3-4 days.
  • Freezing: When freezing your DIY pita bread, begin by letting the loaves cool to room temperature. Then, wrap them in plastic film and transfer them to a freezer-safe Ziploc bag with as much air removed as possible. Your pita will stay fresh in the freezer for up to three months.
  • Thawing and reheating: You don’t need to thaw your frozen pitas before reheating. Instead, place them directly into a toaster or low-heat oven (300 degrees F.) for 3-4 minutes or until heated.

FAQs

What is pita bread?

Pita bread is a soft, light, and puffy bread with roots in the Middle East. In particular, this bread is known for its hollow, “pocket”-like center, which makes it a classic bread for savory fillings like shawarma, doner kebabs, and gyros.

Where is pita bread from?

Pita bread originates in the Middle East—particularly in the area of ancient Mesopotamia. Since then, however, this recipe has become a staple in many different countries’ cuisines, leading to a wide variety of names—“Middle Eastern bread,” “Mediterranean bread,” and “Syrian bread,” just to name a few.

Does pita bread have yeast in it?

Yes, traditional pita bread recipes need yeast to help the bread rise and give it its iconic “pocket”—where many fill it with savory additions, like shawarma, gyros, or other cooked meats.

How to make pita bread soft?

If your cooked pita bread ever becomes “hard” or “stale,” you can restore its softness by wrapping it in a damp cloth and placing it in a microwave or low-heat oven until warm. You can also help prolong your bread’s soft texture by placing your loaves in a plastic bag right after they’ve cooled from the oven. 

Is there egg in pita bread?

Pita bread typically doesn’t contain eggs. Instead, it traditionally includes a mixture of water, yeast, flour, and salt—a great recipe for those who are looking for a vegan bread option.

Is pita bread Greek?

Not quite. Pita bread is native to Middle Eastern regions, but it has since become popular in Greek cuisine—especially as a “gyro bread”—which leads many to think that it comes from Mediterranean areas.

Aysegul’s Helpful Tips

I might be biased, but I believe I shared the best way to make a homemade pita recipe here. However, there are a few things that I’d like to bring to your attention for succeeding on your first try. In this section, you’ll find everything you need to achieve the fluffiest, tastiest, and most authentic taste.

  • Digital scale: If you have a digital scale, I highly recommend using it for this quick pita bread recipe. It is especially helpful when dividing the dough into small bowls, helping you achieve evenly sized pita pockets.
  • Lukewarm water: Water temperature is the key to letting your yeast work its magic. Be sure to use lukewarm water (about 105-110 degrees F.), as too-hot water will kill the yeast, and too-cold water will keep the yeast from blooming.
  • Bottom rack vs. top rack: Direct heat is necessary when developing beautifully browned pocket bread. Therefore, you should always bake your pita on the bottom rack of your oven—not the top—and be sure to place parchment paper under each of your pita rounds while baking.
  • Maintaining the oven temperature: The best way to make fluffy pita bread with an open pocket is to keep the oven consistently hot. Be sure to set your oven to 500 degrees F. (or 450 degrees F., depending on how hot your oven can get). I also recommend baking two pita rounds at a time to avoid overcrowding the baking sheet (or pizza stone).
  • A word on browning: When we tested this recipe, we tried to achieve a golden brown color during baking. However, regardless of how many times we tried, increasing the amount of oil and sugar or even the baking time resulted in a light golden-yellow color. So, in short, the color you see in the photos is true to what you will end up with when you make this recipe.
  • Using whole wheat flour: To make a whole wheat pita bread recipe, mix one cup of whole wheat with two cups of all-purpose flour. Whole wheat flour is heavier, and using too much will prevent your pita bread from rising or developing its signature “puff.”
  • Gluten-free: To make this pita recipe for gluten-free diets, substitute the all-purpose flour with an equal amount of gluten-free flour. Here in the US,  Bob’s Red Mill’s gluten-free 1-1 baking flour (affiliate link) is a good brand you can use.
Pita pocket on a cutting board with other pita bread.

What to Do With Pita Bread

A staple in my house, pita bread is one of the most versatile ingredients in my pantry. Below are a few of my favorite recipes with pita bread—from hand-held pockets to party-ready flatbreads.

  • Fill the pockets: It goes without saying that making pita pockets is one of the most classic uses of pita bread—especially when packed with authentic Middle Eastern flavors! I love filling my pita with succulent, savory meats, like Beef Shawarma, Chicken Shawarma, and gyros. Or, you can make a tender, light lunch by using one of my favorite easy pita bread fillings: my Chickpea and Tuna Sandwich recipe!
  • Make a wrap: Making a pita wrap is another one of my go-to meals using pita bread. Tasty, customizable, and portable, this serving option is excellent for on-the-go lunches and weeknight dinners alike. I especially like to use freshly baked pitas to make Pita Wraps with Chicken—a succulent, flavorful dish you can dress up with my Tzatziki or Tahini Lemon Sauce.
  • Make chips: You can easily transform this pita bread bake into appetizer-ready pita chips by drizzling the loaves with olive oil, seasoning them with salt and pepper, and baking them until crispy—just like I do in my Mediterranean Nachos Recipe. Or, you can use it as a crunchy-soft addition to your favorite homemade Cava bowl recipes.
  • Serve with dips: Light, tasty, and versatile, this easy homemade pita bread is just what you need to fill out a dip platter. This Middle Eastern bread is especially delectable when paired with classics like my smoky Baba ganoush, creamy Hummus, tangy CAVA Feta dip, or savory-sweet Muhammara.
  • Serve it as bread: Fluffy, light, and fully dip-able, pita bread makes an excellent accompaniment to saucy dishes, soups, and stews. You can make a gourmet Indian meal with ease by serving your pita along with curry dishes, like Chicken Chickpea Curry, or you can use it to sop up every last drop of internet-famous Alison Roman’s Stew.
  • Make pizza: You don’t need to deal with complicated pizza dough when you have this simple pita recipe on hand. With a few simple toppings, you can make a pita flatbread to rival any carryout pizza.

More Bread Recipes

If you make this Homemade Pita Bread recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Several pita bread placed on top of each other from the front view.
Print

Homemade Pita Bread Recipe

Once you make this Homemade Pita Bread Recipe you won't ever buy it from the store because it is not only easy to make, but also light years better. So, go ahead, make a batch use some for your favorite shawarmas, wraps, flatbreads or mezze platters and store (or freeze) the rest for later.
Course Bread
Cuisine Mediterranean, Middle Eastern
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 16 minutes
Resting tim 2 hours 15 minutes
Total Time 2 hours 46 minutes
Servings 8 pitas
Calories 191kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup luke-warm water 240 ml. (105-110 degrees F.)
  • 1 packet active dry yeast 7 g.
  • 1 teaspoon granulated sugar 4 g.
  • 3 cups all-purpose flour 360 g., divided, plus more for dusting
  • 1 tablespoon olive oil plus 1 teaspoon to coat
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt

Instructions

  • To make the dough, stir together water, yeast, and sugar in a large bowl until combined.
  • In the same bowl, stir in 1 cup (120 g.) of flour and olive oil until smooth, breaking up most of the flour crumbs and scraping down the sides of the bowl as needed. Cover with a kitchen towel and let it rest for 15 minutes or until it starts to form bubbles.
  • Add the other 2 cups (240 g.) of flour and salt. Using a wooden spoon (or clean hands), mix to incorporate until a sticky ball forms, approximately 1 minute.
  • Cover the bowl with a clean kitchen towel and let the dough rest in a warm place for 30 minutes.
  • Holding the edge of the dough with your fingertips, fold it over halfway towards the middle. Turn the bowl at 45 degrees and repeat the same process until you complete a full turn. The dough should be smooth and elastic.
  • Drizzle a teaspoon of olive oil on top, rotate the dough ball, and spread the olive oil to cover the whole thing. Cover and let the dough rest in a warm place until it doubles in size, about an hour.
  • To prepare the dough balls, dust your work area with a small amount (3-4 tablespoons) of flour.
  • Transfer the dough and knead it for 30-40 seconds or until it forms a smooth ball.
  • Using a bench scraper (or a sharp knife), divide the dough into eight equal pieces, about 71 to 74 g. each.
  • Form each piece into a ball and place them on the lightly floured work surface with the seam sides down. Cover the balls and let them rest for 20 minutes.
  • To prepare the oven, adjust your oven rack to the lowest position. Place a baking sheet upside down (or a pizza stone) on the wire rack. Preheat the oven to 500 degrees F.*
  • Cut a large sheet of parchment paper into eight 6 by 8-inch squares.
  • Using a floured rolling pin, gently flatten each ball into a 6-inch circle. Do not press down too hard so you retain the air bubbles.
  • Brush any excess flour off before placing them on a square piece of parchment paper. Let them rest, uncovered, for 15 minutes.
  • You can bake it in the oven or cook it on a cast iron skillet:
    Using the oven method: To bake the pita, work with two pita rounds at a time, and place the pita loaves with the parchment paper on the hot baking sheet. It is important to work quickly to maintain the oven temperature and allow the pita to “steam” open and create a pocket. Bake for 2 minutes and 30 seconds, flip over, and cook for another 2 minutes and 30 seconds, until lightly golden brown. Remove and repeat this process with the remaining dough.
    Cooking it in a skillet: Heat a cast iron skillet on medium-high heat for 10 minutes. It should be very hot. Using a brush or paper towel, lightly coat the bottom of the skillet with 1 teaspoon olive oil. Place a pita dough loaf onto the skillet and cook for 1 minute or until bubbles form. Flip and cook for an additional minute. Flip one more time and cook for an additional 30 seconds. Remove from the skillet and repeat until all loaves are cooked. You don't need to add more oil each time, but if the pan starts to look dry, you can add just a little bit more.
  • Serve while they are still warm.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 8 loaves of pita. The nutritional values below are per pita.
  • Using a standing mixer: You can make this recipe using a stand mixer fitted with a dough hook attachment. Instead of working the dough with your hands, simply follow this recipe with your mixer set at low speed, scraping down the sides of the bowl as necessary. Begin by mixing the water, yeast, and sugar for one minute. Then, mix in one cup of flour and olive oil until the dough becomes smooth (approximately one minute). After letting the dough rest for 15 minutes, add the remaining two cups of flour and salt and mix the dough until it forms a ball. When the dough separates from the bowl and begins attaching to the dough hook (in about a minute or so), you can remove it from the mixer’s attachment and let it rest for 30 minutes or until ready to fold. 
  • Gluten free: You can use a 1-1 gluten-free flour to make this recipe. We tested it with Bob’s Red Mills brand, and it worked well.
  • Fluffy pita pockets (troubleshooting): Two main factors to getting fluffy, soft pita bread are kneading and your oven’s temperature. Firstly, don’t skip on the last kneading, and don’t overwork your dough. If you press it too hard when rolling it, you may deflate the dough’s bubbles, leading to flat pita loaves. Secondly, keep your oven as hot as possible while baking, moving quickly to avoid any temperature decreases. Though these steps should ensure fluffy pita pockets, they’ll still be delicious even if they don’t puff up.
  • High-temperature oven: Knowing that not all ovens can reach 500 degrees F., we tested this recipe at 450 degrees F. The timing was slightly longer, with about 30 seconds more cooking time on each side of the pita bread.
  • Storage: Leftover pita can be stored in an airtight container (or a plastic bag) in the fridge for 3-4 days. Be sure to bring it to room temperature first.
  • Freezing: Wrap cooled pita loaves in plastic film and transfer them to a freezer-safe bag with as much air removed as possible. Your pita will stay fresh in the freezer for up to three months.
  • Thawing and reheating: No need to thaw frozen pita. You can reheat in a low-heat oven (or toaster oven) until warmed to your liking.

Nutrition

Calories: 191kcal | Carbohydrates: 37g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 0.3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 294mg | Potassium: 59mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin C: 0.003mg | Calcium: 8mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-pita-bread-recipe/feed/ 2
Almond Flour Banana Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/easy-banana-nut-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/easy-banana-nut-muffins/#comments Tue, 20 Aug 2024 15:22:57 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15318 This banana muffins with almond flour recipe is inspired by my Almond Flour Banana Bread. These muffins are a quick,…]]>

This banana muffins with almond flour recipe is inspired by my Almond Flour Banana Bread. These muffins are a quick, easy, portable alternative and add to my library of Recipes with Almond Flour.

If you love baking with almond flour, be sure to also check out my Apple Almond Flour Muffins, Carrot Almond Flour Muffins, Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins, and Zucchini Almond Flour Muffins.

Gluten free banana muffins with almond flour and chocolate chips on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

These banana almond muffins are made with simple ingredients you probably already have in your pantry and fridge. We will need:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Almond Flour: Go for blanched almond flour for best results. You can either pick up a bag from the store or make your own DIY Almond Flour. Almond meal (ground almonds with the skins) can be used instead, but the muffins will turn out more dense.
  • Baking Powder
  • Baking Soda
  • Ground Cinnamon: A hint of cinnamon adds a delicate background warmth.
  • Kosher Salt: A pinch of salt is needed to enhance that banana flavor.
  • Extra Ripe Bananas: For best results, use overripe bananas. Brown-speckled bananas provide natural sweetness and make super moist banana muffins.
  • Sweetener: My favorite sugar is coconut sugar, but using an equal amount of brown sugar or pure maple syrup would also work. Alternatively, your favorite keto sweeteners, like monk fruit or Erythritol (affiliate link) can be used as well. If you have less of a sweet tooth, omit the sugar for a no added sugar version.
  • Large Eggs: Eggs provide the right amount of lift and structure, especially for gluten-free almond flour. Bring the eggs to room temperature before mixing.
  • Vanilla Extract: A hint of warm vanilla adds just another level of flavor.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Dark Chocolate Chips: Toss in about ¼ cup chocolate chips (affiliate link) and have some extra on hand for sprinkling on top too.
  • Chopped Nuts: Give them a banana nut muffin vibe with ¼ cup chopped walnuts, almonds, or pecans.
  • Dried Fruits: Add a pop of sweetness with raisins, dried cranberries, or dried cherries.
  • Make it paleo friendly: For the paleo version, in place of 1 teaspoon of baking powder, you can mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar.

How to Make Banana Muffins with Almond Flour?

Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos to make these gluten-free banana muffins:

A collage of images showing how to make this recipe.
  1. Prep: Position the oven rack in the center of the oven. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (180 C). Line a 12-cup muffin pan with parchment paper muffin liners.
  2. Mix dry ingredients: In a large bowl, mix together almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, ground cinnamon, and salt.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In another large mixing bowl, whisk mashed bananas, coconut sugar, eggs, and vanilla extract until thoroughly combined.
  4. Make muffin batter: Place the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and stir with a rubber spatula until just combined. Do not overmix.
Almond banana muffin batter in a muffin tin.
  1. Fill muffin cups: Divide the batter into each muffin cup, filling about ¾ way full. If preferred, sprinkle them with chocolate chips.
  2. Bake: Bake muffins for 25-30 minutes. The muffins are ready when a toothpick or cake tester inserted into the center of the muffin comes out clean.
  3. Cool: Cool in the muffin tin for 10-15 minutes. Then, place the muffins on a cooling rack to cool completely.

How to Store, Freeze, & Thaw?

What I love most about this almond flour banana muffin recipe is that you can make a batch and enjoy it throughout the week, as long as they are stored properly. Here are my best storage and freezing tips:

  • Storage: Store muffins in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days. For longer storage, store in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Wrap each muffin in plastic wrap, then store it in a plastic freezer bag. Muffins can be frozen for up to 3 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw overnight in the fridge, or on the kitchen counter to room temperature.
  • Reheat: If you prefer your muffins warm, reheat in a low oven (300 degrees F) for 5-10 minutes, or pop one in the microwave for 5-10 seconds, until warm.
Banana and almond flour muffins in a muffin tin right after they come out of the oven.

Expert Tips

While this recipe is pretty straightforward and easy to make. There are a few things that I’d like to share to help you make the best almond flour banana nut muffins on your first try:

  • Ripe bananas: Use extra ripe bananas for natural fruity sweetness and a better texture. I’ve found the best way to mash bananas is either with a potato masher or the back of a fork. Since bananas vary so much in size, it’s best to weigh the bananas after mashing (rather than using a measuring cup) to ensure the most precise measurement and the best consistency. 
  • Do not overmix: Just like traditional muffins with regular flour, do not overmix the batter. Overmixing will make them dense, which will result in them loosing their fluffy texture.
  • Don’t overbake: Start checking the muffins with the toothpick test at the 25-minute mark. The muffins will look underbaked, but they continue to bake while cooling.
  • Make it vegan: Vegan almond flour banana muffins will not rise as much but taste good. For the best egg substitute, substitute the eggs with flax eggs (1 flax egg = 1 tablespoon flaxseed meal + 3 tablespoons water).
  • Use parchment liners: Parchment paper liners (affiliate link) are the best and most efficient way to bake almond flour muffins and prevent sticking.

FAQs

Can I make this recipe with coconut flour?

No. coconut flour is super absorbent and will alter the texture of the muffins dramatically. Stick to finely ground almond flour or almond meal.

Why did my almond flour muffins sink?

Muffins made with almond flour can sink if they are underbaked or overmixed, if there is too much moisture in the batter, if the oven temperature is lower than what is listed in the recipe, or if the leavening agents are not fresh.


If you try this Almond Banana Muffin recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

Other Almond Flour Recipes You Might Like

Almond Flour Banana Muffins on a plate from the top view.
Print

Almond Flour Banana Muffins

Moist and fluffy Almond Flour Banana Muffins that are gluten-free, dairy-free and paleo-friendly. Quick and easy to make, these low-carb muffins can be served as a healthy breakfast or snack.
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 213kcal

Ingredients

  • 3 cups almond flour
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 3 bananas overripe & mashed
  • ¼ cup coconut sugar or brown sugar or keto friendly sweetener of choice
  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ¼ cup chocolate chips optional

Instructions

  • Place a rack in the center of the oven and preheat to 350 degrees F (180 C). Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchement paper liners. Set it aside.
  • Prepare the dry ingredients by placing almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, ground cinnamon, and salt in a large bowl. Whisk to combine all ingredients.
  • Prepare the wet ingredients by placing the mashed bananas, coconut sugar, eggs, and vanilla extract in a separate large bowl and whisking to combine thoroughly.
  • Place the dry ingredients into the wet ingredients and stir until just combined. Do not over mix.
  • Divide the batter, using about 2.5 oz. of muffin batter per cup, into each muffin cup so that you have 12 muffins. If using, sprinkle the top of the muffins with chocolate chips.
  • Place in the oven and bake for 25-30 minutes. A toothpick or cake tester should come out clean when inserted into the center of the muffin. At first, muffins might look underdone, but they will continue to cook while cooling in the muffin tin.
  • Let it cool in the pan for 10-15 minutes before removing it and placing it on a wire rack for at least 1 hour before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 12 muffins. The nutritional values below are per muffin and do not include the calories from optional chocolate chips.
  • For paleo banana bread muffins: To make almond flour banana muffins that are paleo friendly, mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar and use it in place of baking powder.
  • Store: After they come to room temperature, leftover muffins can be stored in an airtight container. They will stay fresh for up to 5 days as long as they are stored in the fridge.
  • Freezing and thawing: Almond banana muffins can be stored in the freezer for up to 3 months. To prevent freezer burn, place them in an airtight container and remove all the air. Thaw in the fridge overnight.

Nutrition

Calories: 213kcal | Carbohydrates: 16g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Trans Fat: 0.004g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 200mg | Potassium: 122mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 79IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 88mg | Iron: 1mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/easy-banana-nut-muffins/feed/ 44
Yogurt Chia Pudding https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-chia-pudding/ https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-chia-pudding/#comments Mon, 20 May 2024 12:33:20 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=75466 Making chia seed pudding with yogurt is one of my favorite bedtime rituals. It gives me the satisfaction of having…]]>

Making chia seed pudding with yogurt is one of my favorite bedtime rituals. It gives me the satisfaction of having a healthy breakfast ready in the morning with plenty of protein, fiber, and healthy fats wrapped up in one. It’s the perfect breakfast that does double duty as a healthy snack or healthy dessert.

For more breakfast recipes, make my Yogurt Parfait for additional protein or Chia Seed Oatmeal, a personal favorite. If you are not a fan of the texture of chia seeds, try Steel Cut Overnight Oats instead.

Chia seed yogurt breakfast in a jar garnished with fruit.

Ingredients for Chia Yogurt Pudding

This chia seeds and yogurt pudding recipe is made with simple ingredients you probably already have in your pantry and fridge. You will need the following:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Yogurt: I love the consistency of plain full fat yogurt, but you can also use plain Greek yogurt for a thicker consistency. You can also use low-fat yogurt, fat-free yogurt or vegan yogurt such as almond milk or coconut yogurt. If you are a fan of sweetened yogurts, my Homemade Vanilla Yogurt would also be a great option.
  • Milk: Use your favorite plant-based milk like Unsweetened Almond Milk, coconut milk, oat milk, or soy milk. You can also make a chia pudding with yogurt, no milk, by using water. Or, use regular dairy milk if desired.
  • Sweetener: I used pure maple syrup, but you can use your preferred sweetener of choice, such as honey, brown sugar, or coconut sugar. If you choose a sugar-free version, skip the sweetener or use monk fruit maple syrup instead.
  • Chia Seeds: I recommend using organic black chia seeds that you can find in most grocery stores and online (affiliate link). Other national brands include Navitas, Kirkland, Whole Foods 365, and Bob’s Red Mill.
  • Vanilla Extract: Optional, but it adds a lovely, delicious flavor.
  • Toppings: There are plenty of variations when it comes to toppings, so get as creative as you like. Some of my favorite toppings are fresh berries, such as my Blueberry Puree, mango, bananas, nuts and seeds, chocolate chips, granola like my chunky homemade granola, a spoonful of nut butter, such as almond butter or peanut butter, or a pinch of ground cinnamon.

How to Make Chia Seed Pudding with Yogurt?

Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos to make this yogurt chia seed pudding recipe:

A collage of images showing how to make yogurt chia pudding.
  1. Mix yogurt mixture: In a medium bowl, whisk together yogurt, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla extract until smooth.
  2. Add chia seeds to yogurt: Stir in chia seeds with a rubber spatula and give it a good stir.
  3. Soak: Cover with plastic wrap. Set in the refrigerator for at least 4 hours or overnight.
  4. Finish with toppings: When ready to serve, scoop into bowls and enjoy with your favorite toppings, such as fresh fruit, nuts, seeds, and granola. Serve cold.
Low calorie high protein chia pudding in a jar topped off with fruit.

FAQs

Can you put chia seeds in yogurt?

Yes, chia seeds and yogurt is a delicious high-protein, high-fiber breakfast or snack. The perfect ratio of chia seeds to yogurt is ¼ cup chia seeds (4 tablespoons of chia seeds) to 1 cup yogurt + 1 cup liquid.

Can you eat dry chia seeds in yogurt?

Yes, you can. However, they are easier to digest (and more enjoyable to eat) when they are soaked as they expand and gain a more gel-like consistency.

How long to soak chia seeds in yogurt?

When adding chia seeds to yogurt, soak for at least 4 hours, or overnight. 

What are the health benefits of eating chia seeds with yogurt?

Chia seeds with yogurt are a nutrient powerhouse, packed with omega-3 fatty acids, protein, fiber, vitamins, minerals, antioxidants, and gut-healthy probiotics. This, as a result, can help improve heart health, lower cholesterol, aid in weight loss, and promote gut health. To reap the most benefits from this recipe (especially if you are on a weight loss journey), it is best to keep the amount of sugar to a minimum.

If you make this Chia Yogurt Pudding recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great way to support this website and help those planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the Foolproof Living community.

Chia seed yogurt recipe garnished with fresh strawberries and blackberries.
Print

Yogurt Chia Pudding Recipe

Yogurt chia pudding is a protein-packed (8 grams of protein per serving), fiber-rich make-ahead breakfast that comes together in minutes. Easy to customize and filling, it’s perfect for busy mornings.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Resting Time 4 hours
Total Time 4 hours 5 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 255kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup plain yogurt
  • 1 cup almond milk or any non-dairy milk
  • 2 tablespoons maple syrup optional
  • ¼ cup chia seeds
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract optional

Optional Add-ins/Toppings:

  • 1 cup fruit strawberries, blackberries, and bananas
  • 1/2 cup nuts or seeds

Instructions

  • Whisk together yogurt, almond milk, maple syrup, and vanilla extract in a medium-sized bowl.
  • Add chia seeds to yogurt mixture, wait for 5 minutes and give it another mix. We do this because chia seeds tend to stick together when mixed with liquid. Doing so helps break up any lingering clumps of chia seeds.
  • Cover with stretch film, and refrigerate for at least 4 hours or overnight.
  • When ready to serve, ladle into bowls and top each bowl with fresh berries and nuts. Serve while still cold.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes approximately 3 cups of chia seed yogurt pudding that is ideal for 2 generous servings. The below nutritional values are per serving, but they do not include the optional toppings.
  • Yogurt: While I prefer whole milk yogurt, you can use low-fat yogurt as well. Greek yogurt can also be used, but you might need to add a bit more liquid to thin it out. Finally, vegan yogurt can also be used.
  • Adjust consistency: In my experience, the ratio of 1 cup of yogurt + 1 cup of milk to ¼ cup of chia seed provides the best pudding-like texture. As always, you can adjust the quantities to suit your taste. More seeds will equal a thicker chia pudding.
  • Make it your own: This is a delicious base recipe for chia pudding in which you add your toppings of choice. Have fun with different flavors like almond extract, unsweetened cocoa powder, protein powder, or matcha powder; swirl in your favorite fruit jam like strawberry or raspberry, or add texture and crunch with coconut flakes, hemp seeds, almonds, cashews, and more.
  • Make Ahead / Meal Prep: Make a big batch at the beginning of the week, portion it into individual containers (or mason jars), and your overnight chia pudding with yogurt is ready to enjoy throughout the week.
  • Storage: Store chia pudding covered with plastic wrap or in an airtight container or mason jar in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Reuse: The mixture will thicken the longer it sits. Add a splash of milk or water to thin it out to your desired consistency.
  • This recipe is adapted from Giada’s Chia Seed Pudding recipe.

Nutrition

Calories: 255kcal | Carbohydrates: 29g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.03g | Cholesterol: 16mg | Sodium: 224mg | Potassium: 324mg | Fiber: 8g | Sugar: 18g | Vitamin A: 133IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 454mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-chia-pudding/feed/ 70
Buckwheat Porridge https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-coconut-buckwheat-porridge/ https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-coconut-buckwheat-porridge/#comments Tue, 16 Apr 2024 22:55:05 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=5606 Up the ante and nutritional content of your first meal of the day with this buckwheat hot cereal recipe. It’s…]]>

Up the ante and nutritional content of your first meal of the day with this buckwheat hot cereal recipe. It’s a hearty and filling warm bowl of porridge thanks to plenty of protein, fiber, vitamins, and minerals. And the best part is that it is ready in 20 minutes from start to finish.
If you are a big fan of buckwheat, check out my other buckwheat breakfast recipes, including Buckwheat Pancakes made from almond and buckwheat flour and Buckwheat and Millet Bread made by using a combination of buckwheat and millet.

Person pouring almond milk over buckwheat porridge for breakfast.

Ingredients

This easy buckwheat porridge recipe requires just a handful of simple ingredients. We will need the following:

  • Raw Buckwheat Groats: You can find buckwheat in the breakfast cereal aisle in major grocery stores. When shopping for it, you will likely see them labeled in two ways. The first is buckwheat, which is usually the raw (untoasted) version, and the second is kasha. Kasha is made by roasting buckwheat groats until they turn golden brown. It offers a more intense and earthier flavor. In this buckwheat groats cereal recipe, I am using raw buckwheat groats for its milder taste, but kasha can also be used.
  • Water: Plain water is a great starting point. You will need a ratio of 3:1 liquid to buckwheat groats.
  • Sea salt: A nice pinch of salt enhances the natural nutty flavour of the buckwheat.
Ingredients for the recipe with text on each ingredient.

Optional Add-Ins:

Buckwheat for breakfast is a popular dish in Eastern European countries and Russia and is usually served with a small amount of butter. However, if you’re aiming to achieve the creamy texture and varied flavors of oatmeal (similar to my oatmeal with almond milk and chia seeds recipe), you might want to try adding any of these optional ingredients:

  • Butter: Russian buckwheat porridge is traditionally made with a tab of butter and served as a side dish or a delicious breakfast. The extra fat adds a nice silky texture. Olive oil or vegan butter is a good substitute.
  • Milk: Feel free to replace the water (or a portion of it) with regular milk or any plant-based milk like almond milk, coconut milk, oat milk, or cashew milk.
  • Superfoods: To make your buckwheat breakfast bowl even more nutritious, you can stir in a spoonful of chia seeds, hemp seeds, or flaxseed meal.
  • Flavorings: Give it a warming touch with cinnamon, cardamom, pumpkin spice, or nutmeg. A touch of vanilla extract adds an extra special layer of sweetness, too.
  • Fruit: Fresh fruit like strawberries, blueberries, raspberries, blackberries, grapes, pomegranate seeds, or sauteed apples adds a nice touch.
  • Sweeteners: Use your favorite sweetener like maple syrup, brown sugar, or honey if not vegan.
  • Seed or nut butter: Seed butters like sunflower seed butter or tahini, or nut butters like peanut butter, almond butter, or cashew butter add a nutty richness.

How to Make Buckwheat Porridge?

This recipe for buckwheat porridge is so easy to make and very simple to make oatmeal. Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos:

A collage of images showing how to cook buckwheat porridge.
  1. Rinse buckwheat: Place the groats in a fine mesh strainer and rinse under cold water, mixing around with your fingers.
  2. Bring to boil: Add the rinsed buckwheat groats, water, and salt to a medium saucepan. Bring it to a boil over medium-high heat. 
  3. Simmer: Reduce the heat to low, cover, and simmer for 10 minutes, stirring occasionally to prevent the groats from sticking to the bottom.
  4. Rest: Remove from the heat and let it sit, covered, for 5 minutes. Give it a good stir.
Buckwheat breakfast porridge placed in a bowl and garnished with fruits.
  1. Finish with your favorite toppings: Ladle your cooked buckwheat into bowls, and if preferred, top it off with fresh fruit, a sprinkle of cinnamon, and a drizzle of maple syrup. I usually add a splash of milk to make it even more creamy, but it is optional.

Overnight Buckwheat Porridge

If you are looking for a faster approach to this buckwheat cereal recipe, just like I do with my Yogurt and Oatmeal and Chia Pudding with yogurt recipe, an overnight soak is your answer.

Although it’s an extra step, soaking the buckwheat groats overnight drastically reduces the cooking time and removes some of the phytic acid, which improves nutrient absorption and digestibility (even for those with a healthy digestive system).

A few bowls of Overnight Coconut Buckwheat Porridge Recipe topped off with pomegranate seeds.

If you want to make overnight buckwheat groats, simply:

  • Soak: Stir together 3 cups liquid (water or milk) with 1 cup buckwheat groats, with the option to add 1 tablespoon apple cider vinegar or lemon juice. Store in an airtight container overnight in the refrigerator.
  • Simmer: The next morning, transfer it to a small saucepan and simmer until thickened to your liking, no more than 4 to 5 minutes.

How to Store and Reheat?

I find that this buckwheat recipe has the best texture and taste when it is first made, which is why I usually make a batch right before serving. However, following the below storage and reheating tips, you can enjoy this kasha breakfast porridge for a few more days:

  • Refrigerate: Store leftover buckwheat porridge in an air-tight container in the fridge for up to 3 days. The mixture will thicken the longer it sits, but you can add a splash of milk to bring it back to its original consistency.
  • Reheat: When ready to enjoy, add a splash of milk and reheat in 30-second intervals in the microwave until warm, Or, reheat in a small saucepan over medium heat until warmed through.

Aysegul’s Recipe Tips

While the recipe is quite simple, there are a few things I’d like to point out so you will succeed on your first try. 

  • Do not skip rinsing the buckwheat: Rinsing the buckwheat is a crucial step as it helps to remove any dust or debris and can also reduce the natural bitterness in the seeds.
  • The ratio of liquid to buckwheat groats: I’ve found that the 3:1 liquid-to-buckwheat ratio (3 cups liquid to 1 cup groats) produces the most creamy buckwheat porridge. During our recipe testing, we tried the 2:1 Ratio and found that the end result was drier and the texture was rather dense. With that being said, feel free to experiment with more or less liquid depending on your desired consistency.
  • Watch the pot closely: It’s important to keep a close eye on the buckwheat while simmering on the stove top. The groats tend to stick to the bottom and scorch, resulting in a bitter flavor and unappealing texture. For best results, keep a close eye on it and stir it a few times during the cooking process.
  • Give it a personal touch: Add any of your favorite toppings like seeds, nuts, nut butters, sweeteners, and more. Or, although it is not traditional, you can play around with the flavors and add additional flavorings like cocoa powder, cacao powder, matcha powder, cinnamon sticks, ground spices, or extracts of your choosing.
A spoonful of buckwheat cereal from the top view.

FAQs

What does buckwheat taste like?

Buckwheat has a pronounced flavor that is earthy, nutty, and slightly bitter (which can be an adjustment for some). The flavor is a bit more intense, with more chewy texture and bite than regular oatmeal.

Are buckwheat groats gluten free?

Buckwheat is not a grain but a pseudocereal or seed related to rhubarb. Therefore, it is naturally gluten-free, making it a great choice for those with celiac disease or gluten allergies. Despite its name, buckwheat has no relation to wheat. It is a pseudo-cereal as it is not a grass like cereal grains such as wheat, rice, or oats.

What are the health benefits of buckwheat?

According to Healthline, it’s gluten-free, vegan, high fiber, a complete protein source with all essential amino acids, and high in antioxidants, most notably rutin and quercetin. This superfood is also a powerhouse food for keeping blood sugar levels in check.

Similar Porridge Recipes You Might Also Like:

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you make this buckwheat porridge recipe, I would greatly appreciate it if you could take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a wonderful way to support this website and help those who are planning to make it. Also, if you took pictures, I’d love to see them. Share your creations on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them with the whole Foolproof Living community.

A bowl of buckwheat porridge with fruit.
Print

Buckwheat Porridge Recipe

This creamy buckwheat porridge is a filling, healthy, vegan, gluten-free, and dairy-free breakfast porridge recipe in under 20 minutes. You can enjoy it as a side dish or serve it as breakfast with toppings as an alternative to oatmeal.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine Russian
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Resting time 5 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 4 servings
Calories 146kcal

Ingredients

Optional Add Ins :

  • ½ teaspoon cinnamon
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup plus more for drizzling
  • 1 tablespoon chia seeds optional
  • 1 tablespoon hemp seeds optional
  • Fresh fruit as topping

Instructions

  • Place the buckwheat groats in a fine mesh strainer and rinse under cold running water.
  • Transfer to a medium-sized saucepan, pour in the water, and add in the salt. Bring it to a boil over medium-high heat.
  • Reduce the heat to low and cover. Let it simmer for 10 minutes*. Keep a close eye on it as it cooks, and stir occasionally to prevent it from sticking to the bottom.
  • Turn the heat off but let it sit covered for 5 minutes.
  • If preferred, stir in cinnamon, maple syrup, chia seeds, and hemp seeds. Ladle into bowls. You can also add a splash of milk and top it off with fresh fruit before serving.

Notes

  • Yields: One cup of raw buckwheat groats makes about four cups of cooked buckwheat porridge, which is ideal for four servings. The nutritional values below are per serving and do not include any of the optional add-ins.
  • Buckwheat groats vs Kasha: When you are buying buckwheat, you may come across some brands calling it kasha. Roasted buckwheat (usually darker in color) is called Kasha. While I used raw buckwheat groats, kasha would also work in this recipe.
  • Overnight buckwheat porridge: Soaking buckwheat overnight helps reduce the cooking time. Simply mix 3 parts liquid (water or milk) with 1 part buckwheat in an airtight container and store it in the fridge. In the morning, transfer it to a saucepan and warm until thickened to your liking, no more than 4 to 5 minutes. Ladle into bowls and top with any of your favorite toppings.
  • The time of cooking: During our recipe testing, we thought that 10 minutes of cooking time (after it came to a boil) delivered the most creamy buckwheat porridge. However, you can adjust the cooking time based on your texture and consistency preference. It is imperative that you let it simmer at low heat and keep a close eye on it, as after the 10-minute mark, it goes from cooked to overdone pretty quickly.
  • Storage: This recipe is best the day it is made. However, leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 3 days.
  • Reheating: You can reheat your buckwheat porridge in a small saucepan with a splash of water (or milk) until heated through.

Nutrition

Calories: 146kcal | Carbohydrates: 30g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 0.3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Sodium: 155mg | Potassium: 196mg | Fiber: 4g | Calcium: 13mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-coconut-buckwheat-porridge/feed/ 44
Almond Flour Carrot Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-carrot-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-carrot-muffins/#comments Tue, 26 Mar 2024 15:38:48 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=74505 It is no secret that I love baking with almond flour, which explains why I have so many almond flour…]]>

It is no secret that I love baking with almond flour, which explains why I have so many almond flour muffin recipes on this site. If you were wondering, some of my favorites include Apple Almond Flour Muffins, Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins, and Blueberry Almond Flour Muffins.

These carrot almond flour muffins are the newest addition to the collection. They are gorgeous little gems you can make whenever you are craving carrot cake, but with less than half the effort and the same delicious results.

Almond flour carrot muffins fresh out of the oven in a muffin tin.

Ingredients

Almond flour carrot cake muffins require just a handful of simple ingredients from the grocery store. We will need the following:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Almond flour: Superfine almond flour or almond meal (ground almonds with skins) can be used interchangeably. The only difference is that these gluten-free muffins will be a bit denser if you decide to use almond meal. If you live in an area where you can’t get your hands on almond flour, you can follow my guide on How to Make Almond Flour at Home. If you are buying it from the store, I recommend Bob’s Red Mills and Blue Diamond almond flour (affiliate links.)
  • Baking powder: Baking powder is the magical leavening agent that gives these muffins their lift. If you follow a strict paleo diet, you can replace the baking powder with ½ teaspoon baking soda mixed with 1 teaspoon cream of tartar.
  • Ground cinnamon: Cinnamon adds a delicate background warmth. If you prefer a more spicy carrot cake muffin recipe, you can also add a pinch or two of ground ginger, ground nutmeg, or ground cardamom.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher salt or sea salt enhances the flavor.
  • Oil: Any vegetable oil will do. I like melted coconut oil, but avocado oil or light olive oil will also work.
  • Coconut sugar: Coconut sugar keeps the recipe refined sugar-free, but brown sugar can also be used. For a keto diet, use an equal amount of monk fruit sweetener.
  • Eggs: Three large eggs may seem like a lot, but we need the extra binding ability for structure and stability. I recommend sticking to whole eggs, rather than using an egg replacer like flax eggs. And it is best if they are at room temperature.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Grated carrots: Peel and grate fresh carrots using the large holes of a box grater. Depending on their size, you will need roughly 2 large carrots. For best results, I recommend weighing the grated carrots to ensure the right texture.
  • Nuts: Toasted walnuts or chopped pecans are classic with carrot muffins.
  • Raisins: Be sure to pick up a no-sugar-added bag. Both regular or golden raisins would work. I recommend chopping them into small pieces for even distribution.

How to Make Carrot Muffins with Almond Flour?

Carrot almond flour muffins are a quick and easy way to satisfy the carrot cake lover in all of us. Here are the step-by-step instructions and photos on how to make almond flour carrot muffins:

A collage of images showing how to make almond flour carrot cake muffins.
  1. Preheat oven: Place the oven rack in the middle position and preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (177 C). Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment paper muffin liners.
  2. Mix dry ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, stir together almond flour, baking powder, cinnamon, and kosher salt.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In another large bowl, whisk together coconut oil, coconut sugar, eggs, and vanilla extract until fully incorporated.
  4. Make muffin batter: Pour the wet ingredients into the dry and mix with a rubber spatula until just combined.
Person putting together the batter for paleo carrot cake muffins and portioning it in a muffin tin.
  1. Add carrots and mix ins: Gently fold in the grated carrots, chopped walnuts, and golden raisins until evenly distributed.
  2. Fill muffin pan: Portion the batter into the prepared muffin cups with a large ice cream scoop all the way to the top. Please be aware that this muffin batter makes 11 muffins.
  3. Bake muffins: Bake for 23-25 minutes, until golden brown and a toothpick inserted in the center of a muffin comes out clean or the center springs back to the touch. 
  4. Cool: Allow to cool in the pan for 5 minutes, then transfer to a wire rack. Let them cool for at least 15-30 minutes before serving.

How to Store, Freeze, & Reheat?

While gluten free carrot muffins don’t require much effort, we don’t want these delicious snacks going to waste. Here are my best storage tips for maximum freshness:

  • Storage: Paleo carrot cake muffins will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days. However, because they are so moist, I like to store them in an airtight container in the fridge, where they will last up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Transfer them to a freezer bag, label, date, and freeze for up to 2 months. Just make sure to push out all the air to prevent freezer burn. Thaw in the fridge overnight.
  • Reheat: While you can eat these healthy carrot cake muffins cold, if you prefer them warm, pop one in the toaster oven on low heat for 5 minutes or a quick 10-15-second burst in the microwave.

How to Serve Them?

These almond carrot cake muffins are perfect just as is with a hot cup of coffee or tea. But if you want to jazz them up a bit, I like to serve them in any of the following ways:

  • Carrot Cake Cupcakes: Top with a generous amount of Cream Cheese Frosting with Maple Syrup to get the carrot cake feel.
  • Nut Butter: A swirl of almond butter on top or once sliced in half would be delicious.
  • Glaze: In a small bowl, melt 2-4 tablespoons of coconut butter in the microwave and drizzle it over the tops of the muffins. The glaze will set as the coconut butter cools.

Expert Tips

Here are my expert tips on how to make the best almond flour carrot muffins recipe:

  • Almond flour baked goods tend not to rise as much as regular muffins: Most people expect baked goods made with almond flour to rise as much as those made with all-purpose or whole wheat flour. However, since almond flour is heavier, you don’t get the same dome effect as you would with muffins made with other flours. This doesn’t mean that these gluten-free carrot cake muffins don’t rise at all, but I wanted to mention it to set the expectations.
  • Use parchment paper liners for easy removal: Almond flour has a higher fat content, and I find muffins made with almond flour stick to paper liners. Use parchment paper liners (affiliate link) for no sticking.
  • An ice cream scoop ensures even size muffins: The key to evenly baked muffins that do not overflow during baking is evenly portioning the batter. An ice cream scoop (affiliate link) ensures the same amount every time. You have the option to grease the ice cream scoop to aid in releasing the muffin mixture into the liners, but it is not necessary.
  • Frost after they come to room temperature: If you are planning to frost them, make sure to cool completely to room temperature, or the frosting will melt right off. Chilling them in the refrigerator after frosting also helps to set the structure.

FAQs

Can I replace all purpose flour with almond flour?

No, almond flour works much differently than all-purpose flour and lacks the structure-building gluten. This recipe was specifically written for almond flour.

Why do almond flour baked goods not rise?

Almond flour baked goods have a tendency not to rise as high as their gluten-containing counterparts because almond flour lacks gluten and has a much higher fat and moisture content when compared to wheat flour.

If you try this Almond Flour Carrot Muffins recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them in my stories.

Gluten free almond flour carrot cake muffins in the muffin tin from the top view.
Print

Almond Flour Carrot Muffins Recipe

These Almond Flour Carrot Muffins are the perfect breakfast or light snack to treat yourself. Quick and easy to make, they are gluten, dairy, and refined sugar free.
Course Dessert, Healthy Snacks
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 11 muffins
Calories 214kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 ½ cups almond flour
  • 2 teaspoons baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • ½ cup coconut sugar
  • 3 large eggs room temperature
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 ½ cup grated carrots approximately 2 large carrots – 170 gr
  • ¼ cup toasted walnuts or pecans, roughly chopped
  • ½ cup raisins finely chopped

Instructions

  • Adjust the oven rack to the middle position and heat the oven to 350 degrees F (177 C). Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment muffin liners and set it aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the almond flour, baking powder, cinnamon, and kosher salt until combined. Set aside.
  • In another large bowl, whisk together coconut oil and coconut sugar until combined.
  • Add the eggs and vanilla extract and whisk until fully incorporated.
  • Add the wet ingredients to the dry and mix until combined.
  • Gently fold in the shredded carrots, chopped walnuts, and raisins.
  • Using a greased large ice cream scoop, portion the batter into each parchment-lined muffin cup all the way to the top*.
  • Bake for 23-25 minutes until a toothpick inserted in the center of a muffin comes out clean or the center springs back to the touch.
  • Remove and let them cool for at least 15-30 minutes before serving.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 11 muffins*. The nutritional values below are per muffin.
  • Frosting: You can turn these into cupcakes by frosting them with our maple sweetened cream cheese frosting. However, I recommend making sure to bring them to room temperature before frosting.
  • Storage: These muffins can be kept in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 2 days. However, because they are so moist, I like to store them in the fridge (in an airtight container,) where they will last up to 5 days.
  • Freeze: Transfer them to a freezer bag, label, date, and freeze for up to 2 months. Just make sure to push out all the air to prevent freezer burn. Thaw in the fridge overnight.
  • Reheat: While you can eat them cold if you prefer them warm, pop one in the toaster oven on low heat for 5 minutes or a quick 10-15-second burst in the microwave.

Nutrition

Calories: 214kcal | Carbohydrates: 17g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 15g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.005g | Cholesterol: 45mg | Sodium: 228mg | Potassium: 139mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 2982IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 93mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-carrot-muffins/feed/ 2
Seed Crackers https://foolproofliving.com/seed-crackers/ https://foolproofliving.com/seed-crackers/#comments Tue, 12 Mar 2024 12:20:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=74092 If you’re like me, you can’t get enough of the super-crisp, nutty taste of homemade seed crackers. If you want…]]>

If you’re like me, you can’t get enough of the super-crisp, nutty taste of homemade seed crackers. If you want to try more gluten-free recipes, I highly recommend whipping up my protein-packed Seed and Nut Bread—an ideal pick for an easy breakfast or a quick midday snack. Or, try out my Buckwheat Millet Bread for a foolproof loaf that tastes as good by itself as it does when topped with your favorite jam.

Person cracking seed crackers on a sheet pan.

Ingredients You Will Need

In my opinion, the best way to make healthy crackers is by using this tasty variety of seeds. These simple ingredients—many of which are also superfoods!—are delicious, nutritious, and usually available at the local grocery store.

Ingredients for healthy crackers recipe in small bowls.
  • Chia seeds: Packed with fiber, protein, and antioxidants, chia seeds are a must-have ingredient in this recipe for crackers with seeds. Not only do they have a mild nuttiness that’s undeniably delicious, but they’re also helpful in supporting bone health and aiding weight loss.
  • Raw & Unsalted Sunflower seeds: One of the most classic types of seeds, sunflower seeds lend these homemade crackers a nuanced sweetness and delicate crunch—but that’s not all! Sunflower seeds also transform this basic recipe into “anti-inflammatory crackers,” as their high levels of vitamin E and other plant compounds help reduce inflammation and boost heart health. When selecting sunflower seeds for this recipe, look for all-natural, raw ones to ensure they don’t have any added salt.
  • Unsalted Pumpkin seeds: Pumpkin seeds are also a great source of healthy fats, magnesium, antioxidants, and fiber, which may have other beneficial effects, such as regulating blood sugars and getting a good night’s sleep. I recommend buying pumpkin seeds that don’t have any additional salt—in other words, look for raw pumpkin seeds when shopping for this recipe.
  • Sesame seeds: Crunchy and buttery, sesame seeds taste fantastic in this recipe’s seed mixture. However, they also boast a range of other health benefits. For example, their high levels of B vitamins, calcium, and protein contribute to good vascular, muscular, and nerve health.
  • Ground flaxseeds (aka Flax meal): Flaxseeds are among the greatest superfoods to eat when you want to boost your digestive health. In particular, they contain high levels of fiber and omega-3 fatty acids that help relieve constipation and promote digestive regularity. During my recipe research, I found variations of this recipe where others used whole flaxseeds, but I chose to use ground flaxseeds (AKA flax meal) because they’re easier to digest and help work as a binder—similar to how flour works in bread recipes. Other versions may also use psyllium husk as a binder, but I found this unnecessary, given my use of ground flax seeds.
  • Hemp seeds: The addition of hemp seeds gives these seed crackers earthy and nutty undertones. This tiny seed also contains essential nutrients and minerals, such as fatty acids and manganese, which help maintain healthy skin, joints, and bones through collagen production.
  • Kosher or sea salt: Salt helps with flavoring the crackers and helps them achieve more of a store-bought savory flavor, so do not skip it.
  • Olive oil: I used olive oil to give these crackers their rich, full-bodied taste and golden-brown exterior, but you could also use avocado oil if preferred.
  • Water: If you’ve seen other seeded crackers recipes, you might find that some ask you to use boiling water—particularly when making psyllium husk crackers. However, I’ve found that the temperature of your water doesn’t affect seed crackers that don’t use psyllium husk as a binder. Therefore, room-temperature water will work just as well as warm water when following my flaxseed cracker recipe.

Variations with Optional Add-Ins

One bite of these sunflower seed crackers, and you’ll want to whip up a batch every week. Once you get the hang of it, you can even put your own spin on this basic recipe, giving it nutty, herby, or even cheesy undertones. The following are just a few of my go-to additions:

  • Seasonings and herbs: If you want to give your crunchy seed crackers bright, garden-fresh notes, I highly recommend adding some of your favorite herbs, like dried rosemary or thyme. Or, if you want a more robustly flavored chip, seasonings like garlic powder, onion powder, black pepper, and paprika will lend your seed cracker recipe irresistibly savory flavors. You can even make an easy everything bagel crackers recipe by adding a pinch of everything bagel seasoning!
  • Nuts: Filling, protein-packed, and oh-so-delicious, nuts make a great addition to this seeded cracker recipe. Depending on your desired flavor profile, I recommend using finely chopped nuts such as walnuts, pecans, or pistachios. You can also use a few tablespoons of almond flour (or even Homemade Almond Flour!) to reduce your prep time while still getting that classic “nut and seed crackers” taste. No matter which nuts you use, just be sure to use less of another dry ingredient to ensure a consistent ratio of wet-to-dry additions.
  • Nutritional yeast: No one can resist the savory, rich taste of a cheesy cracker. Simply add a bit of nutritional yeast to your recipe to give it a cheesy—yet vegan-friendly!—flavor.

How to Make Seed Crackers?

If you’ve never tried making crackers at home, you’re in luck! It’s a cinch to make these healthy crackers, and my step-by-step instructions will ensure they always come out with that satisfying “crunch.”

  1. Heat the oven: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F. (162 degrees C.), line a baking sheet with parchment paper, and set it aside.
A collage of images showing how to make seed crackers.
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: Add the chia seeds, sunflower seeds, pumpkin seeds, sesame seeds, ground flaxseeds, hemp seeds, and salt to a large mixing bowl. Stir the ingredients until thoroughly combined.
  2. Add the wet ingredients: Pour the olive oil and water into the same bowl and stir to combine. Let the mixture sit for five minutes—but no more than 7-8 minutes—until it thickens slightly. Too much resting time will result in an overly thick cracker.
  3. Transfer to pan: Scoop the mixture onto the prepared baking tray and use an offset spatula or large spoon to spread it into a single, even layer. Alternatively, you can place another piece of parchment paper on top of the mixture and spread it with your hands.
Freshly baked crackers on a baking sheet from the top view.
  1. Bake: Bake the sesame seed crackers in the preheated oven for 50-55 minutes or until the edges turn a light brown. Then, remove them from the oven and let the crackers cool before serving.

How to Store & Freeze?

One of the best parts about this gluten-free cracker recipe is its easy storage. With long-lasting crispiness and hearty flavor, these crackers will stay fresh whether you store them in the pantry or the freezer.

  • Store: These keto seeded crackers can be stored in an airtight container at room temperature for up to ten days.
  • Freeze: For extra-long storage, you may freeze your crackers in a freezer-safe container until ready to eat. However, keep in mind that the low temperatures may make the seed chips more brittle, so you should store them in a flat orientation to avoid breakage.

Ways to Serve These Seeded Crackers

Homemade crackers are a must-try for anyone who loves versatility in their snacks. While they’re absolutely wonderful by themselves (literally, they’re such a great stand-alone snack!), they also make a fantastic spread when paired with other tasty recipes.

  • Dips: Easy, filling, and nutritious, this sesame crackers recipe makes a great snack alongside classic Mediterranean dips. Hummus is a zesty, creamy classic that pairs great with the earthy undertones of this easy cracker. You can also serve your recipe with smokier, savory-sweet dips, like Baba Ganoush or Muhammara.
  • Serve it as a flatbread: My favorite way to enjoy this recipe for seed crackers is as a flatbread topped with avocado, sliced eggs, and pickled red onions. You can also spread this cracker with cream cheese and smoked salmon for a quick morning fix. Or, if you’re in the mood for a sweeter variation, try spreading your crackers with nut butters, like peanut butter or almond butter, for a satisfying yet healthy dessert.
  • Cheese: No one can resist a five-star Meat and Cheese Board brimming with crisp crackers, flavorful cheeses, and savory meats. These multi-seed crackers make the perfect addition to any charcuterie board, but if you’re short on time, they also make an unbelievably delicious pairing with your favorite cheese.
  • Topping for salads: This sesame seed cracker recipe is the ultimate choice when you want to add a light crunch to your salad. You can crumble these crackers on top of any bowl of greens, from a sweet and tangy Apple Kale Slaw to a creamy Cauliflower Broccoli Salad.
  • With soups: Healthier and more flavorful than oyster crackers, these pumpkin seed crackers are an excellent topping for soup when crushed into small, crunchy bits. I especially love using this cracker recipe with my smooth-yet-zingy Carrot and Ginger Soup and creamily spiced Sweet Potato Soup.
Avocado and egg toast made using homemade crackers with seeds.

Expert Tips

These gluten-free seed crackers are a foolproof recipe for beginners and experienced chefs alike. Check out the below pro-level tips for the crunchiest, most flavorful crackers, regardless of your skill level.

  • Rest timing: Though resting is essential in making this recipe, don’t let the mixture rest for more than five minutes. Too much resting time will cause the chia seeds to swell, giving you a “doughier” mix that’s harder to spread. As a result, your seed crackers will be thicker and less crisp.
  • Spread it evenly: Even spreading is vital to ensuring your super seed crackers come out with a thin, crisp, and uniform texture. You can use a spatula, a spoon, or the back of a ramekin to spread your mixture effectively. Or, for easier clean-up, you can also place an additional sheet of parchment paper on top of the cracker mixture and use your hands (or a rolling pin) to press it into an even layer—as long as you remove this second piece of parchment paper before baking, of course.
  • Sheet pan size: I suggest using an 18 x 13-inch pan to make these chia crackers, as this large pan size will allow for a very thin layer of batter. However, if your baking sheets are smaller, I recommend baking your crackers in two batches to ensure the mixture doesn’t lay too thickly.
  • Parchment paper: Lining your sheet pan is critical to easy cracker removal post-baking. If you’re a baker, you can also use a silpat to line your pan due to its reusable, non-stick silicone base.
  • Cutting: I usually choose to “cut” this multi-seed crackers recipe by cracking it, giving each cracker a rustic, aesthetically pleasing shape. However, you can also use a pizza cutter or a sharp knife to cut individual crackers if you prefer a less hands-on splitting method. If you want more uniformly shaped crackers, remove them halfway through baking and score the sheet with a sharp knife. That way, your keto crackers will split into more uniform portions once fully cooked.

FAQs

Have more questions about this healthy cracker recipe? This handy FAQ has everything you need, from nutritional information to term definitions.

What are seed crackers?

Seed crackers are a crispy, thin “flatbread” type of cracker that uses seeds—sesame, pumpkin, sunflower, chia, and more—as its primary base. In addition to these seeds, this cracker often uses other natural ingredients, like salt, water, and herbs, to give it texture and taste. These low-carb crackers also tend to be gluten-free, paleo-, and keto-friendly, as they use flour-alternative binders, like psyllium husk or ground flaxseeds. Furthermore, they often have a greater nutritional content due to their seeds’ high levels of fiber, vitamins, and antioxidants.

What’s the difference between seeded crackers and Norwegian flatbread crackers?

Also known as Norwegian crispbread, Norwegian flatbread crackers are similar to seeded crackers due to their thin, crispy consistency and several core ingredients. However, the Norwegian variation—popular at specialty grocery stores like Trader Joe’s—is thinner and more delicate, and it also includes ingredients like oat flakes, rice bran, sugar, and rye flour. Meanwhile, seed crackers don’t traditionally include flour, and they boast a slightly thicker, seed-based body.

Are flaxseed crackers healthy?

Definitely—in moderation, of course! Unlike store-bought crackers, this healthy crackers recipe includes nutrient-rich superfoods, like chia and sesame seeds, which have higher levels of protein and fewer carbs than flour-based alternatives. 

How many calories in a seeded cracker?

There are approximately 204 calories in each of these seed crackers.

If you try this Seed Crackers recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Person cracking freshly made seeded crackers from the top view.
Print

Seed Crackers Recipe

Once you try these superfood-packed homemade crispy seed crackers, you’ll never want to buy crackers from the store again. This easy cracker recipe is vegan, gluten-free, low-carb, nut-free, and keto-friendly. Serve it as a snack, in place of bread (for avocado toast), or as a crunchy topping for salads and soups.
Course Healthy Snacks
Cuisine American, American Vegan
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 55 minutes
Total Time 1 hour
Servings 8 servings
Calories 204kcal

Ingredients

  • ½ cup chia seeds
  • ¼ cup sunflower seeds raw and unsalted
  • ¼ cup pumpkin seeds raw and unsalted
  • ¼ cup sesame seeds both white or black sesame seeds would work
  • ¼ cup ground flaxseeds (aka flax meal)
  • 3 tablespoons hemp seeds optional
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt or sea salt
  • 2 tablespoons olive oil
  • 1 cup water

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 325 degrees F. (162 degrees C.). Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set it aside.
  • In a large bowl, combine chia seeds, sunflower seeds, pumpkin seeds, sesame seeds, ground flaxseeds, hemp seeds, and salt. Stir to combine.
  • Pour in olive oil and water. Mix to combine. Let it sit for 5 minutes or until it is slightly thickened (gel-like consistency.) Do not let it sit for more than 7-8 minutes, or otherwise, your crackers will be thicker.
  • Transfer the mixture to the prepared sheet and spread it evenly throughout the sheet pan using an offset spatula or a large spoon. Alternatively, you can place another parchment paper on top and spread it using your hands or a rolling pin.
  • Bake for 50-55 minutes or until the edges turn light brown. Remove from the oven and let it cool before serving.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes a large sheet of crackers, ideal for 8 servings. The nutritional values listed below are per cracker.
  • Source: This recipe has been adapted from my dear friend Alexandra of Occasionally Eggs’ wonderful cookbook. I made a few minor changes to her original recipe, but all credit goes to her.
  • Water: Some versions of this multi-seed crackers recipe use boiling water. I tested it using both boiling and room-temperature water and decided that room-temperature water works just fine.
  • Make it your own: After you make this recipe (as written) a few times, feel free to experiment with different flavors by adding other ingredients like poppy seeds, fennel seeds, garlic powder, onion powder, nutritional yeast, and more.
  • Store: Leftovers can be stored in an airtight container at room temperature for up to ten days.
  • Freeze: For extra-long storage, you may freeze leftovers in a freezer-safe container until ready to eat. However, keep in mind that the low temperatures may make them more brittle, so you should store them in a flat orientation to avoid breakage.

Nutrition

Calories: 204kcal | Carbohydrates: 8g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 9g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Trans Fat: 0.02g | Sodium: 296mg | Potassium: 149mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 0.2g | Vitamin A: 38IU | Vitamin C: 0.3mg | Calcium: 139mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/seed-crackers/feed/ 21
Ina Garten Irish Soda Bread https://foolproofliving.com/ina-garten-irish-soda-bread/ https://foolproofliving.com/ina-garten-irish-soda-bread/#comments Fri, 08 Mar 2024 17:44:04 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=73997 Today we are sticking to tradition and baking up Ina Garten’s recipe for Irish soda bread. It’s fast, fun, and…]]>

Today we are sticking to tradition and baking up Ina Garten’s recipe for Irish soda bread. It’s fast, fun, and allows us to celebrate one of the traditional quick breads of Ireland.

We are big fans of Ina Garten, so if you love Ina Garten recipes as much as we do, be sure to make her Pot Roast, Chicken Stock, and Butternut Squash Salad.

A person is slicing Ina Garten's Irish Soda Bread from the top view.

If you make many Ina Garten bread recipes, keep in mind that this is her Irish Soda Bread with orange zest and currents, which is not the same as her Guinness Bread. That recipe is more of a brown bread and includes Guinness beer.

Ingredients

The traditional Irish soda bread has 4 simple ingredients, including flour, baking soda, salt, and buttermilk. The baking soda is used as the leavening agent instead of traditional yeast. When mixed with the lactic acid in buttermilk, it creates tiny bubbles of carbon dioxide, which gives the bread a crusty exterior while also promoting lift and structure.

The original recipe of yeastless bread was created by the Native Americans, and then adopted in Ireland in the 1840s when baking soda was introduced to Ireland. They originally used pearl ash (potash or potassium carbonate) as the leavening agent for quick bread.

The famous Ina Garten soda bread has the basic ingredients and a few untraditional (but welcome) additions to the original recipe. We will need the following ingredients:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • All-purpose flour: The original Irish soda bread recipe used soft wheat flour, which is the same as modern-day all-purpose flour. If you’d like a bit more flavor and fiber, replace one cup of white flour with whole wheat flour instead.
  • Sugar: Ina uses ¼ cup (4 tablespoons) granulated sugar, but I reduced it to 2 tablespoons. You can use regular granulated sugar, organic cane sugar, coconut sugar, or brown sugar.
  • Baking soda: The key ingredient and where Irish soda bread gets its name. For best results, make sure your baking soda is fresh and not expired.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher salt enhances the tangy, sweet flavors in this quick bread recipe.
  • Cold Unsalted butter: It is crucial that the unsalted butter is cold. I like to cut it into small pieces and keep it in the fridge until I am ready to mix.
  • Buttermilk: Buttermilk (the modern-day version of sour milk) is essential to the rise. Thanks to the cultured aspect of this dairy drink, the buttermilk also contributes to the flavor, acidity, and moisture.
  • Egg: One egg helps make the loaf more cohesive and dense. You can make it without the egg, but I recommend keeping it in the recipe. Barefoot Contessa’s recipe uses an extra-large egg, but I used a large egg and didn’t notice a difference in texture.
  • Orange zest: Although untraditional, orange zest adds a special sharpness that truly sets this orange soda bread apart.
  • Currants: Dried currants add a pop of sweetness and color. You can replace them with raisins or dried cranberries, but if you go with those larger pieces of dried fruit (compared to currants) chop them up a bit before mixing. For even more flavorful additions, you can experiment with the addition of caraway seeds, fresh herbs, or shredded cheese.

How to Make Barefoot Contessa’s Irish Soda Bread?

The Barefoot Contessa Irish soda bread recipe is super fast and reliable. And the best part, you ask? It only takes a few minutes of prep time. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Preheat oven: Preheat the oven to 375 degrees F. Line a large baking sheet with a sheet of parchment paper.
Steps showing how to make the bread dough in a standing mixer.
  1. Mix dry ingredients: In the bowl of an electric mixer with the paddle attachment, mix the flour, sugar, baking soda, and salt on low speed until combined, about 10 seconds.
  2. Cut in butter: Mix the cold butter pieces into the flour mixture at low speed until the butter is roughly the size of peas, about 1 minute. 
  3. Mix wet ingredients: In a large measuring cup, whisk together the cold buttermilk, egg, and orange zest using a fork.
  4. Make dough: With the machine running on low, slowly add the buttermilk mixture. Keep mixing on low until everything is combined, about 1 minute. You may have to stop the machine once to scrape the bottom and sides of the bowl. Do not overmix.
Irish soda bread dough before and after it is baked.
  1. Add currants: In a separate bowl, toss the currants with about 1 tablespoon of flour. Turn the machine on low speed and add the currants. Mix until they are evenly distributed within the dough, about 1 minute. The dough will be very sticky.
  2. Knead: Dump the dough onto a well-floured board or surface. Knead for 1-2 minutes and shape it into a round loaf.
  3. Cut an X: Transfer the dough onto the prepared sheet pan. Cut an X on top with a large serrated knife.
  4. Bake: Bake for 40-45 minutes or until it turns lightly golden brown. When tapped on the bottom, the loaf should make a hollow sound.
  5. Cool: Cool on a baking rack. Slice and serve warm or at room temperature.

How to Store, Freeze, Thaw & Reheat?

Irish soda bread with currants tends to dry out quickly, so it’s best to store it properly for maximum freshness. Here’s how I like to do it:

  • Storage: Wrap it in foil or store it in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 3 days.
  • Freeze: If freezing the whole loaf, double wrap in plastic wrap, then in a layer of aluminum foil. If freezing individual slices (recommended), seal them tight in a zip-top freezer bag. Whichever method you choose, freeze for up to 2 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw the loaf overnight in the refrigerator. If you have frozen slices, thaw them to room temperature.
  • Reheat: Reheat the entire loaf in a low—medium oven (300 – 325 degrees F) for 10 minutes or until warm. Reheat slices in the toaster oven or following the same oven method, but for only 3-5 minutes.

What is the Best Way to Eat Irish Soda Bread?

Once Ina’s Irish soda bread comes out of the oven, you will have to practice your patience skills. Your kitchen will smell wonderful, and you’ll want to eat it right away. However, it is best to allow the bread to cool for at least one hour before slicing, or it will crumble. Trust me, your patience will be rewarded when you cut your first slice, and it will remain sturdy, dense, and delicious.

Whether you want to serve it like the Irish or give it your own unique touch, here are my best-serving suggestions:

  • Butter and Jam: Slather it with good Irish butter and your favorite flavor of jam for a delicious treat alongside hot coffee or tea.
  • Soups and Stews: Because Irish soda bread is so dense (in the best way), it does a good job of soaking up delicious broths. Pair it with hearty soups or stews, like Stuffed Cabbage Soup or Vegetable Beef Soup. Or, treat yourself to a feast by serving it with our Beer Braised Beef Short Ribs for a dreamy St. Patrick’s Day dinner.
  • Cheese: Give it a savory bite with Irish cheddar cheese, Dubliner, or Brie.
  • Smoked Salmon: For a nontraditional approach, lighten it up by topping it with cream cheese, smoked salmon, and fresh dill.
  • Corned Beef and Cabbage: Nothing says Happy St. Patrick’s Day more than Corned Beef and Cabbage.
Person spreading butter on a slice of Barefoot Contessa's Irish soda bread.

Expert Tips

Creating an Irish currant soda bread worthy of celebration requires a few key techniques. Here are my expert tips on how to make the best Irish soda bread recipe:

  • Keep the butter and buttermilk cold. The pockets of butter in the dough create steam in the oven, creating a tender, crispy loaf.
  • The dough will be sticky: A wet dough is normal, so do not be afraid to add a generous amount of flour to your work surface. Additionally, it is okay to knead the dough for a minute or so. It will still be sticky (even after kneading), so don’t be alarmed.
  • Do not overwork the dough: Handle it gently, and do not knead excessively. Overmixing can make the loaf tough and rubbery.
  • Cast Iron Skillet: Try baking it in a seasoned cast iron skillet. The extra heat conduction creates a crisp crust that is heavenly. A preheated baking stone can also work.
  • Listen for the hollow sound: A key characteristic of soda bread is the hollow sound you hear when it’s tapped on the bottom of the loaf. When you hear it, you know it’s ready.  If this is your first time making Ina’s recipe, you can also insert a cake tester into the center, which should come out clean.
  • Do not slice it when it is hot: Patience is key. Slicing the bread while still piping hot can cause it to crumble. Wait at least 30 minutes – 1 hour for the bread to rest and set its structure.

FAQs

Why is it called Irish Soda Bread?

Irish soda bread gets its name from the use of baking soda (bicarbonate of soda) as the leavening agent rather than traditional yeast. The reaction of the baking soda with an acidic ingredient, in this case buttermilk, creates a rise and is much faster than using yeast, which requires time and fermentation.

Does Irish soda bread always have raisins?

No, actually, plain Irish soda bread without raisins or currants is commonly eaten in Ireland. The inclusion of dried fruit is more about regional preference or family tradition.

What’s the difference between Irish bread and Irish soda bread?

Irish bread is the broader term for bread made in Ireland that can be made with baking soda, baking powder, or yeast, along with additional components such as oats or wholemeal flour. Irish soda bread is bread that is exclusively made with baking soda and an acidic ingredient to make the bread rise.

If you try Ina Garten’s Irish Soda Bread recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. If you take some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Barefoot Contessa's Irish Soda Bread sliced with a knife on the side.
Print

Ina Garten’s Irish Soda Bread Recipe

Ina Garten’s Irish Soda Bread is a wonderful treat for St. Patrick's Day or any other day of the year. It comes together in minutes and requires no yeast. It is delicious when served with a spread of butter (and jam), but you can also serve it with soups, stews, cheese, and more.
Course Bread, Breakfast
Cuisine Irish
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Total Time 55 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 382kcal

Ingredients

  • 4 cups all-purpose flour plus more for currants and the counter
  • 2 tablespoons granulated or cane or coconut sugar
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 ½ teaspoons kosher salt
  • 4 tablespoons unsalted butter (1/2 stick) cold, cut into ½-inch small pieces
  • 1 ¾ cups buttermilk cold
  • 1 large egg
  • 1 teaspoon orange zest
  • 1 cup currants

Instructions

  • Preheat oven to 375 degrees. Line a baking sheet with parchment paper and set aside.
  • Place flour, sugar, baking soda, and salt in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment. Mix on low speed until combined for 10 seconds or so.
  • Add the butter pieces and mix on low speed until butter is mixed with flour, about a minute.
  • Place the cold buttermilk in a large measuring cup and add the egg and orange zest. Whisk to combine.
  • While the machine is running on low, slowly add the buttermilk mixture. Run the machine until everything is combined for about a minute. You may have to stop the machine once to scrape the bottom.
  • Mix the currants with a tablespoon of flour in a bowl.
  • Turn the machine on low speed and add the currants. Mix until they are evenly distributed within the dough for about a minute. Don’t be alarmed, it should be a very sticky dough.
  • Sprinkle your kitchen counter with flour and transfer the dough on top. Knead for a minute or two and shape it into a round loaf.
  • Transfer the loaf onto the prepared sheet pan. Using a serrated knife, cut an X on top of the bread.
  • Bake for 40-45 minutes, or until it turns lightly golden brown. When tapped at the bottom, it should make a hollow sound.
  • Remove from the oven and cool on a wire rack. Serve warm or at room temperature.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 1 loaf that can be cut into 8 slices. The nutritional values below are per slice.
  • Don’t have a mixer? Mix it by hand: Ina makes it in an electric stand mixer, but if you don’t own a mixer, make it by hand with a large bowl and wooden spoon. Just make sure to work fast to prevent the butter from melting.
  • Dried fruit: Ina uses currants in her recipe. However, if you don’t have currants, you can use cranberries or raisins. I recommend chopping them up a bit before adding them to the better so they resemble currants.
  • Sticky dough: Even after kneading on a floured surface the dough will be sticky. Simply follow the recipe; it is normal for it to be sticky.
  • Wait for it to cool down: I know it is not ideal to wait for an hour when your kitchen smells amazing, but if you slice it too early, it will stick to your knife and will lose all its moisture.
  • Storage: Store leftovers in an airtight container at room temperature for up to 3 days.
  • Freeze: If freezing the whole loaf, double wrap in plastic wrap, then in a layer of aluminum foil. If freezing individual slices (recommended), seal them tight in a zip-top freezer bag. Whichever method you choose, freeze for up to 2 months.
  • Thaw: Thaw the loaf overnight in the refrigerator. If you have frozen slices, you can reheat them in your toaster right away.
  • Reheat: Reheat the entire loaf in a low—medium oven (300 – 325 degrees F) for 10 minutes or until warm. 

Nutrition

Calories: 382kcal | Carbohydrates: 67g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 9g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 646mg | Potassium: 288mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 17g | Vitamin A: 305IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 91mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/ina-garten-irish-soda-bread/feed/ 4
Doubletree Cookies https://foolproofliving.com/doubletree-hotels-chocolate-chip-cookies/ https://foolproofliving.com/doubletree-hotels-chocolate-chip-cookies/#comments Sat, 16 Dec 2023 20:19:19 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2037 There are times when I love creating new recipes, especially fresh-baked chocolate chip cookies, like Sea Salt Chocolate Chip Cookies,…]]>

There are times when I love creating new recipes, especially fresh-baked chocolate chip cookies, like Sea Salt Chocolate Chip Cookies, Chunky Oatmeal Chocolate Chip Cookies, and Almond Flour Chocolate Chip Cookies.

But then there are those other times when copycat recipes are informative and fun to play around with. This is what the DoubleTree Cookie recipe is all about. Follow along and learn how you can make these famous cookies right at home.

Doubletree chocolate chip cookies from the top view.

Ingredients

My favorite thing about the DoubleTree Hotel chocolate chip cookies is that there are no complicated ingredients. It’s basically like your classic chocolate chip cookie recipe with a few fun additions. For home bakers and the like, we will need:

Doubletree hotel cookie recipe ingredients.
  • All-purpose flour: All-purpose flour is the base of the official recipe, and it wouldn’t be a classic chocolate chip cookie without it.
  • Oat flour: Oat flour gives the Double Tree chocolate chip cookie its tender crumb. You can buy oat flour at the store or make ground oats at home. All you have to do is to process rolled oats in your food processor (or a spice grinder) until you reach a fine powder. However, make sure to use rolled oats, as other types of oats will not work in this recipe. And if you are new to the world of oats, here is a helpful article about the difference between Rolled Oats and Quick Oats.
  • Baking soda: Baking soda gives the cookies a slight lift and golden brown color.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher salt or sea salt can be used to enhance those oat, walnut, and chocolate flavors.
  • Ground cinnamon: Cinnamon is part of the original recipe that adds a subtle background warmth.
  • Unsalted butter: Use unsalted butter, since there is salt in the recipe, and bring it to room temperature.
  • Cane sugar: While you can use granulated white sugar, I like the less processed cane sugar.
  • Coconut sugar: Coconut sugar replaces the light brown sugar. It creams just as well as the brown sugar. With that being said, if all you have is dark brown sugar, that would work as well.
  • Vanilla extract: Vanilla extract gives it that classic cookie sweetness.
  • Lemon juice: While untraditional, lemon juice is part of the top-secret recipe that gives it the brightness it needs to cut through some of the sweetness. Make sure not to skip it!
  • Eggs: Two large eggs bind and lift the cookies to just the right texture.
  • Semi-sweet chocolate chips: The original recipe calls for Nestle Tollhouse chocolate chips, but we use Enjoy Life semi-sweet chocolate chips (affiliate link.) You can use any chocolate chip you prefer; just stick to semi-sweet for the most authentic flavor.
  • Walnuts: Walnuts add buttery crunch, but you can swap these out for almonds or pecans, or omit them altogether.

How to Make DoubleTree Chocolate Chip Cookies

Whether you want to create fond memories or be the host with the most welcoming guests with the perfect cookies, these Double Tree cookies will get you there. Here’s how I like to make them:

A collage of images showing the steps of making the recipe.
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: In a medium mixing bowl, combine the flours, baking soda, salt, and cinnamon.
  2. Cream butter and sugars: In a large bowl, cream together the softened butter, cane sugar, and coconut sugar with a hand mixer at medium speed for 5-6 minutes.
  3. Add flavorings: Add the vanilla extract and lemon juice and mix for 30 seconds.
  4. Add eggs: Add the eggs to the butter and sugar mixture. Mix on medium-speed until smooth, about 2 minutes.
Steps showing how to make the Double tree chocolate chip cookie recipe.
  1. Make cookie dough: Add the flour mixture to the wet mixture in 3 batches while simultaneously mixing on low speed. Make sure to scrape down the sides of the bowl before adding each batch of flour.
  2. Add mix-ins: Stir in the chocolate chips and walnuts with a rubber spatula.
  3. Scoop cookies: Using a large ice cream scoop (3 tbsp), portion dough onto a parchment paper-lined baking sheet. You should end up with about 20 cookies.
  4. Rest overnight (optional): Loosely cover the balls of dough with plastic wrap. Place it in the fridge to rest overnight.
  5. Preheat oven: When you are ready to bake, preheat the oven to 300 degrees F.
Doubletree cookies recipe before and after it is baked.
  1. Prepare baking sheets: Line another cookie sheet with parchment paper. Divide the cookies using two baking sheets, making sure that they are 2 inches apart from one another.
  2. Bake: Bake the cookies, rotating halfway through, for 20-23 minutes, until they are golden brown.
  3. Cool: Remove from the oven and allow the cookies to cool on the baking tray for 5 minutes. Then, transfer to a cooling rack to cool completely.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Freeze?

Hilton cookies are a delectable treat to have on hand at a moment’s notice. I can assure you, these gooey cookies are the real deal. Here are my storage tips:

  • Make Ahead: The dough for DoubleTree Hotel cookies can be made in advance and tightly wrapped in plastic wrap. Store in the refrigerator for 1-2 days.
  • Storage: Hilton chocolate chip cookies will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze unbaked cookies: Flash freeze the unbaked balls of dough. To do so, place the dough balls on the sheet pan in the freezer for 8 hours and then transfer them to a freezer-safe container for up to 3 months. Bake right from frozen.
  • Freeze baked cookies: Make sure that the cookies come to room temperature and then flash-freeze them on a baking sheet for 1 hour, then transfer them to a freezer bag. Frozen cookies will keep for up to 3 months. Thaw to room temperature before enjoying!

Expert Tips

  • Stick to mixing times: Follow the guidelines, creaming, and mixing times in the recipe card. This is what gives the cookies that iconic sturdy texture we love.
  • Stand mixer vs hand mixer: The recipe written was tested with a handheld mixer. If making these in the bowl of a stand mixer, cream the butter and sugar for 2 minutes at medium speed. All other mixing times remain the same.
  • A cookie scoop will help: A large ice cream scoop will help to portion dough into equal size cookie dough balls so that they bake evenly. You should end up with about 20 cookies, weighing 68 grams (about 2.5 oz) each, if you have a kitchen scale.
  • Presentation is key: Once the dough is scooped, smooth out any craggy edges and add some chocolate chips to the top for lots of chocolate goodness.
  • Chilling the dough is totally optional: While I find the recipe for DoubleTree cookies to bake better when the dough is chilled overnight, this is optional. Chilling allows fats to cool, meaning the cookies will not spread as much during baking, holding on to their chewy texture. I also think they taste better. But the original recipe does not require you to chill the dough.
  • Oven temperature: When I published the recipe back in 2013, Hilton had yet to publish the recipe. But after updating and retesting the old recipe, I can still say you can also bake the cookies at 350 degrees F for 17 minutes with the same successful results. Baking time at a higher oven temperature may vary slightly.
A half eating cookie on a wire rack.

FAQs

Does DoubleTree still give cookies?

Yes, the oatmeal cookies are still given to hotel guests when they check-in for their stay. A perk of DoubleTree Hilton Hotels that has drawn guests for many years.

Can I get DoubleTree cookies without staying there?

Yes, you can purchase a signature tin of the famous DoubleTree by Hilton chocolate chip cookies online. Each one comes with 6 individually wrapped cookies.

Does DoubleTree have warm cookies?

DoubleTree has been welcoming guests with a warm chocolate chip cookie at check-in since the late 1990s.

Does DoubleTree have cookies without nuts?

Yes, in August 2023, DoubleTree introduced their allergy-friendly cookie, which is non-GMO, vegan, gluten-free, and completely nut-free. Guests can choose between the original cookie or the allergy-friendly version, which comes individually packaged to avoid cross-contamination.

How many calories in a DoubleTree cookie?

One DoubleTree chocolate chip cookie is 376 calories.

If you try this recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Several Doubletree cookies next to a jar of milk.
Print

DoubleTree Cookies Recipe

At the beginning of the 90s, Doubletree Hotels needed a hook to get people to come to their hotels and make them feel welcome. This is when their marketing executives came out with the idea of Doubletree Chocolate Chip Cookies and gifted everyone checking in with a warm and delicious cookie. If you have ever stayed in a Doubletree hotel, you know that it worked like magic. This is the recipe for Doubletree Chocolate Chip Cookies.
Course Sweets
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 17 minutes
Resting time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 37 minutes
Servings 20 Cookies
Calories 376kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 ¼ cup all-purpose flour
  • ½ cup oat flour*
  • 1 ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • 1 cup unsalted butter at room temperature
  • ¾ cup granulated sugar or cane sugar
  • ¾ cup light brown sugar or coconut sugar
  • 1 ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ½ teaspoon lemon juice
  • 2 large eggs at room temperature
  • 2 ⅔ cups semi-sweet chocolate chips
  • 1 ½ cup walnuts chopped

Instructions

  • Line a baking sheet with parchment paper.
  • To prepare the dry ingredients, in a large bowl, combine the all-purpose flour, oat flour, baking soda, salt, and cinnamon. Set it aside.
  • To prepare the wet ingredients, in a separate bowl, add the softened butter, cane sugar and coconut sugar. Using a hand mixer at medium speed, cream for approximately 5-6 minutes.
  • Add the vanilla extract and lemon juice and mix for 30 seconds.
  • Add the eggs into the creamed mixture and mix until smooth, approximately 2 minutes.
  • Add the dry mixture to the wet mixture in 3 batches while running the mixer at a low speed. Before adding each batch, scrape down the sides of the bowl with a spatula, making sure all the ingredients are incorporated.
  • Fold in the chocolate chips and walnuts. Mix until combined and well distributed.
  • Scoop the dough with a large (3 tablespoon) ice cream scoop and place each cookie on the prepared baking sheet. You should have about 20 cookies each weighing approximately 68 gr.
  • Cover the baking sheet loosely with plastic wrap, place it in the fridge and let it rest overnight.
  • When you are ready to bake, preheat the oven to 300 degrees F. There is no need to bring the cookies to room temperature. You can make them right out of the fridge.
  • Line another baking sheet with parchment paper. Divide the cookies using two baking sheets, making sure that they are 2 inches apart from one another.
  • Bake, rotating halfway through, for 20-23 minutes until they are lightly browned.
  • Remove from the oven and let the cookies sit on the baking sheet for 5 minutes. Then, transfer to a wire rack and let cool.

Notes

  • Yields: We used a #16 ice cream scoop (affiliate link) to portion out these cookies. If you use a similar tool, you will end up with 20 cookies. The nutritional information below is per cookie.
  • Homemade Oat Flour: You can buy oat flour from the store, but making it at home is easy as well. Simply place rolled oats into the bowl of a food processor and process until fine.
  • Storage: Leftover baked cookies will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze unbaked cookies: Flash freeze the unbaked portioned cookies. To do so, place the dough balls on the sheet pan in the freezer for 8 hours and then transfer them to a freezer-safe container for up to 3 months. Bake right from frozen, adding 1-2 more minutes to the baking time listed in the recipe.
  • Baking Time: The baking time may vary depending on the altitude you live in. Also, some people love softer cookies. If you are one of those people the timing below will be ideal for you. If you like a harder cookie, then let it bake for a few more minutes. In my experience, you can tell that they are done baking once the top of the cookies turns lightly golden brown. When they first come out of the oven, they will look underbaked, but as they sit on the counter, they will continue to bake. 

Nutrition

Calories: 376kcal | Carbohydrates: 34g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 12g | Cholesterol: 42mg | Sodium: 211mg | Potassium: 219mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 27g | Vitamin A: 321IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 38mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/doubletree-hotels-chocolate-chip-cookies/feed/ 34
Almond Flour Tahini Cookies https://foolproofliving.com/tahini-cookies-with-pistachios/ https://foolproofliving.com/tahini-cookies-with-pistachios/#comments Thu, 14 Dec 2023 16:54:37 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3058 Tahini is an ingredient I grew up with since it is a staple in Middle Eastern cooking. The creamy, savory…]]>

Tahini is an ingredient I grew up with since it is a staple in Middle Eastern cooking. The creamy, savory depth of tahini adds balance and rich texture to an otherwise simple grain-free, dairy-free cookie.

If you love baking with Almond Flour, you are in for a treat because we have so many almond flour cookie recipes in our archives. Gingerbread Cookies with Almond Flour, Almond Flour Peanut Butter Cookies, and Almond Butter Almond Flour Cookies are just a few to name. 

Tahini Almond Flour Cookies served on a plate with a person taking one cookie from the top view.

Ingredients

These sesame tahini cookies require nothing more than a handful of simple ingredients that are easy to find at grocery stores. We will need:

Ingredients for tahini sesame seed cookies from the top view.
  • Almond flour: Either make your own almond flour or purchase blanched almond flour (affiliate link) from the store or online. If you are in a pinch, an equal amount of almond meal is a great alternative.
  • Kosher salt: Kosher salt balances the sweetness and enhances the flavor of these sesame cookies with tahini. Sea salt can also be used.
  • Baking soda: Baking soda tenderizes and lifts the cookies ever so slightly.
  • Tahini: Also known as ground sesame seeds or sesame seed paste, one of my favorite brands of tahini is Soom (affiliate link). Just make sure to stir the tahini really well before using as the oils tend to separate easily. Additionally, make sure to purchase a sugar-free tahini for this recipe.
  • Maple syrup: The key is to use a liquid sweetener here, which can either be maple syrup, agave syrup, or honey. Keep in mind that the almond sesame cookies will be darker and a little bit sweeter if you use honey. I would not recommend coconut sugar here.
  • Sesame seeds: Sprinkling the cookies with a pinch of sesame seeds is an optional step, but I think one that you do not want to miss. You can toast sesame seeds yourself or buy toasted seeds from the store.

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

While I usually stick to the main ingredients, you can easily have fun and get creative with some of the optional additions below:

  • Chocolate Chips: Omit the sesame seeds and toss in ½ cup dark chocolate chips or chocolate chunks for tahini chocolate chip cookies.
  • Vanilla Extract: Add 1 teaspoon vanilla extract to the tahini almond flour cookies for extra flavor.
  • Ground Spices: Add warmth with the addition of ¼ – ½ tsp of cinnamon, cardamom, ginger, or nutmeg.

How to Make Sesame Cookies with Almond Flour?

These healthy tahini cookies come together in no time at all. You’ll be amazed at how fast you’ll be enjoying this freshly baked tahini cookie recipe. Below are the steps you need to follow to make them:

  1. Line baking tray: Line a cookie sheet with parchment paper. Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. (176 C.)
A collage of images showing how to make the cookie dough for sesame tahini cookies.
  1. Mix dry ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk together almond flour, salt, and baking soda. 
  2. Add wet ingredients: Gently add in the tahini and maple syrup to the bowl.
  3. Stir: Mix until fully combined. At first, you might feel like there is not enough liquid in the cookie batter, but it will come together as you mix it.
Person showing how to portion, roll and arrange almond tahini cookies before baking them.
  1. Roll cookies: Scoop the cookie dough using a small cookie scoop (we used #40). Alternatively, use a tablespoon and measure out 2 tbsp of cookie batter per cookie. Roll into a ball between the palms of your hands. 
  2. Flatten cookies: Arrange the cookies on the prepared baking sheet, spacing 1 inch apart. Gently press down the cookie balls until each is 1-inch thick. 
A collage of images showing tahini almond flour cookies on a sheet pan before and after they are baked.
  1. Top with sesame seeds: This step is optional, but if you prefer, lightly brush the tops of the cookies with a very small amount of tahini paste (1 teaspoon or so) and sprinkle with toasted sesame seeds.
  2. Bake: Bake for 12-14 minutes or until lightly brown with crisp edges. Rotate the baking sheet halfway through for even browning.
  3. Cool: Allow the cookies to rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes. Then, transfer to a wire rack to cool completely before serving.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Freeze?

We think that these vegan sesame cookies are best on the day that they are baked. Therefore, we recommend baking them in small batches and storing them in a cookie jar. Here’s how I like to store them:

  • Make Ahead: Tahini cookie dough can be made in advance and tightly wrapped in plastic wrap. Store in the refrigerator for 1-2 days, or freeze for up to 1 month.
  • Storage: Flourless tahini cookies will keep in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze: Flash-freeze the raw almond tahini cookies on a baking sheet for 1 hour, then transfer them to a freezer bag. Freeze for up to a month. 

Expert Tips

  • Stir the tahini: A jar of tahini tends to separate very easily. Give it a good stir with either a knife or thin spatula until smooth and pourable.
  • Texture of the dough: After you add in the liquid ingredients and start mixing it, you might think that there is not enough liquid in the batter to hold the dough together. However, please resist the urge to add more liquid. You will realize that it will come together as you continue to mix it.
  • They don’t spread: Unlike other cookies made with all-purpose flour, sugar, and butter, these tahini sesame cookies do not spread when baked. However, we still advise you to arrange them 1 inch apart from each other to make sure they don’t touch each other during the baking process.
Refined sugar free tahini cookies on a small plate from the top view.

FAQs

Is sesame tahini paste gluten-free?

Yes, sesame paste is naturally gluten-free as it is only ground sesame seeds.

Is tahini vegan friendly?

Yes, tahini is vegan since the only ingredient is sesame seeds.

What can I replace the tahini with?

Tahini gives these cookies a special savory, nutty flavor that is hard to replicate. However, if you can’t find tahini, another great alternative is any of the other nut butters, like almond butter, cashew butter, peanut butter, or sunflower seed butter. Keep in mind, the cookies will taste different, so it’s best to use tahini if you can.

Can you freeze tahini cookies?

Raw tahini cookie dough balls can be frozen for up to 3 months. First, flash-freeze them on a baking sheet for 1 hour. Then, transfer to a freezer bag or airtight container. When you are ready to bake them, follow the instructions on the recipe card as written. No need to thaw them.

More Recipes with Tahini:

If you try this Almond Flour Tahini Cookies recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond flour tahini cookies on a plate with a person taking one cookie from the plate.
Print

Almond Flour Tahini Cookies Recipe

Almond Flour Tahini Cookies are deliciously nutty, soft, and chewy and flavored with rich tahini. Vegan, gluten-free, refined-sugar-free, these tahini cookies are ready in less than 30 minutes.
Course Dessert
Cuisine Mediterranean
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 14 minutes
Total Time 29 minutes
Servings 16 cookies
Calories 130kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • 2 cups almond flour 220 g.
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt or sea salt
  • ¼ teaspoon baking soda
  • 1/3 cup tahini aka sesame paste – well stirred and at room temperature + 1 teaspoon to brush the cookies
  • 1/3 cup maple syrup or honey*
  • 1 tablespoons sesame seeds toasted (optional)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. (176 C). Line a baking sheet with parchment paper. Set it aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the almond flour, kosher salt, and baking soda.
  • Gently stir in the tahini and maple syrup. Mix until well incorporated. At first, it will feel like you do not have enough liquid, but as you continue to mix the dough, it will come together.
  • Using a small cookie scoop (see equipment section for the cookie scoop we used), portion the cookie dough. Alternatively, you can use a tablespoon measure and measure out 2 tablespoons of cookie batter (per cookie) and gently roll them into a firm roll in between the palms of your hands. Arrange the cookies on the prepared sheet pan, making sure that they are at least 1 inch apart.
  • Gently press down to flatten the ball so that it is 1 inch thick.
  • Lightly brush the cookies with a teaspoon of tahini and lightly sprinkle them with toasted sesame seeds on top.
  • Bake for 12-14 minutes until lightly brown on top, rotating the baking sheet halfway through for even heat distribution and browning.
  • Remove from the oven and let the cookies rest on the baking sheet for 5 minutes. Transfer onto a wire tack to cool and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes 16 cookies. Nutritional values below are per cookie.
  • Using honey instead of maple syrup: If you prefer to use honey instead of maple syrup, you can substitute for the same amount. Honey will definitely add more sweetness to this cookie. It will also cause the cookie to brown faster, so you should reduce the baking time to 10-12 minutes or until lightly browned.
  • Make Ahead: Tahini cookie dough can be made in advance and tightly wrapped in plastic wrap. Store in the refrigerator for 1-2 days, or freeze for up to 1 month.
  • Storage: We find that these cookies are best on the day that they are made, so we recommend baking them in small batches. However, you can store leftovers in an airtight container at room temperature for 3 days.
  • Freeze: Flash-freeze the raw almond tahini cookies on a baking sheet for 1 hour, then transfer them to a freezer bag. Freeze for up to a month. Bake as directed in the recipe. There is no need to thaw them. However, you may have to add a few extra minutes to the baking time if you bake them right out of the freezer.

Nutrition

Calories: 130kcal | Carbohydrates: 9g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 92mg | Potassium: 40mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 5g | Vitamin A: 3IU | Vitamin C: 0.2mg | Calcium: 49mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/tahini-cookies-with-pistachios/feed/ 5
Healthy Oatmeal Raisin Cookies https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-oatmeal-raisin-cookies/ https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-oatmeal-raisin-cookies/#comments Wed, 13 Dec 2023 17:45:17 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=21204 Don’t get me wrong, I love a good chewy Oatmeal Chocolate Chip Cookie every once in a while, but most…]]>

Don’t get me wrong, I love a good chewy Oatmeal Chocolate Chip Cookie every once in a while, but most of the time, I am looking for healthier options when the cookie cravings strike. If you feel the same way, you are in for a treat because we have several cookie recipes that fit the bill.

Need a few suggestions? I’ve got you covered! My six-ingredient Almond Flour Cookies are dairy-free and low-carb, while my Almond Flour Ginger Snaps have a deliciously chewy texture that uses refined sugar-free flavorings to get sweetly spiced flavors.

Refined sugar free oatmeal raisin cookies on a plate with a glass of milk on the side.

List of Ingredients

Irresistibly satisfying and tantalizingly sweet, this healthy oatmeal raisin cookie recipe uses a tasty mix of wholesome ingredients to be as nutritious and delicious as possible. Even better, it combines rolled oats and oat flour to give each cookie a scrumptiously chewy texture.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view.
  • Old-fashioned rolled oats: The key to making flour-free oatmeal cookies is to use another ingredient that gives the batter shape and structure—in this case, oats! Though there are many different types of oats, the best oatmeal raisin cookies come together using old-fashioned oats (also known as “rolled oats”), as they’ll keep your dough from becoming soggy or overcooked. The main difference between rolled oats and quick oats is that rolled oats are thicker and larger, allowing them to withstand longer cooking times without becoming mushy, as instant oats (or quick-cooking oats) do. Furthermore, there’s also a big difference between steel-cut and rolled oats, as steel-cut oats have a coarser, less chewy texture when baked, so be sure to stick to rolled oats for this recipe. Also, when looking for old-fashioned oats at the grocery store, make sure to buy gluten-free oats if you follow a gluten-free diet, as many oat manufacturers use the same machinery they use to produce gluten-based products.
  • Oat flour: Unlike traditional wheat flour, oat flour is more nutritious and easier to make from home, needing only whole rolled oats and a food processor. If you’d prefer an alternative ingredient, you can also use almond flour for a quick substitution.
  • Ground flaxseeds: Instead of using eggs, this simple ingredient works as a binder for this healthier oatmeal raisin cookies recipe, helping secure the ingredients together while maintaining a vegan-friendly profile.
  • Chia seeds: Not only does this superfood lend your healthy rolled oats cookies a nuanced nutty flavor, but it also packs extra protein into every bite.
  • Baking powder
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Kosher salt
  • Applesauce or mashed bananas: I love making healthy oatmeal raisin cookies with applesauce (especially Homemade Applesauce!), as this ingredient lends the batter sweet, bright undertones without requiring added sweeteners. Alternatively, you can also use mashed ripe bananas for more tropical, fruity notes.
  • Coconut oil: Coconut oil is essential for giving these healthy oatmeal cookies their chewy, moist texture. However, you could also use another mildly flavored oil, such as avocado oil, instead.
  • Maple syrup
  • Unsweetened almond milk: Creamy, light, and dairy-free, unsweetened almond milk is vital to hydrating the dry ingredients of this recipe, giving you moist, soft, and luscious cookies every time. 
  • Nuts: Walnuts are my go-to for giving these oatmeal raisin cookies a delicate crunch and mildly nutty taste. To take this recipe to the next level, you can toast your walnuts beforehand to help release their oils, giving your cookies a heartier dose of their natural flavors. However, any nut of your choice would work in this recipe.
  • Raisins: I used sweet raisins to lend this clean cookie recipe with its signature chewy, fruity taste. However, you can use any of your favorite dried fruits as natural sweeteners, whether you plan on making healthy oatmeal cranberry cookies, an antioxidant-packed blueberry batter, or a pie-inspired cherry biscuit. No matter which dried fruit you use, just be sure that you select one with no sugar added if you want your cookies to stay free of refined sugar.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Semi-sweet chocolate chips: If you’re a chocolate lover, all you need to do to infuse this recipe with rich, cocoa-packed flavor is to add ½ cup of your favorite chocolate chips to the batter. Remember, too, that you can still make low-sugar oatmeal raisin cookies with chocolate if you use brands like Enjoy Life (affiliate), which uses natural ingredients like cane sugar, non-alcoholic chocolate liquor, and non-dairy cocoa butter to get its sweet, chocolatey taste.
  • Vanilla extract: To give these healthier oatmeal raisin cookies a gourmet finish, add one teaspoon of vanilla extract to your batter. 

How to Make This Recipe?

With my easy recipe for applesauce oatmeal raisin cookies, you can have a five-star dessert on the table in just thirty minutes—no previous baking experience necessary!

  1. Prep the oven: Preheat your oven to 325 degrees F. While the oven heats, line two baking sheets with parchment paper, set them aside, and arrange the oven racks on the oven’s middle and upper bottom sections.
A collage of images showing how to make healthy oatmeal raisin cookie recipe.
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: Add the old-fashioned rolled oats, oat flour, ground flax seeds, chia seeds, baking powder, cinnamon, and salt to a large mixing bowl. Mix the ingredients until thoroughly combined.
  2. Mix the wet ingredients: In a separate bowl, add the applesauce (or mashed bananas), coconut oil, maple syrup, and unsweetened almond milk, and stir until combined.
  3. Combine the wet and dry ingredients: Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients, scraping the sides of the bowl to remove the remaining mixture. Stir the batter until all the ingredients are evenly blended.
  4. Add the walnuts: Use a rubber spatula to fold the walnuts and raisins into the cookie batter. At this point, don’t be alarmed if the dough may seem too wet. Some of the moisture will be released during the resting process, both before and after baking.
A collage of images showing how to portion oatmeal raisin cookie dough.
  1. Portion the cookie dough: Use a cookie scoop to make evenly sized cookie dough balls, and arrange each portion one inch apart from one another on the lined sheet pan. Then, use the back of a spatula to press upon and lightly flatten each ball of dough. We recommend diving the cookie batter in between baking trays instead of trying them into one.
  2. Bake: Place the baking sheets on the middle and upper bottom racks and bake the cookies for 18-20 minutes or until the cookies turn a light golden brown. Halfway through baking, turn the sheets from front to back and top to bottom to ensure even cooking. You may also bake the cookies one tray at a time if you prefer.
  3. Let the cookies rest: Remove the baked cookies from the oven and let them rest on the baking sheets for five minutes. Once slightly set, transfer them to a wire rack, let them cool for 15-30 minutes, and serve.

How to Store and Freeze These Cookies?

Warm, chewy, and flavorful, these maple oatmeal raisin cookies are best on the day that you make them. While I highly suggest baking your cookies in small batches to enjoy their toasty, fresh taste right away, this simple storage guide will ensure you can enjoy these sweet treats throughout the week, no matter when you cook them.

  • Store: Let the cookies cool completely. Then, store them in an airtight container at room temperature (such as on the counter) for up to three days. If you want to extend their shelf life, store your cooled cookies in the fridge for up to five days, reheating them in a 300-degree F. oven for five minutes or until heated through.
  • Freeze: If you plan on making these chewy oatmeal raisin cookies further in the future, I recommend scooping the dough into your desired size, placing them on a piece of parchment paper, and letting them harden. Then, transfer your unbaked cookies to a Ziploc bag and bake them according to my recipe’s directions when ready to eat—no thawing or defrosting necessary.
Healthy gluten free oatmeal cookies on a plate from the top view.

Expert Tips

This healthy oatmeal and raisin cookies recipe is a great way to satiate the sweet cravings of any health-conscious cook. For even more tips on how to make your dessert as chewy, rich, and sweet as possible, these pro pointers have everything you need.

  • Wet dough: Don’t be alarmed if your oatmeal raisin cookie dough seems wetter than expected before baking. Because these gluten-free oatmeal cookies don’t use wheat-based flour, the liquid needs more time to absorb into the oats while resting, giving you an ideally chewy texture. We have tested this recipe with a lesser amount of applesauce and found out that once it was fully cooled it was a dryer than we liked.
  • No need to chill: Most gluten- and fat-based cookies need to chill to help them maintain their shape and soft texture while baking. However, these oatmeal cookies don’t need the same treatment due to their heartier, gluten-free composition, so you can bake them immediately after mixing the batter.
  • The dough doesn’t spread during the baking process: Unlike other cookies, which melt and expand in the oven. Since they are made without baking soda, they keep their shape and size during the cooking process.
  • Bake in small batches: We highly recommend baking these cookies on the day you plan to serve them. Therefore, unless you are serving them to a crowd, we recommend baking them in small batches. This way, you can save your cookie dough throughout the week, baking it as necessary to ensure you have the freshest, chewiest cookies possible.
  • Serving suggestions: Nutritious, soft, and sweet, these oat flour oatmeal raisin cookies taste amazing with dozens of delicious pairings. Serve this sweet treat with a cup of coffee at breakfast, milk for dessert, or spread it with your favorite nut butter to keep you full for hours on end.

Here at Foolproof Living, we understand that “healthy” can differ from person to person. With that in mind, we’ve developed a recipe for low-sugar oatmeal cookies that uses clean ingredients—limiting the use of fats, refined sugars, and over-processed foods—to help you treat yourself while still nourishing your body with essential nutrients. 

Below, you’ll discover just a few ways this recipe’s ingredients promote dietary, heart, and nutritional health.

  • No refined sugars: Without any refined sugars—such as granulated or brown sugar—these sugar-free oatmeal raisin cookies use only natural ingredients to sweeten their batter, thereby reducing your risk of inflammation, high blood pressure, and diabetes. Instead, I sweeten my cookies with all-natural ingredients, including maple syrup, applesauce (or mashed bananas), and raisins.
  • Low fat: There’s no need to break out several sticks of butter to make a mouthwatering dessert. This simple recipe only uses ¼ cup of coconut oil to keep your cookies as moist and chewy as possible, without all the “bad cholesterol” associated with butter and other unhealthy fats.
  • High fiber: Thanks to this recipe’s use of rolled oats and oat flour, it has a much higher amount of gut-healthy fiber than cookie recipes using white flour.
  • Packed with superfoods: Superfoods are a must for anyone looking to fill their plate with essential vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants. That’s why I include ground flaxseeds and chia seeds (which are high in protein!) in my recipe for healthy, chewy oatmeal cookies, solving any reservations about indulging in a sweet treat.
  • Gluten-free and vegan: If you have a dietary restriction, the last thing you want to deal with is bland, “questionably safe” desserts. To eliminate these concerns, I’ve developed an oatmeal cookie recipe that doesn’t use eggs, dairy-based milk, whole wheat flour, or all-purpose flour, making it the perfect dessert for anyone following a gluten-free, vegan or dairy-free diet.
  • Nuts: Walnuts are a magic ingredient, offering equal parts flavor and nutrition. This hearty nut is rich in omega-3 fatty acids, antioxidants, and fiber—all supporting well-functioning gut and cardiovascular systems.
  • Super filling and helps with the sweet cravings: Though it may seem counterintuitive to start your day with a “breakfast cookie,” this recipe for clean oatmeal cookies is the ultimate solution for mid-meal cravings. This sweet treat is healthy and satiating, helping you meet your dietary needs and keep you full throughout the day.

FAQs

Lower-fat oatmeal cookies are the ultimate solution to non-nutritive desserts, midday slumps, and sweet-tooth cravings. If you have any further questions about this easy recipe, you’ll find your answers below:

Are oatmeal raisin cookies healthy for you?

As a dietary rule, I recommend enjoying everything in moderation, with consideration of the recipe you’re following. However, these high-fiber oatmeal cookies contain natural, nutritious, and superfood-packed ingredients that benefit dietary health more than traditional butter- and sugar-based dessert recipes.

How many calories are there in one of these healthy oatmeal raisin cookies?

Using my recipe for low-calorie oatmeal raisin cookies, each cookie will amount to about 276 kcal.

If you can’t resist a good oatmeal raisin cookie, you’ll adore these other healthy cookie recipes. Now, you can satisfy every sweet tooth with nutty, creamy, and rich flavors without sacrificing nutritional content.

If you try this Healthy Soft Oatmeal Cookies recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Oatmeal raisin cookies made without sugar on a plate from the top view.
Print

Healthy Oatmeal Raisin Cookies Recipe

Enjoy guilt-free indulgence with our soft and chewy Healthy Oatmeal Raisin Cookies! These wholesome treats are sweetened with applesauce, raisins, and a touch of maple syrup – no added sugar. Satisfy your cookie cravings the healthy way!
Course Dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 18 minutes
Total Time 33 minutes
Servings 12 cookies
Calories 276kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups old-fashioned rolled oats
  • 1 cup oat flour*
  • ½ cup ground flax seeds
  • 2 tablespoons chia seeds
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • 1 ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 cup applesauce or mashed bananas
  • cup coconut oil melted and cooled
  • cup maple syrup
  • ¼ cup unsweetened almond milk
  • 1 cup walnuts roughly chopped
  • cup raisins or dried cranberries – roughly chopped

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F (162 C.) Line two baking sheets with parchment paper and set them aside. Arrange the oven racks on the middle and upper bottom sections of the oven.
  • To prepare the dry ingredients, in a large bowl, combine the old-fashioned rolled oats, oat flour, ground flax seeds, chia seeds, baking powder, cinnamon, and salt. Set it aside.
  • For the wet ingredients, in a separate medium bowl, combine the applesauce (or mashed bananas), coconut oil, maple syrup, and unsweetened almond milk. Stir until fully combined.
  • Add the wet ingredients into the dry ones, scraping the sides of the bowl as you mix until everything is evenly incorporated.
  • Using a rubber spatula, fold the walnuts and raisins into the batter. At this point, the batter will appear to be too wet*, but some moisture will be released while resting both during and after the baking process.
  • Using an ice cream scoop, scoop the dough and place each portion on the baking sheet, making sure that they are 1 inch apart from each other. Using the back of a spatula, gently press on top of each cookie to flatten them slightly. Also, we recommend dividing the cookies among two sheets to ensure they have equal air circulation in the oven.
  • Place the sheet pans in the middle and upper bottom rack and bake for 18-20 minutes or until the cookies turn lightly golden brown with crispy edges. Halfway through the baking process, turn the baking sheets from front to back and also switch them from top to bottom. With this being said, you can bake the cookies one sheet at a time if you prefer (please see notes, section "Bake in small batches.")
  • Remove from the oven and let the cookies rest on the baking sheets for 5 minutes. Then, transfer them to a cooking rack and let them cool for 15-30 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • This recipe has been adapted with minor changes from this Superfood Breakfast Cookies recipe by Wife Mama Foodie.
  • Yields: We used a #16 ice cream scoop (affiliate link) to portion out these cookies. If you use a similar tool, you will end up with 12 cookies. The nutritional information below is per cookie.
  • Oat flour: You can make your own oat flour by placing old-fashioned rolled oats in a food processor or a spice grinder and process until it is ground. 
  • Wet batter: After you mix the dry ingredients with the wet ones, you might think that the better is too wet. However, please know that they release some of the excess moisture after they are baked and cooled. During our recipe testing we found that any lesser applesauce will result in a rather dry (and hard) cookie.
  • No need to chill: Unlike cookies made with flour, sugar, and butter, you do not need to chill these cookies before baking them.
  • Bake in small batches: While we wrote the recipe in a way that you can bake all the cookies at once, we think that they are best on the day they are baked. Therefore, we recommend only baking the amount you plan to serve and freezing the rest.
  • Storage: To store leftovers, bring the cookies to room temperature and store them in an airtight container on the counter for up to 3 days or in the fridge for up to 5 days.
  • Freezing: Place the raw portioned cookies on a sheet pan lined with parchment paper. Place it in the freezer for at least 4 hours so that the cookies will harden. Transfer them to a Zip top bag (or a freezer-safe container) and get the air out as much as you can. When ready to bake, remove the portion you want and bake at 325 degrees F. for 18 minutes. There is no need to thaw them.

Nutrition

Calories: 276kcal | Carbohydrates: 37g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Sodium: 147mg | Potassium: 350mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 13IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 95mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/healthy-oatmeal-raisin-cookies/feed/ 27
Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal Recipe https://foolproofliving.com/apple-cinnamon-oatmeal/ https://foolproofliving.com/apple-cinnamon-oatmeal/#comments Mon, 25 Sep 2023 16:31:32 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=20686 I don’t know about you, but I think nothing says fall like the combination of apple, cinnamon, and walnuts. And…]]>

I don’t know about you, but I think nothing says fall like the combination of apple, cinnamon, and walnuts. And this Apple and Cinnamon Oatmeal recipe is probably the easiest way to fill your house with the smells of fall. It tastes like apple pie, but it is healthier.

If you are like me, a huge fan of apples and cinnamon, be sure to also check out our Apple Almond Flour Muffins, Apple Roses, and Dairy-Free Apple Crisp recipes.

Apple and cinnamon oatmeal garnished with toppings from the top view.

Whether you are a morning person like me or someone who prefers to sleep until the last minute, I am pretty sure the unmistakably autumn aroma of this homemade apple oatmeal cooking on the stovetop will lure even the sleepiest member of your family out of bed.

It’s an easy way to set the mood for the fall season, and similar to my other breakfast bowl recipes, it’s ready in only 15 minutes. Bonus – it’s also vegan, dairy-free, paleo-friendly, and gluten-free!

Ingredients for Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal:

You probably already have a handful of ingredients you need to make this Cinnamon Apple Oatmeal in your pantry. Below is everything you need:

Ingredients for homemade apple cinnamon oatmeal from the top view.
  • Oil: We use oil to sautee apples and cinnamon before adding in the oats and milk. We use coconut oil, but avocado oil, butter, or clarified butter (also known as ghee) would also work in this apple oatmeal breakfast recipe.
  • Fresh Apples: We use Honeycrisp apples, but any other variety of apples, like Fuji, Pink Lady, Gala, and Granny Smith Apples, would also work. Peeling them is optional, but we recommend cutting them into 1-inch cubes. You can also use two different kinds of apples if you want to take your apple pie oatmeal recipe to the next level.
  • Spices: You’ll need ground cinnamon and a pinch of nutmeg.
  • Nuts: We are using unsalted walnuts, but pecans or almonds would also work well in this recipe. If you have the time, we recommend toasting your nuts for a few minutes to enhance their flavors.
  • Rolled Oats: Of all the different kinds of oats, rolled oats (also called old-fashioned oats) are probably the easiest to find, and therefore, it is what we are using in this apple oatmeal breakfast. Use gluten-free oats if you are following a gluten-free diet. If you are new to the world of oats and want to know more about them, be sure to check out our detailed articles on Rolled Oats vs. Steel-Cut Oats and Quick Oats vs. Rolled Oats.
  • Milk: We used unsweetened almond milk, but any dairy or non-dairy milk (such as coconut milk, oat milk, or regular milk) would work in this recipe. You can also make Almond Milk from Almond Butter in a pinch. Either way, we recommend using sugar-free milk to keep it healthy.
  • Superfoods: To boost protein and to keep you full for longer, we used a tablespoon of chia seeds. However, you can also add ground flax seeds, hemp seeds, and even your favorite protein powder to up the nutrition of this apple oats recipe.
  • Sweetener: We wanted this homemade apple oatmeal recipe to be sugar-free, so instead of adding sugar to the mixture, we opted for a drizzle of maple syrup in the end. However, if you prefer it to be sweeter, you can use brown sugar, coconut sugar, honey, or regular granulated sugar and add it to the oatmeal mixture as you are cooking it.
  • Optional Toppings: We sprinkled our apple and cinnamon oatmeal with diced apples, walnuts, and pomegranate arils for a pop of color. However, when it comes to toppings, the sky is the limit. Feel free to add a tablespoon of almond or peanut butter (a great way to add some protein to the recipe), raisins (or cranberries), and even a dollop of vanilla yogurt.

Optional Add-ins and Substitutions:

  • Vanilla Extract: A splash of vanilla extract is an easy way to enhance the sweet flavors of the apples.
  • Apple Juice: For a richer apple taste, consider replacing some of the milk with apple juice. A good place to start is 1/4 cup unsweetened apple juice with 1 1/2 cups of milk.
  • Applesauce: While we prefer this recipe with diced and sauteed apples, you can still make this apple cinnamon breakfast with applesauce instead. Simply skip the sauteing of the apples and add 1/2 cup unsweetened applesauce into the oat mixture.
  • Cranberry Sauce: Making this easy oatmeal recipe during the holiday season? A dollop of leftover maple cranberry sauce is a delicious way to sweeten it.
  • Spices: While we opted for the basic cinnamon and nutmeg, you can experiment with adding other spices, such as ground cardamom and apple spice.
  • Salt: It is optional, but as it is with any sweet recipe, adding a pinch of salt to the oatmeal mixture will help enhance and balance the sweet flavor of apples.
  • Cooking liquid: Alternatively, you can make this apple cinnamon oats recipe using water instead of milk. If you decide to do so, please keep in mind that it will be less creamy.

How To Make Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal on Stove Top?

The steps to making this easy apple cinnamon oatmeal recipe are twofold, and it only takes 15 minutes from start to finish. Below are the steps:

A collage of images showing how to make cinnamon apple oatmeal step by step.
  1. Saute apples and spices: Start by heating coconut oil in a small saucepan over medium-high heat. Add apples and sauté, stirring frequently, for 2-3 minutes. Add the ground cinnamon and nutmeg and cook for 10 more seconds.
  2. Make oatmeal: Add the nuts, rolled oats, milk, and chia seeds (if using). Stir to combine and cook, keeping a close eye on it and stirring occasionally until thickened for 8-10 minutes.
  3. Serve with toppings: Ladle into bowls, and garnish with fresh diced apples (or other fruits like pomegranate seeds), more nuts, and a drizzle of maple syrup. If preferred, you can sprinkle it with more ground cinnamon and an extra splash of milk.

On a side note, we based the recipe for this healthy apple cinnamon oatmeal on my Oatmeal with Almond Milk and Chia Seeds recipe, which happens to be one of the most popular recipes on Foolproof Living. It is a great recipe to show you how to make oatmeal on the stovetop if you are new to making oatmeal for breakfast or in need of a works-every-time recipe.

How To Meal Prep, Store, and Reheat?

One of the reasons why we love making this healthy apple cinnamon oatmeal is that it is a great meal prep-friendly breakfast recipe that you can make over the weekend and enjoy in the next few days. Perfect for busy mornings! Here is how we do it:

  • Meal Prep: Make the apple oatmeal recipe as written but refrain from adding the toppings. Divide it among four mason jars and let it cool on the counter. Once fully cooled, cover it tightly with a lid and store it in the fridge for up to 4 days. When ready to serve, be sure to top it off with your favorite toppings.
  • Storing leftovers: Store the leftover cinnamon apple oatmeal in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Reheating: While you can enjoy this recipe warm, cold, or at room temperature, we like to reheat it in the microwave if we are serving it on a crisp fall morning. To do so, transfer the apple porridge into a bowl, add a splash of milk (or water), and give it a stir. Place in the microwave and heat it in 30-second increments stirring every time until it is warmed to your liking.
Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal being drizzled with maple syrup.

How to make this Oatmeal recipe in the microwave?

If you’d rather make this homemade cinnamon apple oatmeal in the microwave, simply:

  • Start with cooking the apples: Sprinkle cubed apples with cinnamon and place in a large microwave-safe bowl (it should be large enough to make the whole oatmeal)
  • Add the liquid and nuts: Add in the almond milk (or water) and nuts and cook on high for 3-5 minutes, stopping and stirring every minute or so until it reaches your desired consistency.
  • Assemble: Drizzle with maple syrup and add the toppings. Give it a taste and add more if you like.

Expert Tips for the Best Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal

While the recipe below, as written, is pretty straightforward, there are a few things to pay attention to make flavors shine through when making this easy breakfast bowl:

  • Cooking apples for oatmeal: Do not skip the sauteeing of the apples, as it is key to bringing out their sweetness and making this a sugar-free apple cinnamon oatmeal. Additionally, cooking them ensures they soften, resulting in a more delightful texture in your oatmeal.
  • Experiment with different types of apples: While we do not think that there is such a thing as “the best apple for oatmeal,” we recommend experimenting with two (or more) different kinds of apples when making this recipe. Each type offers its unique flavor and texture, enriching the overall flavor and texture of your oatmeal.
  • Enhance and toast your spices: Consider experimenting with other spices such as cloves, star anise, ginger, apple pie spice, and allspice. However, we recommend using a very small amount to start with and then adjusting it according to your tastebuds. Furthermore, we recommend taking the time to toast your spices with the apples for a few minutes to enhance their flavors.

FAQs

How to cook apples for oatmeal?

To soften apples, use a teaspoon of coconut oil and saute them in the warm melted oil for a few minutes while stirring them often. As they cook, they release some of their juices and become sweeter and softer, making it a perfect pairing for this cinnamon oatmeal.

How to boost the nutrition of apple oatmeal?

To make this apple cinnamon porridge recipe even more nutritious, you can add a scoop of ground flaxseeds for additional fiber, a scoop of collagen for additional protein, and use less (or no sugar) in the recipe.

Is apple cinnamon oatmeal healthy?

Yes, it is, especially when made without using additional sugars. According to Healthline, when consumed on a regular basis, apples lower your chance of developing cancer, diabetes, and heart disease. Additionally, ground cinnamon is packed with antioxidants and anti-inflammatory properties, which help lower the risk of disease.

How much cinnamon to add to oatmeal?

You Might Also Like:

If you enjoyed this healthy apple breakfast porridge, then you will love our collection of oatmeal and apple recipes. Below are a few that we hand-picked for you:

Other Oatmeal Recipes:

Other Autumn-Inspired Apple Recipes:

If you try this Homemade Apple Oatmeal recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Apple cinnamon oatmeal in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal Recipe

This Homemade Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal is an autumn-inspired twist on plain oatmeal. Rolled oats, apples, and cinnamon simmered in almond milk with a touch of maple syrup make a delicious and healthy breakfast ready in less than 15 minutes.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 454kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon coconut oil avocado oil or ghee would also work
  • 1 large apple or 2 small apples, cut into small chunks
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • Pinch of ground nutmeg
  • ¼ cup chopped pecans or walnuts, plus more as topping
  • 1 cup rolled oats – Not quick cooking {I used Trader Joe's gluten free brand oats}
  • 2 cups unsweetened almond milk
  • 1 teaspoon chia seeds optional
  • 1 tablespoon pure maple syrup plus more to finish
  • ¼ cup pomegranate seeds as garnish (optional)

Instructions

  • Heat coconut oil in a medium sized saucepan over medium heat.
  • Add in the apples and saute for 2-3 minutes. Stir in the cinnamon and nutmeg.
  • Add in the pecans, oats, almond milk, and chia seeds (if using). Give it a stir and let it cook until thickened for about 7-10 minutes, stirring constantly during the cooking process.
  • Ladle into bowls and top them off with pomegranate seeds (or other fruit), nuts, more apples, and a slight sprinkle of ground cinnamon. Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 3 cups of apple oatmeal, which is ideal for serving two people. You can multiply the recipe if you are serving a crowd. The nutritional values below are per serving and include the calories coming from the listed toppings.
  • Optional Add-ins: You can easily customize this cinnamon apple recipe according to your taste buds. A few of our favorite ways to do it are as follows:
    • Use two different types of apples
    • Add a splash of vanilla extract
    • Up the nutrition by adding other superfoods such as ground flaxseeds and hempseeds
    • Top it off with a dollop of creamy peanut butter or yogurt for additional protein
  • Meal Prep: Make the recipe as written but refrain from adding the toppings. Divide it among four mason jars and let it cool on the counter. Once fully cooled, cover it tightly with a lid and store it in the fridge for up to 4 days. When ready to serve, top it off with your favorite toppings.
  • Storing leftovers: Store the leftovers in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Reheating: While you can enjoy this recipe warm, cold, or at room temperature, I like to reheat it in the microwave if I am serving it on a crisp fall morning. To do so, transfer the apple porridge into a bowl, add a splash of milk (or water), and give it a stir. Place in the microwave and heat it in 30-second increments stirring every time until it is warmed to your liking.

Nutrition

Calories: 454kcal | Carbohydrates: 58g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 23g | Saturated Fat: 7g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Sodium: 330mg | Potassium: 403mg | Fiber: 11g | Sugar: 22g | Vitamin A: 70IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 368mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/apple-cinnamon-oatmeal/feed/ 38
Apple Cinnamon Baked Oatmeal https://foolproofliving.com/baked-oatmeal-with-date-butter-apples-and-walnuts/ https://foolproofliving.com/baked-oatmeal-with-date-butter-apples-and-walnuts/#comments Wed, 13 Sep 2023 12:50:01 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=8520 This oatmeal apple bake checks all the boxes for a delectably nutritious breakfast. Still, there are so many other healthy…]]>

This oatmeal apple bake checks all the boxes for a delectably nutritious breakfast. Still, there are so many other healthy apple breakfast recipes to try! My Farro Breakfast Bowl with Apple Cinnamon will fill your bowl with sweet cranberries and nutty quinoa crunch, while my Healthy Vegan Apple Crisp is a gluten-free recipe packed with tender, warm baked apples. Or, if you’re looking for a moist, grab-and-go option, my paleo Apple Almond Muffins will make every morning a piece of cake.

Baked apple oatmeal sliced in a square baking dish with a spoon on the side.

Ingredients to Make This Baked Apple Oatmeal

Made with only the tastiest natural ingredients, this apple cinnamon baked oatmeal recipe is perfect for anyone looking to transform their home pantry into a gourmet breakfast.

  • Coconut oil: Melted coconut oil is a must when greasing your baking dish, ensuring that your apple oat bake doesn’t stick to the edges of the pan. However, you may also use butter or cooking spray, depending on what you have on hand.
  • Rolled oats: It’s essential that you use rolled oats (also known as old-fashioned oats) in your baked oatmeal recipes. When considering the difference between Rolled Oats vs. Quick Oats, remember that instant oats (quick-cooking oats) will melt under high oven temperatures, and steel cut oats will come out thick and gummy.
  • Chia seeds: Though chia seeds are optional, they add deliciously nutty undertones while loading your breakfast with protein, fiber, and antioxidants. You can also incorporate other superfoods, like hemp seeds, to add nutrition to your breakfast bake.
  • Warm spices: The best way to season this healthy baked apple oatmeal recipe is with everyone’s favorite fall classics—ground cinnamon and ground nutmeg. You can also add a pinch of apple pie spice for extra warm, woody overtones.
  • Baking powder and kosher salt: These two ingredients are perfect for bringing out this sweet breakfast recipe’s nuanced flavors and giving it a light, pastry-like rise.
  • Large eggs: We use two large eggs to thicken and bind this hearty breakfast recipe. However, if you prefer a vegan apple cinnamon bake, you can substitute these eggs with a flax egg. To make flax eggs, stir together two tablespoons of ground flax seed and five tablespoons of water in a small bowl. Once combined, let the mixture rest for ten minutes to thicken it. It’s ready to add to your batter when it reaches the desired consistency.
  • Milk: I used almond milk in my cinnamon apple oatmeal bake, but any of your favorite types of milk—from dairy-free options (i.e. oat milk, soy milk, coconut milk, etc.) to traditional cow’s milk—would work.
  • Unsweetened applesauce: The key to making apple-baked oats as sweet, moist, and tender as possible is preparing your baked oatmeal with applesauce. I prefer using homemade Unsweetened Applesauce because it’s vegan, smooth, and only uses a few simple ingredients.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on the image.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Maple syrup: I only use ⅓ cup of maple syrup to sweeten my baked apple oats, but if you like your oatmeal sweeter, you can increase it to ½ cup.
  • Apple: Any of your favorite fresh apples would work in this apple and oatmeal bake, including Honeycrisp, Pink Lady, Granny Smith, Fuji, Braeburn, and even Gala. Depending on your preference, you may also choose whether to use peeled or unpeeled apples for this recipe. However, you must cut them into even-sized cubes before adding them to your mix to ensure maximum tenderness and uniform baking.
  • Nuts: I recommend crunchy pecans, walnuts, or almonds to give your baked oatmeal a touch of earthy, buttery notes. Just be sure to give them a rough chop before adding them to your batter to ensure a balanced flavor distribution and delicious texture.
  • Dates: I love adding dates to my oatmeal recipe due to their rich flavor and chewy texture. However, other dried fruit—including raisins, cranberries, and figs—would also work.
  • Coconut or brown sugar: If you love the deep, toffee-like taste of baked sugar, you may choose to add a sprinkle of coconut sugar or light brown sugar to the top of your baked apple oatmeal.

How to Make Baked Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal

You don’t have to work at a diner to make this healthy baked oatmeal with apples easily. This tasty breakfast will come out with irresistibly sweet, hearty, and warm flavors in eight easy steps.

A collage of images showing how to make baked apple cinnamon oatmeal.
  1. Prep the oven: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. While the oven heats, coat an 8×8 baking dish with coconut oil and set it aside.
  2. Mix the dry ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, stir the oats, chia seeds (if using), cinnamon, nutmeg, baking powder, and Kosher salt. Ensure the ingredients mix evenly throughout the blend.
  3. Whisk the wet ingredients: In a separate bowl, whisk together the eggs, almond milk, applesauce, vanilla extract, and maple syrup until thoroughly mixed.
  4. Combine the wet and dry ingredients: Pour the wet ingredients into the bowl of dry ingredients and mix until combined.
A collage of images showing how to make apple baked oatmeal.
  1. Incorporate the add-ins: Gently fold the chopped apples, walnuts, and dates into the oat mixture.
  2. Transfer the oatmeal blend: Pour the apple oatmeal batter into the prepared baking dish and spread it into a single even layer.
  3. Bake: Bake the dish for 35-40 minutes until golden brown.
  4. Serve: Remove the breakfast apple bake from the oven and let it cool for 10 minutes. Then, drizzle it lightly with maple syrup and serve.

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, and Thaw?

This apple cinnamon oatmeal bake is one of my cookbook’s most meal prep-friendly breakfast recipes. Take the stress out of your early mornings with this must-have make-ahead breakfast.

  • Make ahead: To make baked apple cinnamon oats in advance, bake the recipe and let it come to room temperature. Then, store the mixture, covered, in the refrigerator for up to three days.
  • Store: When storing your baked oats, let them come to room temperature first. Then, transfer them to an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to three days. You may also keep your oatmeal in individual portions for a convenient grab-and-go breakfast.
  • Reheat: You can reheat this recipe in the oven at 325 degrees F. for 15 minutes or in the microwave in 30-45-second intervals until warmed through.
  • Freeze: Though you can freeze this baked oatmeal recipe, it will likely come out a bit dry once thawed. However, if you freeze your baked oats, let them come to room temperature first, transfer them to an airtight container, and place them in the freezer. It’s essential, too, to cover the oats tightly to avoid freezer burn.
  • Thaw: To thaw your frozen apple oatmeal, place it in the fridge overnight and reheat it in the morning.
Sliced baked oatmeal with applesauce on a plate with a spoon on the side.

What to Serve it With?

A warm cup of coffee or tea is all you need to turn this cinnamon apple baked oatmeal recipe into a five-star breakfast. However, these easy additions will add all the creamy, sweet, and moist flavors you could want from your morning meal.

  • A drizzle of maple syrup or honey: If you’re a fan of caramelly, floral flavors, I recommend topping your apple breakfast bake with maple syrup or honey. This simple addition will infuse every slice with a rich, complex taste.
  • A dollop of Greek yogurt or vanilla yogurt: Add a spoonful of yogurt to this delicious breakfast, and your baked apple oatmeal recipe will come alive with cool, creamy flavors.
  • Breakfast fruit salad: What pairs better with juicy apples than a brilliant blend of your favorite fruits? Made with a customizable mix of bananas, blueberries, strawberries, and pineapple, this healthy breakfast option will delight your tastebuds with just fifteen minutes of prep.
  • Maple whipped cream: Transform this wholesome breakfast into a sweet treat the whole family will love with a small dollop of light, fluffy whipped cream.
  • A dollop of almond butter or peanut butter: If you love the nutty, tart combination of apples and peanut butter, you’ll love adding this creamy addition to your apple oatmeal breakfast bake.

Expert Tips

There’s no secret to making an oatmeal apple breakfast bake packed with warm, caramelized flavors. This expert guide has everything you need, from what oats to use to tasty serving suggestions.

  • Oats: To achieve the best texture in this easy breakfast recipe, using the correct type of oats is essential. This delicious apple cinnamon bake requires rolled (AKA old-fashioned) oats for its moist, tender consistency. Instant, quick-cook, and steel-cut oats will result in a burnt, soupy, or gummy bake.
  • Size of your casserole dish: I tested this recipe in both an 8×8 and 9×9 pan, and either size will work when following my recipe instructions. However, if you prefer to make your apple cinnamon baked oats in a larger dish, such as a 9×13 baking dish, double the recipe.
  • Baking it in a muffin tin: You can also prepare this tasty breakfast in muffin tins for perfectly portioned oatmeal cups. Simply divide the batter among the cups of a 12-cup muffin pan and bake for 20-25 minutes.
  • Adjusting the sweetness: I designed this healthy breakfast dish with mild sweetness, a moist texture, and maximum nutrition. However, if you prefer a sweeter version, feel free to add more maple syrup, coconut or brown sugar, or other sweet add-ins for a dessert-level recipe.
  • Can be served warm or cold: You can serve this delicious morning recipe warm, room temperature, or cold, depending on your preference.

Other Baked Apple Recipes

This easy apple-baked oatmeal has all the sweet, tart, and warm flavors you love in your favorite baked apple recipes. Below, you’ll find even more tasty apple recipes to satisfy all your fall cravings.

If you try this Baked Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Apple cinnamon baked oatmeal in a square dish with a spoon on the side.
Print

Apple Cinnamon Baked Oatmeal Recipe

Apple Cinnamon Baked Oatmeal offers a healthy and wholesome start to your day. Made with tender apples, warm cinnamon, and a touch of maple syrup, this healthy breakfast bake is the ultimate fall/winter oatmeal recipe.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 9 slices
Calories 271kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 teaspoon coconut oil
  • 2 ½ cups old-fashioned rolled oats
  • 1 tablespoon chia seeds optional
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 2 large eggs* or flax eggs for vegan option (recipe below in the notes)
  • 1 ½ cups unsweetened almond milk or any other non-dairy milk of your choice
  • 1 cup unsweetened applesauce
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • cup maple syrup plus more to drizzle on top
  • 1 apple* peeled (or unpeeled) and diced into 1-inch cubes
  • 1 cup chopped walnuts or pecans optional
  • ½ cup chopped dates optional (5-6 Medjool dates)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Coat an 8×8- inch* baking dish with the coconut oil and set aside.
  • In a large bowl, stir the oats, chia seeds (if using), cinnamon, nutmeg, baking powder, and Kosher salt until combined.
  • In a separate bowl, whisk together the eggs, almond milk, applesauce, vanilla extract, and maple syrup until fully combined.
  • Pour the egg mixture into the oat mixture and stir to combine.
  • Gently fold in the diced apples, walnuts, and dates.
  • Pour the mixture into the baking dish and gently spread it evenly.
  • Bake for 35-40 minutes until golden brown.
  • Cool for 10 minutes and serve with a drizzle of maple syrup.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe yields 9 slices of baked apple oatmeal. The nutritional values below are per slice. 
  • Size of your baking dish: You can use both an 8×8 or a 9×9 square dish to make this recipe. If you prefer to use a 9×13, we recommend doubling the recipe and baking it for 45 minutes.
  • Use flax eggs to make it vegan*: This is a gluten-free and dairy-free recipe. If you prefer to make this dish vegan, you can substitute the eggs with “flax eggs.” To make flax eggs, mix 2 tablespoons of ground flaxseeds with 5 tablespoons of water, stirring to combine. Set aside for 10 minutes, then use it in place of the eggs. 
  • Apple: I used Honeycrisp apples but any type of apple you have on hand would work.
  • Make Ahead: You can bake apple oatmeal bake in advance and store it in the fridge for up to 3 days. Just be sure to bring it to room temperature before storing it in an airtight container. You can reheat it in the oven at 325 degrees F for 15 minutes or microwave it (in 30-second increments) until warmed through.
  • Store: Be sure to bring the leftovers to room temperature. Then,  transfer them to an airtight container and store them in the fridge for up to three days. You may also keep your oatmeal in individual servings for a convenient grab-and-go breakfast.

Nutrition

Calories: 271kcal | Carbohydrates: 38g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 6g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 36mg | Sodium: 248mg | Potassium: 270mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 18g | Vitamin A: 80IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 130mg | Iron: 2mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/baked-oatmeal-with-date-butter-apples-and-walnuts/feed/ 32
Blackberry Oatmeal Bake https://foolproofliving.com/baked-crunchy-blackberry-oatmeal/ https://foolproofliving.com/baked-crunchy-blackberry-oatmeal/#comments Sun, 10 Sep 2023 18:06:11 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3455 Warm, natural, and healthy, this baked blackberry oatmeal is a no-brainer when it comes to filling morning meals. If you…]]>

Warm, natural, and healthy, this baked blackberry oatmeal is a no-brainer when it comes to filling morning meals. If you love the hearty yet nutritious taste of fresh oats, there are dozens of other mouthwatering recipes to try. Steel Cut Overnight Oats and Overnight Yogurt Oats make mornings a breeze with exceptionally creamy flavor, while Muesli offers countless ways to customize your breakfast with sweet and savory flavors.

Baked Blackberry Oatmeal in a square baking dish from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

When you make blackberry breakfast recipes like this, there’s no need to spend hundreds at the grocery store. This simple oatmeal bake only uses natural, pantry-ready ingredients to start your morning.

  • Coconut oil: I use coconut oil to coat my oatmeal baking dish, though oil spray would also work. If you feel luxurious and want to give your oatmeal rich, sumptuous undertones, you may also prepare this recipe with melted butter.
  • Old-fashioned oats: Old-fashioned oats (also known as rolled oats) are my go-to for this blackberry-baked oatmeal, as their flat, round flakes are perfect for absorbing excess liquid and withstand the baking process. However, if you’re unsure about the difference between Rolled Oats vs. Quick Oats or Steel-Cut Oats vs. Rolled Oats, these simple guides explain everything you need to know. Furthermore, you may also make this dish with gluten-free oats to accommodate a gluten-free diet.
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Unsweetened shredded coconut: I prefer my coconut-baked oatmeal to get a mild sweetness from natural ingredients, such as maple syrup and fresh berries. However, you can also use sweetened shredded coconut to add sweetness to your breakfast.
  • Nuts: I used sliced almonds, but you can also use chopped almonds or other nuts like walnuts or pecans.
  • Chia seeds
  • Baking powder
  • Salt: You only need a pinch of salt to bring out the other nuanced flavors of this recipe.
  • Large eggs
  • Milk: Though I usually use unsweetened almond milk in this dish, any kind of milk will work, from oat milk to soy milk, cow milk, coconut milk, and beyond. If you prefer making your own milk, my Homemade Almond Milk recipe is the one I recommend.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Maple syrup
  • Lemon zest
  • Frozen or fresh blackberries: I love making this blackberry breakfast with the luscious, tart flavor of fresh blackberries. However, you may also use frozen blackberries as long as you reduce the almond milk to 1⅔ cups. This reduction will help balance the added moisture in frozen berries, keeping your oatmeal from becoming watery.
Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text on each ingredient.

Optional Add-Ins and Substitutions

  • Spices: This original recipe calls for ground cinnamon to give it its signature woody warmth. However, feel free to experiment with other spices, like nutmeg for a nuttier profile or cardamom for a slightly peppery dish.
  • Fruit: Any berry would work in this easy-baked oatmeal recipe, so you can mix and match according to your personal preference. If desired, you can even take this dish to the next level by transforming it into a triple-berry oatmeal bake using a mixture of juicy blackberries, raspberries, strawberries, and/or blueberries.
  • Other superfoods: Want to pack this simple recipe with even more nutrients? Add a tablespoon of healthy superfoods, like hemp seeds, ground flaxseeds, and oat bran, and your breakfast will contain countless vitamins and minerals, like magnesium, protein, and omega-3 fatty acids. Not only do these simple ingredients promote digestive and heart health, but they also add deliciously nutty undertones to this easy breakfast.
  • Other sweeteners: Don’t have any maple syrup on hand? No problem! You can also sweeten it using other natural sweeteners, like honey, coconut sugar, or brown sugar. However, if you use these sugars in your recipe, I recommend using ⅓ cup less liquid to avoid watery oatmeal.
  • Protein powders: If you want your oatmeal to boost your metabolism while promoting muscle gain and reducing late-morning cravings, add 2-3 tablespoons of your favorite protein powder.
  • Make it vegan: To make this dish vegan, simply substitute the eggs with flax eggs. You can make flax eggs at home by mixing two tablespoons of ground flaxseed with five tablespoons of water until combined. Set the mixture aside for 10 minutes before adding it to your oatmeal recipe.

How to Make It

This baked oatmeal with berries recipe is a cinch to make and makes waking up a delight. In just nine steps and ten minutes of prep time, a delectable dish will be ready on your table.

A collage of images showing how to make blackberry oatmeal bake.
  1. Prep the oven: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F., and coat an 8×8-inch baking dish with coconut oil. Set the coated dish aside.
  2. Mix the dry ingredients: Stir the oats, cinnamon, shredded coconut, sliced almonds, chia seeds, baking powder, and Kosher salt in a large mixing bowl until thoroughly combined.
  3. Whisk the wet ingredients: In a separate bowl, whisk together the eggs, almond milk, vanilla extract, maple syrup, and lemon zest until fully integrated.
  4. Combine wet and dry ingredients: Pour the milk mixture into the large bowl of dry ingredients and stir until combined.
  5. Add the blackberries: Gently fold the blackberries into the oat mixture.
A couple of images showing the process of mixing and baking oatmeal with blackberries.
  1. Transfer the oatmeal: Pour the oatmeal recipe into the oiled oven-safe pan and spread it evenly with a spatula.
  2. Bake: Cook for 35-40 minutes or until the oatmeal turns golden brown.
  3. Cool: Remove the baking dish from the oven and let it cool for 10 minutes.
  4. Serve: Once cooled, divide the berry oatmeal bake among several bowls, garnish them with extra berries, and drizzle with maple syrup.

How to Store, Reheat, and Freeze?

Out of all the blackberry recipes for breakfast, this is one of the most meal prep-friendly. These simple tips will show you how to make baked oatmeal to enjoy throughout the week or freeze it for future use.

  • Storage: To store your baked blackberry oatmeal, first let it reach room temperature. Then, transfer it to an airtight container and store it in the refrigerator for 3-4 days. If preferred, you can also slice it and store it in single-serving portions for extra easy morning meal prep.
  • Reheat: You can reheat it in a 325-degree F. oven for 10-15 minutes or in the microwave in 30-second increments.
  • Freeze: When freezing this recipe, let it reach room temperature first. Then, cover it tightly with several layers of plastic wrap to avoid freezer burn and store it in the freezer for up to 1-2 months.
  • Thaw: To thaw your frozen blackberry oatmeal bake, place it in the fridge overnight. Then, reheat it in the oven for 15 minutes at 325 degrees F.

How to Serve?

Making blackberry recipes for breakfast is a great way to add creativity to the kitchen. Serve it any way you want, from a grab-and-go morning meal to a healthy dessert guaranteed to make your mouth water.

  • A cup of coffee or juice: If you’re used to busy mornings, nothing is as satisfying as serving up a piece of this oatmeal bake alongside a hot cup of coffee or fresh juice.
  • Greek Yogurt: One of my favorite ways to serve this dish is with a sweet dollop of Honey Vanilla Yogurt. If you prefer a plant-based yogurt, you may also add a spoonful of coconut yogurt or almond milk yogurt for an equally creamy addition.
  • Milk: Do you prefer your oatmeal bake to be a little creamier? Adding a splash of milk to your baked dish will add a rich taste and an extra helping of calcium to your breakfast.
  • Nut butters: An easy way to make this simple recipe more filling and add protein is to spread a spoonful of peanut, almond, or cashew butter over your oatmeal bake slice.
  • Sweeteners: When prepared as-is, this blackberry baked oatmeal has a mildly sweet flavor—perfect for those who don’t like their breakfasts to taste too sugary. However, if you prefer more sweetness in your morning meal, add a drizzle of honey, maple syrup, or more blackberries. 
  • Sauce: If you’re like me, you know that a dash of sauce is all that’s needed to bring a recipe to life. Add a dollop of Date Caramel, Applesauce, or Homemade Blueberry Sauce to give this oatmeal bake extra rich, gooey flavor.
  • Ice cream: If you want to transform this tasty breakfast recipe into an irresistible dessert, try serving it with a scoop of your favorite ice cream! Honey Vanilla Ice Cream exquisitely balances the warm, woody undertones of oatmeal, while Chocolate Honey Ice Cream is a great addition for those who love the rich taste of cocoa powder.
Baked blackberry oatmeal cut into slices and served on small plates.

Expert Tips

Want to prepare a healthy breakfast worthy of a five-star dinner? These pro tips will ensure you have zero hassle making this blackberry oatmeal breakfast loaded with tart, hearty, and sweet flavors.

  • Baking dish: I prefer to bake this dish in an 8×8-inch baking dish to get the best post-baking consistency, though you may also use the same cooking instructions for a 9×9-inch dish. To make baked oatmeal in ramekins, reduce the cooking time by 10-15 minutes. Or, if you’re serving a crowd, you may double the recipe and bake it in a 9×13-inch baking dish at 350 degrees F. for 40 minutes.
  • Serving: The beauty of this oatmeal bake recipe is that you can serve it at whatever temperature you prefer—warm, room temperature, or cold.
  • Play with the add-ins: Endlessly customizable, this oatmeal recipe allows you to experiment with whatever add-ins you like. By extension, don’t worry if you’re missing one or two of the listed add-ons or want to add more or less. This dish is perfect for accommodating personal preferences when designing the oat mixture.

FAQs

Are blackberries good in oatmeal?

Blackberries are easily my favorite baked oatmeal berry. Baked blackberries have a delectably sweet yet tart flavor, perfectly balancing the mild notes of oatmeal. Even better, these low-calorie berries are also packed with nutrients, including Vitamin C, Vitamin K, and fiber, while also preventing heart disease.

Why are my baked oats soggy?

There are a few reasons your baked oatmeal might come out soggy. First off, you might have too much liquid in your mixture, either from how much milk you added or if you used frozen blackberries instead of fresh. It’s also possible you didn’t bake the recipe for enough time or that the size of your baking dish is too small. It’s also important to let your baked oats rest after baking to allow them to reabsorb their liquids. Finally, you should also consider the type of oats you use in your recipe. Instant oats and quick-cooking oats don’t have as hearty of a texture as old-fashioned oats, so they might be unable to soak up as much liquid during baking.

Other Oatmeal Recipes You Might Like

There are few better ways to start your morning with a filling, heart-healthy taste than with a bowl of warm oatmeal. These tasty recipes will ensure you never endure another bland breakfast again.

If you try this Blackberry Oatmeal Bake recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Baked Blackberry Oatmeal sliced in a baking dish with a spoon on the side.
Print

Blackberry Oatmeal Bake Recipe

This Blackberry Oatmeal Bake is an easy-to-make, healthy baked oatmeal recipe packed with juicy blackberries and superfoods and sweetened with maple syrup. It is a delicious morning treat that is also breakfast meal-prep friendly.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 40 minutes
Total Time 50 minutes
Servings 9 slices
Calories 215kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 teaspoons coconut oil avocado oil, or oil spray would also work
  • 2 cups old-fashioned oats aka rolled oats*
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ½ cup unsweetened toasted shredded coconut optional
  • ½ cup sliced almonds optional
  • 1 tablespoon chia seeds optional
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 2 large eggs or flax eggs for a vegan option
  • 2 cups unsweetened almond milk or any milk you prefer
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • cup maple syrup plus more for drizzle
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest optional
  • 2 cups fresh blackberries divided (reserving ½ cup for garnish)

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Coat an 8×8 inch square baking dish with the coconut oil and set aside.
  • In a large bowl, stir the rolled oats, cinnamon, shredded coconut, sliced almonds, chia seeds, baking powder, and Kosher salt until combined.
  • In a separate bowl, whisk together the eggs, almond milk, vanilla extract, maple syrup, and lemon zest, ensuring that everything is fully combined.
  • Pour the wet ingredients into the oat mixture and stir to combine.
  • Gently fold in the blackberries.
  • Pour the mixture into the baking dish and spread it evenly using a spatula.
  • Bake for 35-40 minutes until golden brown.
  • Remove from the oven and let it cool for 10 minutes.
  • When ready to serve, divide it amongst several bowls, garnish with blackberries, and drizzle with maple syrup.

Notes

  • Yield: This recipe yields 9 slices of baked oatmeal. The nutritional values below are per slice. 
  • Gluten-free rolled oats: If you are following a gluten-free diet, be sure to purchase gluten-free oats. 
  • Size of your casserole dish: You can use both an 8×8 or a 9×9 baking dish to make this recipe. If you prefer to use a 9×13, we recommend doubling the recipe and baking it for 40 minutes.
  • Sweetness: This recipe is mildly sweet. You may add an additional ¼ cup of maple syrup to the mixture if you prefer it to be sweeter.
  • Other sweeteners: Don’t have any maple syrup on hand? No problem! You can also sweeten it using other natural sweeteners, like honey, coconut sugar, or brown sugar. However, if you use these sugars in your recipe, I recommend using ⅓ cup less liquid to avoid watery oatmeal.
  • Fresh vs. Frozen Berries: We tested this recipe using both fresh and frozen berries. We found that frozen blackberries can be used in place of fresh. However, if you decide to do so, please reduce the almond milk to 1 ⅔ cup due to the extra moisture in the frozen berries.
  • Make it vegan*: This is a gluten-free and dairy-free recipe. However, if you also want it to be vegan, you can substitute the eggs with “flax eggs.” To make flax eggs, mix 2 tablespoons of ground flaxseeds with 5 tablespoons of water, stirring to combine. Set aside for 10 minutes, then use it in place of the eggs.
  • Make Ahead: You can bake this baked oatmeal in advance and store it in the fridge for up to 3 days. Just be sure to bring it to room temperature before storing it in an airtight container. You can reheat it in the oven at 325 degrees F for 15 minutes or microwave it (in 30-second increments) until warmed through.
  • Storage: It is best to bring leftovers to room temperature before storing them in an airtight container. We recommend storing them in individual portions so you can easily reheat (if preferred) and grab and go. If stored properly in the fridge, they should be fresh for up to 3-4 days.

Nutrition

Calories: 215kcal | Carbohydrates: 27g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 10g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 36mg | Sodium: 267mg | Potassium: 230mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 122IU | Vitamin C: 7mg | Calcium: 155mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/baked-crunchy-blackberry-oatmeal/feed/ 7
Air Fryer Garlic Bread https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-garlic-bread/ https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-garlic-bread/#comments Fri, 14 Jul 2023 13:39:14 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=68957 With so much bold, warm flavor, it’s no wonder why so many people love making garlic toast in the air…]]>

With so much bold, warm flavor, it’s no wonder why so many people love making garlic toast in the air fryer. This simple recipe has all the robust, toasty flavor of my Roasted Garlic Butter Spread while taking as little time to make as my all-purpose Garlic Butter Sauce. You’ll go head-over-heels for all the delectable recipes you can make with these garlic butter recipes.

Air Fryer Garlic Bread on a plate from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need

You can say goodbye to complicated Italian recipes with this super-easy side dish. You only need a handful of ingredients to make air fryer homemade garlic bread.

Ingredients to make garlic bread in air fryer with sliced bread.
  • Bread: During our recipe testing, we found that the best bread for this delicious garlic bread recipe is a French baguette because of its fluffy insides and firm yet crusty exterior. Day-old bread, too, is preferable as it is drier compared to a fresh loaf. However, you can also make garlic bread with white, Italian, or French bread if you don’t have a baguette. If you want to make your own loaf, you could also whip up my favorite crusty bread, aka No-Knead Bread, for an effortless solution. However, remember that the air frying time may need to be modified based on the type of bread you are using. Irrespective of the bread variety, we recommend cutting your bread into ½-inch slices to ensure proper cooking.
  • Butter: Unsalted butter is the best choice for garlic bread because it keeps your side from tasting overly salty when paired with parmesan cheese. However, if you want to make this recipe without cheese, I recommend using salted butter or adding a touch of flaky sea salt or Kosher salt to your butter mixture.
  • Garlic: It’s essential to use finely minced garlic in this recipe to ensure its flavors evenly coat each slice of bread. If you prefer fresh garlic, I recommend using a garlic press (affiliate link) to chop the ingredient into an ultra-fine paste. If you don’t have any fresh garlic in your pantry, you may substitute this ingredient for an equal amount of garlic powder. You could also use Roasted Garlic Cloves instead for a rich, caramelized taste.
  • Parsley: Parsley is essential to giving this dish its herby undertones and a pop of bright color. You can use dried or fresh parsley if you chop it thinly.
  • Shredded parmesan cheese: I usually use shredded parmesan when I make cheesy garlic bread in the air fryer, giving each bite a touch of nutty, rich flavor. However, shaved parmesan or shredded mozzarella cheese would also work.

How to Make Garlic Bread in the Air Fryer?

Preparing homemade garlic bread in an air fryer is a simple way to enjoy warm, perfectly toasted sides every night of the week—or even a quick snack! Plus, it only takes six steps and no lengthy oven time.

  1. Prepare the air fryer: Preheat your air fryer to 350 degrees F.
A collage of images showing how to make garlic bread in the air fryer.
  1. Make the garlic butter: In a small bowl, mix the butter, garlic, parsley, and parmesan cheese.
  2. Coat the bread slices: Spread about one teaspoon of the butter mixture onto each slice of bread, covering the entire surface.
  3. Transfer the bread: Arrange the buttered bread slices in the air fryer basket. Make sure they lay in a single layer without any overlap. If all your bread doesn’t fit, you may need to cook them in two batches.
  4. Air fry the garlic toast: Toast the garlic bread in the air fryer for approximately five minutes or until golden brown.
  5. Serve: Serve the toasted garlic bread while still warm.

How to Make Ahead, Store, Freeze, and Reheat?

This recipe for garlic bread in the air fryer is an easy way to simplify your meal prep. Prepare this recipe ahead of time for an easy crowd-ready side, or store your leftover garlic bread to enjoy throughout the week.

  • Make-ahead: To make this recipe ahead of time, make the garlic butter mixture up to one day beforehand and slice your bread into ½-inch slices. Then, store the butter mixture in an airtight container in the fridge and keep the bread slices separately, spreading the pieces with the softened butter just before air frying. If you’re preparing for a dinner party and won’t have time to spread the slices before cooking, you can also coat the bread slices with the butter mixture one day in advance. Then, arrange them in a single layer on a sheet pan, cover them tightly with stretch film or aluminum foil, and store them in the fridge until ready to cook.
  • Storage: Bring your slices to room temperature, place them on a plate in a single layer, tightly cover them with stretch film, and store in the fridge for 3 days. When ready to eat, reheat the garlic bread in the air fryer at 300 degrees F. for 2-3 minutes.
  • Freeze: Bring your slices to room temperature to make frozen garlic bread for later use. Then, place parchment paper between each of the slices to prevent sticking, and store them in an airtight freezer-safe container (or Ziploc bag) in the freezer until ready to reheat.
  • Reheat: There’s no need to defrost your slices when reheating garlic bread in an air fryer. Simply place your frozen bread in a 350-degree F. air fryer for 4-5 minutes or until golden brown.

What to Serve with Air Fried Garlic Bread?

Cooking garlic bread in the air fryer is one of the best ways to ensure a five-star meal any day of the week. This simple collection of recipes will satisfy any craving, from creamy pasta to light salads.

Expert Tips

It’s a cinch to toast French bread in the air fryer. With this expert guide, you’ll enjoy deliciously crisp, heartily flavored garlic bread in no time.

  • Evenly sliced bread: When making air fryer garlic bread with sliced bread, slicing your loaf into evenly thick pieces is imperative. The thickness of your slices will directly affect how long they take to cook., so I recommend cutting ½-inch portions to ensure ideal toasting. 
  • Spread butter evenly: An easy way to give each bite of your garlic bread a delectably bold flavor is to spread your butter mixture over your slices evenly. For best results, only about one teaspoon of butter per slice (granted, you are using French baguette slices), as too much will result in soggy bread.
  • Don’t overcrowd the air fryer: Be sure to arrange your garlic bread in the air fryer in a single layer without any overlap to get evenly browned slices. You may have to cook this recipe in multiple batches if you have extra pieces of bread.
  • Different air fryer brands: How long it takes to air fry garlic bread may change depending on the air fryer you own. We tested this recipe both in Ninja Foodie and Instant Pot air fryers. It took slightly shorter to cook Ninja Foodi garlic bread than its Instant Pot air fryer version. Therefore, we recommend using this recipe as a general guide and watching your slices closely to ensure they’re perfectly golden brown before serving.
  • Keep a close eye on it: Because toasting French bread in an air fryer takes so little time, you must watch your bread slices while they cook to keep them from burning—especially when you add parmesan cheese.

FAQs

Making fresh garlic bread in an air fryer is a beginner-ready recipe that comes together with minimal effort. Below, I’ve answered all your questions about this easy dish, taking the stress out of the process.

Can you air-fry garlic bread?

Yes! Preparing homemade garlic bread in an air fryer is a quick and easy way to ensure robustly flavored, evenly toasted slices any day of the week. And the best part, it is much quicker than making it in the oven.

What is the best time and temperature to cook garlic bread in an air fryer?

I recommend air-frying your garlic bread for about five minutes at 350 degrees F. However, this time may change depending on the thickness of your slices and the brand of your air fryer.

How long to cook garlic bread in an air fryer?

When making garlic bread in an air fryer that’s not frozen, you’ll need about five minutes at 350 degrees F. to give your slices an ideal warmth and crispiness.

How long to reheat garlic bread in an air fryer?

To warm up garlic bread in an air fryer, preheat your air fryer to 300 degrees F. Then, toast your slices for 2-3 minutes or until they turn golden brown.

How long to toast frozen garlic bread in an air fryer?

To cook frozen garlic bread, set your air fryer to 350 degrees F. and cook the slices for 5-7 minutes or until golden brown.

How to cook store bought garlic bread in an air fryer?

Though instructions may vary between brands, it only takes five minutes at 350 degrees F. to air-fry Texas Toast (prepackaged.) However, keep in mind that the timing might slightly change based on the brand you are using. Therefore, we recommend watching your batches closely when making store-bought air-fried garlic bread.

Other Air Fryer Recipes You Might Also Like

No one can resist the hassle-free, tasty eats possible with an air fryer. If you liked this air fryer garlic toast, here are a few other easy air fryer recipes you might also like.

If you try this Air Fryer Garlic Bread recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Air fried garlic bread on a plate from the top view.
Print

Air Fryer Garlic Bread Recipe (Fresh or Frozen)

Making fresh garlic bread in the air fryer is possibly the easiest and quickest way to treat yourself to a delicious side dish or appetizer. Not to mention, using your air fryer cuts down on the cooking time, allowing you to enjoy your garlic bread in minutes.
Course Bread, Side Dish
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 5 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 12 slices
Calories 107kcal

Equipment

Ingredients

  • ¼ cup unsalted butter at room temperature (2 ounces)
  • 5 cloves garlic crushed through a garlic press or finely chopped
  • 1 tablespoon dried parsley or chopped fresh parsley
  • ½ cup parmesan cheese grated (optional*)
  • 1 baguette sliced into ½-inch thick slices

Instructions

  • Preheat the air fryer to 350 degrees F.
  • Mix the butter, garlic, parsley, and parmesan cheese (if using) in a bowl.
  • Spread the butter mixture evenly onto each slice of bread, approximately 1 teaspoon per slice.
  • Place the garlic toast slices in the air fryer in a single layer, ensuring that they are not overlapping. Depending on the size of your air fryer, if they don’t fit, you may have to air fry them in two batches.
  • Air fry for approximately 5 minutes or until golden brown.
  • Serve immediately while they are still warm.
  • Any leftover browned slices can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 2 days. You can reheat in the air fryer at 300 degrees F for 2-3 minutes until warm.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields 12 slices of French baguette bread. The nutritional information below is per slice.
  • Bread: You can use any other bread you have on hand. Italian bread, sourdough bread, French bread, and even ciabatta would all work. However, keep in mind that there is a direct correlation between the thickness of bread and air frying time. We recommend slicing in ½-inch slices for the best results. We also recommend day-old bread as it absorbs the garlic-butter mixture better.
  • Parmesan Cheese: If you decide to make this recipe without parmesan cheese, add in 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt into the butter mixture.
  • Garlic: We found that minced fresh garlic was way better than garlic powder. However, the two can be used interchangeably in a pinch. If you do have the time, we recommend trying this recipe with Roasted Garlic or Air Fried Garlic for truly next-level garlic bread.
  • Parsley: If you do not have dried parsley, you can substitute it with fresh, but it should be finely chopped when incorporating it into the butter mixture. Alternatively, you can use other dried or fresh herbs such as thyme, oregano, and rosemary. 
  • Keep in mind that individual air fryer brands may perform differently, so consider this recipe as a starting point and adjust the cook time according to your personal preference.
  • Storage: Bring your slices to room temperature, place them on a plate in a single layer, tightly cover them with stretch film, and store them in the fridge for 3 days. When ready to eat, reheat the garlic bread in the air fryer at 300 degrees F. for 2-3 minutes.
  • Freeze: Bring your slices to room temperature, place parchment paper between each of the slices to prevent sticking, and store them in an airtight Ziploc bag in the freezer until ready to cook.
  • Reheat: There’s no need to defrost your slices before reheating. Simply place your frozen bread in a 350-degree F. air fryer for 4-5 minutes or until golden brown.

Nutrition

Calories: 107kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 4g | Fat: 5g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 13mg | Sodium: 197mg | Potassium: 40mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 154IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 77mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/air-fryer-garlic-bread/feed/ 2
Breakfast Fruit Salad https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/ https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/#comments Wed, 21 Jun 2023 15:29:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=68420 This recipe is one of the most versatile of all the breakfast fruit ideas. Serve it by itself for a…]]>

This recipe is one of the most versatile of all the breakfast fruit ideas. Serve it by itself for a healthy, light breakfast, or serve it with my Fruit Yogurt Dip on the side for a tantalizingly creamy dish perfect for a beautiful brunch spread. You can even use your fruit mix to top off or incorporate it into your morning oatmeal (hello, Yogurt Overnight Oats)for a satisfying morning meal.

Fruit in a large bowl from the top view.

Ingredients You’ll Need for Fruit Breakfast Salad

You only need two sets of simple ingredients for this breakfast fruit salad recipe: the fruits and the fruit salad dressing.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view with text written on each ingredient.

Breakfast fruits: Wondering what ingredients to include when you make fruit for breakfast? This classic mix of colorful produce will brighten your table with nutritious, brilliant flavors.

  • Pineapple: Pick out a ripe pineapple that is juicy and sweet.
  • Grapes: You can use both red and yellow grapes in this recipe. However, I would recommend getting the seedless variety.
  • Berries: Nearly any berry will make this simple morning dish full of ripe, juicy flavors. My favorite fresh berries include strawberries, blackberries, and blueberries.
  • Oranges
  • Kiwis
  • Banana: I adore the creamy, sweet taste of fresh bananas. However, you can omit this ingredient if you’re not a fan of the fruit or preparing this recipe beforehand.

Fruit salad dressing:

  • Orange juice and orange zest: Be sure to use fresh orange juice and orange zest when you make fruit dishes for breakfast. Fresh oranges will give your recipe a delectable balance of tartness and sweetness guaranteed to satisfy your cravings.
  • Lime juice and lime zest: Fresh lime juice is the secret ingredient to giving this dish its zesty, bright flavor—and keeping your fruit fresh for longer! If you don’t have any limes, you can substitute this ingredient for lemon juice and zest.
  • Vanilla extract
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Sweetener: Because this dish gets natural sweetness from fruits, adding an extra sweetener is optional. If you want to enhance the sweetness of your fresh fruit breakfast, add a bit of honey (or honey syrup), maple syrup, or agave. You could also use my Honey Lime Dressing as a citrus-sweet alternative to this classic fruit dressing.

Optional Add-Ins

  • Fresh mint: Amongst all fresh herbs, I think mint is the most flavorful addition to a fruit salad. Adding a few fresh leaves will enliven every bite of your breakfast fruit recipes while adding a garden-green color.
  • Shredded coconut flakes: I love using unsweetened coconut flakes as a healthy, no added sugar topping for this sweet spread. Not only do their sweet, nutty flavors complement this simple mix, but they also add an irresistibly crunchy texture.
  • Spices: To add a warm, gourmet spice to your fruit bowl recipe, you can substitute a sprinkle of cardamom, nutmeg, or poppy seeds in place of cinnamon.

Variations Based on Season and Dietary Restrictions

The best fruits for a fruit salad match the time of year. If you want to transform this easy dish into a seasonal treat or satisfy a dietary need, you’ll love this collection of tasty fruits to use.

  • Summer: Looking to fill your morning fruit bowl with a mixture of sunny, summer-ready produce? I recommend making your summer salad with peaches, plums, raspberries, nectarines, cantaloupe, honeydew, papayas, and mango.
  • Fall: Fall produce makes some of my favorite fruit breakfasts. To make an autumn fruit salad, use apples, figs, pears, and pomegranate seeds for a dish perfect for the holiday season.
  • Winter: To make a winter fruit salad perfect for special occasions, I recommend adding tart, warm-colored fruits like Mandarin oranges, blood oranges, tangerines, grapefruit, and bananas.
  • Spring: When jumping into the garden-fresh spring season, you’ll want these fruits in your breakfast spread. Apricots and strawberries are some of the most spring-forward fruits in the produce aisle.
  • Low-sugar fruit salad: If you are in need of a healthy fruit salad recipe that has low quantities of sugar, I recommend using low-sugar fruits (as recommended by Healthline), like raspberries, strawberries, blackberries, kiwis, and grapefruit.
  • Low-calorie fruit salad: Want to cut down on your morning calorie intake? No problem! Some of the lowest-calorie fresh fruits for breakfast include apples, berries, grapefruit, passion fruit, and stone fruits (e.g., peaches, nectarines, and apricots).

Hot to Make Fruit Salad for Breakfast?

You don’t need a home garden to make a healthy breakfast. While it takes a bit of time to chop all the fruit, once you have them ready, you can prepare a breakfast or brunch fruit salad in just four simple steps:

A collage of images showing how to make breakfast or brunch fruit salad recipe.
  1. Add the fruit: Take out a large bowl, and add the fresh strawberries, pineapple, grapes, blueberries, blackberries, cut oranges, and kiwis. Add the banana if you plan to serve this dish immediately. If you’re making this dish ahead, wait to add the banana just before serving.
  2. Make the dressing: In a small bowl or mason jar, mix the orange juice, orange zest, lime juice, lime zest, vanilla extract, and cinnamon. Either whisk or vigorously shake everything until combined thoroughly. If you are using honey, be sure also to whisk that into the dressing.
  3. Add the dressing: Drizzle the dressing over the fruit salad and gently toss to combine.
  4. Serve: If using, garnish the fruit salad with fresh mint leaves and serve.

How To Make Ahead, Meal Prep, and Store?

It doesn’t matter whether you want a make fruit salad ahead for a crowd or an easy recipe for everyday meal prep. This simple guide will show you how to keep your salad fresh for a few additional days.

  • Make ahead: This recipe is one of the greatest brunch fruit ideas because it’s so easy to make ahead of time. Simply cut up your fruits and place them in a large mixing bowl. Then, just before serving, add the banana and drizzle the fruit with your prepared dressing.
  • Meal prep: Looking for easy breakfast fruit cup ideas? Divide the prepared fruit mixture into individual airtight cups or mason jars (or Weck Jars (affiliate link) as I did in the photo below), and store them in the fridge until ready to eat. Then, add the bananas right before serving and keep the dressing on the side. As long as they are stored in airtight containers, they should be fresh for up to 3 days.
  • Storage: You can store this sugar-free fruit salad in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. Remember that the salad will get watery after the second day but still taste delicious.
Breakfast fruit placed in glass jars from the top view.

What to Serve with Fruit Salad for Breakfast?

Want to serve fruit for a brunch buffet or make a delicious fruit bowl for breakfast? When you make this easy recipe, you’ll discover countless ways to transform seasonal produce into a filling meal. 

Expert Tips

It doesn’t matter whether you’re serving this fruit salad for lunch or want to make a kid-friendly fruit salad your children will love. The below tips will ensure your salad is as fresh and flavorful on your first try.

  • Choose fresh fruits: The key to any good fruit breakfast is selecting high-quality fruits. Ensure your produce isn’t bruised or moldy, and try to choose adequately ripe fruit. However, avoid overly ripe fruit, as these ingredients likely won’t hold their shape and become mushy in your salad mixture.
  • Visual interest: To make the best fruit salad for a special event, I recommend using fruits in a variety of colors—red, yellow, green, and beyond! This way, it will look appetizing and add a nice pop of color to your tablescape.
  • Proper cutting: I recommend cutting your fruit into equal bite-sized pieces to ensure your salad is easy to eat. If you’re serving this recipe as a breakfast fruit plate, you can slice your larger fruits, arrange them on a plate, fill the empty spaces with strawberries, and top the spread with blueberries. 
  • Wash and dry your fruit properly: It’s essential to ensure your fruit is clean and safe to eat before incorporating it into your homemade fruit salad. However, remember that some fruits bruise easily, and washing berries requires particular gentleness. Be sure to be equal parts thorough and light when washing your produce.
  • Do not skip on the lime juice or lime zest: Because of its preservational properties, a little lime or lemon juice is a great way to prevent your fruit from browning. Plus, this addition enhances the taste of the salad by balancing its sweet flavors with an irresistible tanginess.
  • Adding banana: Some people think banana has no place as seasonal fruit for summer. However, they add a creamy, mild taste to any fresh fruit salad, and they pack tons of Vitamin C and potassium to fuel you through your day. Still, you can easily omit it if you are not a fan.
  • Dress it right before serving: I recommend dressing the salad right before serving. If you drizzle on the dressing too far in advance, your salad may become overly juicy and soggy.
  • Make it kid-friendly: The below recipe as written, is a great fruit salad for kids due to its bright color, nutritious ingredients, and sweet taste. However, depending on your kids’ age, you may want to cut your fruit into smaller or bite-sized pieces.

FAQs

Is it okay to eat a fruit salad for breakfast?

Yes! Fruit salad makes one of the healthiest options for a quick morning meal due to its high vitamin and mineral content. Plus, depending on which fruits you add, you can kick-start your day with other nutrients, such as potassium, that may help maintain healthy blood pressure, reduce your risk of diabetes, and promote immunity. With that being said, it is important to consume fruit in moderation.

Is fruit salad a healthy snack?

Definitely! Doctors recommend that people eat at least 400 grams of fruit per day (or five servings of 80 grams), so eating fruit salad as a snack will help you reach your dietary goals while reducing your risk of disease, aiding weight loss, and enhancing your body’s store of essential nutrients. However, it is always best to consult your doctor and get the best advice for your dietary requirements.

Should I peel fruits when making fruit salads?

Peeling your fruit is a personal choice for this breakfast fruit bowl recipe. However, I recommend peeling off any skins that are hard to digest, such as orange, kiwi, and banana peels.

Can I use frozen fruit?

Yes, but ensure your fruits are fully thawed (room temperature is best) before adding them to your mixture.

Other Fruit Breakfast Recipes

No one can resist a sweet bowl of fruit for breakfast. If you want other ingenious ways to incorporate nutritious fruit into your morning, you’ll love these simple dishes.

  • Yogurt Parfait: If you want a recipe incorporating healthy breakfast fruit with creamy, light Greek yogurt, this dish is precisely what you need.
  • Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal: Pack all the fresh, crisp flavors of the orchard into your morning bowl with this 15-minute recipe.
  • Instant Pot Quinoa Breakfast Bowl: This vegan, gluten-free breakfast recipe comes together in less than 20 minutes and is the perfect make-ahead dish.
  • Peach Galette: Search no more for a healthy dessert. This sophisticated recipe makes for the perfect brunch dessert—especially when served with my fan favorite Honey Vanilla Ice Cream.
  • Christmas Morning Fruit Salad: I switch things up a bit during the holidays and make a salad with the red and green fruit in season for a festive treat.
  • Can’t get enough? Check out all our fruity desserts.

If you try this Breakfast Fruit Salad recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Breakfast fruit salad in a bowl with a spoon on the side.
Print

Breakfast Fruit Salad Recipe

Here is a breakfast fruit salad that will help you start the day in a healthy way. Made without the use of any additional sugars, this easy fruit salad can be served by itself or as a side dish served with baked goods, eggs, or oatmeal.
Course Breakfast, Brunch
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 15 minutes
Total Time 15 minutes
Servings 6 servings
Calories 131kcal

Ingredients

For The Fruit Salad

  • 2 cups pineapple peeled, cored, and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 1 cup grapes rinsed and halved
  • 1 cup strawberries rinsed, hulled, and quartered
  • 1 cup blueberries rinsed
  • 1 cup blackberries rinsed
  • 1 orange peeled and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 2 Kiwis peeled and cut into 1-inch pieces
  • 1 banana peeled and sliced – optional

For The Salad Dressing

  • ¼ cup orange juice freshly squeezed
  • 1 teaspoon orange zest
  • 2 teaspoons lime zest
  • 4 tablespoons lime juice from approximately 2 limes
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • Handful of fresh mint leaves chopped – Optional

Instructions

  • Place the pineapple, grapes, strawberries, blueberries, blackberries, cut orange, and kiwi in a large bowl. If you are serving it right away, add the banana, but if you are making it ahead of time, we recommend adding the banana right before serving.
  • To make the fruit salad dressing, combine the orange juice, orange zest, lime juice, lime zest, vanilla extract, and cinnamon* in a small bowl or mason jar. Whisk or shake vigorously to incorporate.
  • Drizzle the fruit salad with the dressing and gently toss to combine.
  • If using, garnish with fresh mint leaves and serve.

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe yields approximately 8-9 cups of breakfast fruit salad. The nutritional values below are for 1 serving.
  • Sweetener*: As we were working on this recipe, we wanted it to be a healthy no-sugar-added breakfast option. However, if preferred, you can add a tablespoon (or more) of honey (or honey simple syrup) to the dressing. Honey-sweetened fruit salad is slightly sweeter but has a subtle (but welcome) honey flavor.
  • Make ahead: If you want to make it ahead, simply cut up the fruit (except the banana) and prepare the dressing. Store them in separate airtight containers. Then, just before serving, add the banana and drizzle the fruit with the prepared dressing.
  • Meal prep: Divide the prepared fruit mixture into individual airtight cups, mason, or weck jars, and store them in the fridge until ready to eat. Then, add the bananas right before serving and keep the dressing on the side. As long as they are stored in airtight containers, they should be fresh for up to 3 days.
  • Storage: The leftovers can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to three days. Remember that the salad will get watery after the second day but still taste delicious.
  • Making it for a crowd? Feel free to multiply the recipe as many times as you need.

Nutrition

Calories: 131kcal | Carbohydrates: 33g | Protein: 2g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 0.1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.1g | Sodium: 4mg | Potassium: 407mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 22g | Vitamin A: 232IU | Vitamin C: 93mg | Calcium: 46mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/breakfast-fruit-salad/feed/ 4
Smoked Salmon Avocado Toast https://foolproofliving.com/smoked-salmon-avocado-toast/ https://foolproofliving.com/smoked-salmon-avocado-toast/#comments Tue, 18 Apr 2023 18:59:06 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=66405 Ingredients  This avocado toast with smoked salmon is great because you can make it your own by adding whatever toppings…]]>
Aysegul

I love this recipe because it has light preparation, basic everyday ingredients, and tons of flavor.

The best part, you ask? You don’t even need to use the stove or oven! With only a few minutes of prep, it deserves a spot on your weekly rotation on busy weekday mornings.

And if you have a few extra minutes on the weekend, switch up your standard breakfast and try this avocado toast with salmon and egg! 

Smoked Salmon Avocado Toast cut in half on a plate with a knife on the side.

Ingredients 

This avocado toast with smoked salmon is great because you can make it your own by adding whatever toppings you like best. Here’s a short, simple list of ingredients that will make shopping a breeze:

Ingredients for the recipe are from the top view.
  • Bread: Feel free to choose your favorite bread. I like to use whole-grain bread, but if you make your own sourdough bread, go for it. If you want to make it extra special, treat yourself with buttery homemade Brioche. If you have dietary restrictions like gluten intolerance, try my Almond Flour Bread or any store-bought gluten-free bread you like. There are also easy-to-find keto-friendly options at the grocery store if you’re following a keto diet. Finally, you can ditch the bread and go for your favorite bagel.
  • Avocado: The store has many avocado choices, but I think Hass avocado is the most flavorful one out there. When buying avocados, be sure to pick one that is nice and ripe for easy mashing or slicing.
  • Fresh lemon juice: Lemon juice will give your toast the acid it needs to wake up your taste buds. Fresh lemon (and freshly squeezed lemon juice) is preferred. Alternatively, you can use fresh lime in this recipe.
  • Cucumber: Persian cucumbers sliced thinly are my favorite for this, but English will get the job done.  
  • Smoked salmon vs. lox: While lox and smoked salmon are different things, they can be used interchangeably in this smoked salmon and avocado toast recipe. Just make sure to get a brand that you like. And if you are wondering, my favorite one is Trader Joes’, Everything But The Bagel Seasoned Salmon.
  • Spices: I use kosher salt and black pepper in terms of spices. However, if I am serving this smoked salmon breakfast toast to adults, I sometimes sprinkle it with a pinch of red pepper flakes.

Optional Add-Ins

What I love most about this healthy avocado toast is that it is endlessly customizable. If you are short on time, follow the recipe as written for a 10-minute breakfast. But if you are looking for a next-level breakfast or brunch, jazz it up with one (or more) of the optional add-ins below: 

  • Soft cheese: A thin layer of cream cheese or goat cheese is a great addition to this avocado toast, but any soft cheese you have on hand would work.
  • Fresh herbs or Salad Greens: A handful of arugula, spring mix, or microgreens not only add color but also make it healthier. Alternatively, a small amount of fresh dill or parsley would make a nice addition.
  • Onions: My Pickled Red Onion recipe will give this dish a tangy bite to compliment your smoked salmon avocado toast. However, thinly sliced red onion or scallions would work nicely as well.
  • Garlic: Adding chopped garlic to your creamy avocado spread can add an extra pop of flavor. I usually opt out of garlic if I am making this on a work day, but if I am serving it to a crowd for brunch, then I add one for extra flavor.
  • Olive Oil + Flaky Salt: I usually finish this layered toast with a drizzle of good-quality olive oil and a pinch of flaky salt.
  • Spices: Who doesn’t love Everything But the Bagel seasoning? A little goes a long way!
  • Egg on top: If eggs are a staple for you’re morning breakfast, you’re welcome to top it off with scrambled eggs or a fried egg. However, if I have time, my favorite is smoked salmon avocado toast topped with a poached egg.
  • Sliced tomato: As with any toast recipe, adding a few slices of tomato to the layers would be a nice addition to this open-faced sandwich.
  • Olives or Capers: Use one teaspoon of chopped capers or olives for a briny bite. 

How to Make Avocado Toast with Smoked Salmon

This avocado smoked salmon toast will make prep and cleanup faster than ever before. You don’t even need to cook anything. Here’s how I make it:

  1. Toast the bread: This is optional, but toasting the bread will give it a nice crispy bite. If you do, be sure to let it cool while you are working on the rest of the prep.
A collage of images showing how to make avocado lox toast.
  1. Mash or slice the avocado: Scoop your avocado into a medium-sized bowl and mash with a fork. Add your salt, pepper, a squeeze of lemon juice, and garlic (optional), and mix well. Give it a taste and add in if needed. Alternatively, you can slice your avocado thinly.
  2. Spread the avocado mixture: Add a layer of your mashed or sliced avocado to the bread.
  3. Top with cucumber: Arrange the sliced cucumber evenly on top.
  4. Add smoked salmon: Layer about 2 oz. of smoked salmon per person on your toast, along with the pickled red onion. 
A collage of photos showing how to assemble avocado salmon toast.
  1. Garnish: Make it your own with any of your favorite garnishes. I like microgreens and a drizzle of extra virgin olive oil. Sprinkle some Everything But the Bagel Seasoning for the finishing touch. 
  2. Serve: Once you’ve topped your toast with the desired garnishes, serve with a lemon wedge on the side.

How to Make Ahead and Store

This smoked salmon toast recipe is best when served right away. However, you can prepare some ingredients ahead of time to put together in just 5 minutes. Here’s what I recommend: 

  • Make Ahead: The most time-consuming part of this avocado toast with salmon recipe is preparing the avocado spread. However, it can be prepped in advance. So, go ahead and make it a day ahead and store it as I did in my go-to Guacamole Recipe. Here’s how to do it:
    • After making the guacamole, evenly spread it in an airtight container.
    • Cover the surface with a thin layer of water, lime, or lemon juice. We are doing this to prevent it from oxidizing.
    • Place plastic wrap on top, then remove all air bubbles before storing in the refrigerator. You can also slice your cucumbers beforehand and store them in an airtight container for quick assembly. 
  • Storing: Enjoy this delicious avocado and salmon toast immediately for the best results. I’d be surprised if you have leftovers! But, if you do, then store the leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator and eat them by the next day.  
Smoked Salmon and Avocado Toast garnished with red onion and micro greens from the top view.

Expert Tips 

Even though this smoked salmon toast recipe is just as effortless as it is delicious, a few quick tips can take this dish to the next level. Here are a few tips to help you succeed on your first try:

  • Add lemon juice to the avocado: The best way to prevent your avocado mash from turning brown is to squeeze fresh lemon juice over it. Adding a small amount of acid also helps with flavor, so do not skip it.
  • It is best when assembled on the day you plan to serve: As with most seafood recipes, I recommend assembling your avocado smoked salmon toast on the day you plan to serve it. If you are planning to serve a crowd, follow the make-ahead tips above to make the last-minute assembly a breeze.
  • Toast the bread lightly. This is an optional step, but toasting the bread gives this dish the perfect warm crunch.
  • Multiply the recipe. The recipe below, as written, is for two servings, but you can multiply it as many times as you need.

FAQs

Is avocado and smoked salmon good for you?

Absolutely! All the elements of this recipe make for a healthy smoked salmon breakfast. Both salmon (packed with Omega 3 fatty acids) and avocado are considered some of the healthiest fats on the planet. When you are shopping for smoked salmon at the store, be sure to check the back and buy a brand that is made with clean ingredients and without any sugars.

Other Salmon Recipes You Might Like

If you enjoy simple, reliable salmon recipes that feel a little special without being too complicated, these are a few more I think you will enjoy:

  • If you are putting together a brunch spread or need an effortless appetizer, my Salmon Avocado Board is the perfect option. It looks impressive but comes together in only 20 minutes.
  • If you are looking for a quick and simple weeknight dinner, this Sockeye Salmon Recipe is one of my go-to recipes as it’s ready in less than 30 minutes.
  • If you are craving something with a little more texture, try my Sesame Salmon Bowl. I love serving it in a bowl with rice, fresh vegetables, and a drizzle of creamy spicy mayo for an easy dinner made in less than 30 minutes.
Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.
Smoked Salmon Avocado toast on a plate with a knife on the side.
Print

Smoked Salmon Avocado Toast Recipe

This smoked salmon avocado toast is a quick, easy, and healthy breakfast that not only tastes great but also looks delicious. Ready in 10 minutes,  it is simple enough for a morning on the go and elevated enough for a holiday brunch like Easter, Mother's Day, or even Christmas morning.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Low Lactose
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 240kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 pieces toast multi-grain bread and sourdough bread would all work
  • 1 large avocado ripened
  • 1 ½ teaspoons lemon juice plus lemon wedges to serve with
  • 1 garlic clove minced – optional
  • ½ teaspoon Kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • ½ Persian cucumber peeled and sliced thinly (or English cucumber would also work)
  • 4 oz. smoked salmon packaged
  • ½ cup micro greens or arugula
  • 1 tablespoon pickled red onions optional
  • A drizzle of extra virgin olive oil
  • 1 teaspoon Everything Bagel Seasoning optional

Instructions

  • If preferred, toast your bread and let it cool for a few minutes.
  • Meanwhile, in a small bowl, mash avocado using the back of a fork. Add lemon juice, minced garlic (if using), salt, and pepper. Stir well. Give it a taste and add more if necessary.
  • Spread each slice of toast with the avocado mixture.
  • Top each slice with the cucumber slices.
  • Place smoked salmon pieces and pickled onion (if using) on top.
  • Garnish with microgreens and a drizzle of olive oil. Finish it off with a sprinkle of Everything Bagel Seasoning.
  • Serve with a lemon wedge on the side.

Notes

  • Garlic: If I am making this avocado toast on a work day I omit using garlic, but if I am making it on the weekend, then I make sure to add it in. 
  • Multiply the recipe: Serving a crowd? No problem. Simply multiply the recipe as many times as you want. I usually serve 2 ounces of smoked salmon and ½ avocado per serving.
  • To Make Ahead: If you are serving this recipe to a crowd, feel free to mash the avocados in advance, but be sure to cover the surface with a thin layer of lemon juice followed by some plastic wrap to prevent oxidizing. Assemble the recipe right before serving.
  • Storing leftovers: This avocado toast is best on the day it is served. However, you can store the leftovers in an airtight container in the refrigerator for up to 1 day.

Nutrition

Calories: 240kcal | Carbohydrates: 11g | Protein: 13g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 11g | Cholesterol: 13mg | Sodium: 1170mg | Potassium: 636mg | Fiber: 7g | Sugar: 1g | Vitamin A: 225IU | Vitamin C: 13mg | Calcium: 30mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/smoked-salmon-avocado-toast/feed/ 6
Spinach Peanut Butter Smoothie https://foolproofliving.com/peanut-butter-spinach-shake/ https://foolproofliving.com/peanut-butter-spinach-shake/#comments Sun, 02 Apr 2023 19:16:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10022 The combination of spinach and peanut butter may sound unusual, but the creamy nuttiness of the peanut butter perfectly complements…]]>

The combination of spinach and peanut butter may sound unusual, but the creamy nuttiness of the peanut butter perfectly complements the earthy flavor of the fresh spinach. Plus, adding a frozen banana and almond milk makes this spinach banana smoothie a naturally sweet and healthy drink that is worthy of your weekly smoothie rotation. 

If you enjoy smoothies like this Peanut Butter Spinach Smoothie, you might also like our Turmeric Green Smoothie and Vegan Banana Smoothie, which are both packed with a variety of nutrients for a satisfying breakfast. And if you need more smoothie recipe inspiration, be sure to browse our collection of superfood smoothies.

Spinach peanut butter banana smoothie garnished with banana slices from the front view.

Ingredients

The ingredient list of this peanut butter banana spinach smoothie is short and sweet, with plenty of substitutions and optional add-ins to make it even more nutritious. Below is everything you need to know to make this healthy green smoothie your own:

Ingredients for green monster smoothie on a marble backdrop.
  • Frozen banana: I usually freeze ripe bananas when they start changing their colors. If all you have is a fresh banana (and want your smoothie to be super cold), then just add in a cup of ice cubes.
  • Natural Peanut Butter: I prefer unsalted and unsweetened creamy peanut butter to avoid added sugars and excessive sodium. However, you can also use other nut butter options like almond butter or cashew butter. And if you have nut allergies, you can substitute peanut butter with a seed butter of your choice.
  • Non-Dairy Milk: I prefer dairy free unsweetened almond milk (or vanilla almond milk), but any kind of milk would work here. Soy milk, oat milk, and coconut milk would all work. 
  • Fresh Spinach Leaves: I recommend using prewashed and rinsed baby spinach for ease of use. While I prefer fresh spinach for its milder flavor, you can make it with frozen spinach as well.

Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins: 

  • Yogurt: I sometimes add in a few tablespoons of whole milk yogurt for probiotics. Both plain Greek yogurt and vanilla yogurt would work here.
  • Superfoods: If you stock your pantry with superfoods such as chia seeds, ground flax seeds (aka flaxseed meal), and hemp seeds, you can add them in. Additionally, you can add in a few tablespoons of your favorite protein powder and powdered collagen for an extra boost.
  • Other leafy greens: Use other leafy greens like kale (or blanched kale) and spring mix instead of raw spinach. Kale peanut butter smoothie is just as delicious but tastes rather earthy. You can also use swiss chard and collard greens, but I would recommend blanching them first to get rid of some of their bitterness.
  • Sweeteners: If you like your smoothie more on the sweeter side, adding a few tablespoons of maple syrup, a few pitted dates or some honey (non-vegan option) gives is a nice sweetness.
  • Spices: A pinch of cinnamon or nutmeg is an easy way to give in a nice kick of flavor.

How To Make Peanut Butter Banana Spinach Smoothie?

The best part of this spinach breakfast smoothie recipe is that it takes just a few minutes to make. Simply:

A collage of photos showing how to make spinach banana peanut butter smoothie recipe.
  1. Blend: Put spinach leaves, peanut butter, milk of your choice, and frozen banana (and all the optional add-ins) into a blender and blend until creamy and smooth. 
  2. Serve: Pour into a few glasses (or mason jars) and serve right away.

How To Make Ahead and Store Spinach Banana Smoothie?

Whether you make green smoothies like this for breakfast or enjoy them as a post-workout snack, with just a few minutes of advance prep, you can have them in minutes. Here is how I do it:

  • Make Ahead: Portion out all the ingredients (except peanut butter) and place them into a Ziplock bag. Store in the fridge (or freezer). When ready to serve, dump everything in your blender along with peanut butter and blend until smooth.
  • Storing leftovers: I think this peanut butter spinach banana smoothie recipe is best on the day that it is made. However, you can place the leftovers into a mason jar, put the lid on and store it in the fridge for up to 1 day. Just be sure to give it a good shake before serving.

Expert Tips:

  • Adjust the consistency: If you prefer your spinach banana peanut butter smoothie to have a thicker consistency add more frozen bananas along with a handful of ice cubes. And if you want it to have a thinner consistency, simply add more milk to the blender.
  • Use a high powered blender: If you make green monster smoothies like this one on the regular, I highly recommend investing in a high-speed blender. While you can make a good smoothie in any blender, a high-powered one makes it so much easier, especially when blending frozen fruit and leafy greens.
  • Chill your glass: I love serving this in the warmer summer months by the pool as an afternoon snack in a cold glass as an alternative to ice cream. I pour it into chilled glasses and serve it with a few slices of bananas and then let everyone know that I have a delicious green spinach milkshake! It disappears in minutes!
A person pouring smoothie with spinach and banana in a glass.

FAQs:

Why is spinach good in smoothies?

Adding a handful of spinach into your smoothie is a great idea because spinach is a low calorie, nutrient dense food that is packed with fiber, vitamins, and minerals. It also has a mild taste that does not take over the whole smoothie and blends well with the rest of the ingredients.

Are smoothies good for losing weight?

They can be as long as they are consumed in smaller portions and without extra added sugars.

Is peanut butter good for protein smoothies?

Yes, because peanut butter is a great source of plant-based protein, with 8 grams of protein per 2 tablespoons (source.) Adding a few tablespoons of peanut butter is an easy way to get a portion of your daily protein in.

Other Smoothie Recipes You Might Like:

It is no secret that green smoothies like this Spinach Banana Smoothie have a long list of benefits and incorporating them in your daily diet (especially as a substitute for your sweet cravings), will help you feel energized and full. If you agree, here are a few other smoothie recipes you might like:

If you try this healthy peanut butter green smoothie recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Peanut butter and spinach smoothie in a glass garnished with banana slices.
Print

Spinach Peanut Butter Smoothie Recipe

Treat yourself to a refreshing Spinach Peanut Butter Smoothie, crafted with creamy peanut butter, vibrant fresh spinach and a frozen ripe banana. This naturally sweetened green smoothie is ready in 5 minutes and great as a healthy breakfast or post work-out fuel.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 257kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 cups baby spinach leaves
  • 2 cups unsweetened almond milk or any other regular or plant based milk
  • 1 large banana frozen*
  • 3 tablespoons peanut butter creamy and unsalted natural peanut butter
  • 1 tablespoon ground flaxseeds optional – plus more as garnish

Instructions

  • Place all the ingredients into a blender. Blend in high speed until smooth.
  • Pour into glasses and sprinkle with ground flaxseeds (and/or chia seeds.) Serve right away.

Notes

  • Banana: If you do not have a frozen banana, you can use a ripe one and add 1 cup of ice cubes into the blender.
  • Optional sweeteners: If you want your peanut butter smoothie to be sweeter, you can add in a few tablespoons of maple syrup, honey or a few pitted dates and blend until smooth.
  • Consistency: For a thicker smoothie, use an additional half a banana and for a thinner one, use more almond milk.
  • To Make Ahead: Portion all the ingredients (except peanut butter) and place them into a plastic bag. Store in the fridge (or freezer). When ready to serve, dump everything in your blender along with peanut butter and blend until smooth.
  • Storing leftovers: I think this peanut butter spinach banana smoothie recipe is best on the day that it is made. However, you can place the leftovers into a mason jar, put the lid on and store it in the fridge for up to 1 day. Just be sure to give it a good shake before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 257kcal | Carbohydrates: 22g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 6g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Sodium: 354mg | Potassium: 541mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 10g | Vitamin A: 2851IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 353mg | Iron: 2mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/peanut-butter-spinach-shake/feed/ 8
Brioche French Toast Casserole https://foolproofliving.com/brioche-french-toast-with-berries-and-caramel-sauce/ https://foolproofliving.com/brioche-french-toast-with-berries-and-caramel-sauce/#comments Fri, 24 Feb 2023 19:04:15 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=4263 The buttery richness of brioche makes it perfect for sweet and savory recipes alike. If you’re a fan of indulgent…]]>

The buttery richness of brioche makes it perfect for sweet and savory recipes alike. If you’re a fan of indulgent breakfast recipes like this french toast casserole with brioche, then you’ll love my Brioche Waffles. Or, try my Brioche Hamburger Buns for a savory option that’s ideal for burgers, sliders, sandwiches, or dinner rolls! 

A brioche breakfast casserole topped with berries in a dish from the top view.

Ingredients

Besides a loaf of brioche bread, which is the star of the show in this easy recipe, you’ll need a few basic ingredients that you likely already have on hand. Simply gather:

Ingredients for a casserole made with brioche bread shown from the top view.
  • Brioche loaf: You’ll need one loaf of day-old brioche bread, which you should be able to cut into about eight 1-inch slices. Day-old bread is ideal for this brioche breakfast casserole, as its dry texture evenly soaks up the milk mixture and prevents the casserole from getting soggy. I make my own brioche, but store-bought would also work for this recipe.
  • Unsalted butter
  • Whole milk
  • Heavy cream (or half and half)
  • Eggs
  • Vanilla extract 
  • Coconut sugar
  • Ground cinnamon
  • Ground nutmeg 
  • Kosher salt 
  • Sliced strawberries (optional)
  • Sliced almonds or other nuts (optional) 

Substitutions, Optional Toppings, & Add-Ins

If you don’t have all the ingredients on hand or if a few of them aren’t compatible with your dietary restrictions, rest assured that you can still enjoy this delicious french toast brioche bake with a few simple swaps. Feel free to get creative with the toppings, too! Here are a few suggestions: 

  • Type of bread: I love to use brioche for french toast because it offers a sweet, buttery richness and a fluffy texture. If you can’t find brioche at your local grocery store or don’t have the ingredients to make it, you can also make a french toast casserole with challah bread. Either buy it from the store or make your own Challah Bread for a great substitute that still provides that fluffy, rich flavor and texture. 
  • Plant-based milk: If you follow a dairy-free diet, I recommend swapping full-fat coconut milk for the whole milk in this french toast brioche casserole. The fat content in the coconut milk will help you achieve that rich, decadent texture, but keep in mind that it will slightly alter the flavor. You can also use almond milk, which will result in a thinner, less rich texture.
  • Heavy cream: If you don’t have heavy cream on hand or wish to cut down on the fat and calories, you can use an equal amount of half and half instead. For a dairy-free option, you can completely omit the cream and substitute an equal amount of dairy-free milk of your choice. Keep in mind that doing so will alter the texture and flavor of the recipe (not to say it won’t still taste delicious!). 
  • Sugar: I prefer to use coconut sugar in this recipe since it’s unrefined, but you can also use brown sugar for a similar flavor. For another refined-sugar-free option, try using maple syrup instead. If you do choose to substitute maple syrup, just use ½ cup less milk than the recipe calls for. 
  • Toppings: My favorite way to serve this easy french toast bake with brioche is to top it with fresh sliced strawberries or fresh berries, sliced almonds, and a dusting of powdered sugar. For an extra sweet and indulgent baked french toast casserole topping, whip up a cinnamon Streusel Topping to sprinkle on top of the casserole before baking it in the oven. 
  • Chocolate brioche french toast: If you’re one of my chocolate-loving friends, you know that you can never go wrong with adding chocolate to a sweet breakfast recipe. You can incorporate some chocolate chips into your french brioche toast or simply sprinkle some on top before baking. Use as much chocolate as your heart desires! 

How to Make French Toast Casserole with Brioche Bread?

This french toast casserole recipe with brioche bread only requires 10 minutes of hands-on time, which is as easy as whipping up a milk and egg mixture to pour over the bread. You’ll need a little bit of patience for the resting and cook time, but it’s worth it (trust me). Here’s how to make french toast with brioche bread: 

Four images showing how to prepare a casserole with cubed brioche bread.
  1. Slice the bread and prep your baking dish: Cut your brioche slices into 1-inch cubes. Grease a 9×13-inch baking pan with the melted butter. 
  2. Place the bread cubes in the pan: Spread the small pieces of bread in an even layer in the prepared baking dish and set aside. 
  3. Make the milk and egg mixture: Add the whole milk, heavy cream, eggs, vanilla extract, coconut sugar, cinnamon, nutmeg, and a pinch of salt to a large bowl. Whisk until fully combined. 
  4. Pour the mixture over the bread: Slowly pour the custard mixture over the brioche cubes until they are evenly covered. Gently press on the bread pieces to ensure they have soaked up the liquid. 
Images showing a casserole made with French toast and topped with berries.
  1. Cover and rest: Cover the dish with plastic wrap and let it rest in the refrigerator for at least 2 hours or overnight (for up to 8 hours). 
  2. Preheat the oven: Preheat your oven to 350 degrees F (176 degrees C). 
  3. Add the toppings: Remove the plastic wrap and top the casserole with sliced strawberries and almonds, if desired. 
  4. Bake: Bake the brioche bread breakfast casserole for 45-50 minutes or until it appears lightly golden brown. 
  5. Let cool and serve: Let your baked brioche french toast casserole cool for about 10-15 minutes. Serve. 

How to Make Ahead, Store, & Reheat Leftovers?

Since this brioche breakfast casserole requires some resting time, you can make it ahead. All you’ll have to do is pop it in the oven to reheat it before you’re ready to serve! You can also easily store leftovers to reheat and enjoy throughout the week. Here are some tips: 

  • Make ahead brioche french toast casserole: You can certainly prep it right before going to bed and then pop it in the oven the next morning. However, you can make it a few days (no more than 2 days) ahead as well. It goes without saying that, like any other baked bread recipe, this easy breakfast casserole with brioche is best on the day it’s made. To make ahead, follow the recipe instructions through step 5. Once it has rested for at least 2 hours, remove the plastic wrap, add your toppings of choice, and bake it for only 30-35 minutes (instead of the full 45-50). Let it cool to room temperature, cover it with plastic wrap or aluminum foil, and place it in the fridge. The next day, bake it for another 15-20 minutes, let it cool slightly, and serve. 
  • Store: Let your leftover brioche egg casserole cool to room temperature, tightly cover it or place it in an airtight container, and store it in the fridge for up to 3 days. You can also separate your leftovers into smaller, individual airtight containers so you can reheat individual servings. 
  • Reheat: Reheat your leftover casserole in a 350-degree F oven for 15 minutes or until heated through. 

How to Serve?

Just like regular french toast, this easy brioche french toast casserole is delicious when served with a variety of sweet toppings. From a simple dusting of powdered sugar to a heaping pile of whipped cream and fresh fruit, you can make it as decadent as you’d like! It’s the perfect dish to serve for special occasions, weekend mornings, or just because. Here are my serving recommendations: 

  • Add a scoop of ice cream: Who doesn’t like dessert for breakfast? For a truly indulgent treat, top your brioche french toast bake recipe with some homemade Vanilla Ice Cream
  • Dust on some powdered sugar: If you like to keep things simple and subtly sweet, you can add a dusting of powdered sugar on top. You can also top your brioche french toast casserole with fruit, such as fresh blueberries or strawberries, and sliced almonds.
  • Serve it with a mound of whipped cream: To amp up the creaminess of this brioche toast recipe, top it off with a heaping mound of Whipped Maple Cream. The maple flavor pairs beautifully with the rich brioche french toast recipe.
A breakfast casserole with brioche topped with berries and almonds.

Expert Tips

The key to perfect oven-baked brioche french toast is achieving a moist, rich texture on the inside and a slightly crisp, golden brown exterior. With some trial and error, I’ve learned a few simple tips and tricks that I’d like to share with you to help you achieve expert results on your first try. Here’s what you need to know: 

  • Use day-old bread: Stale bread might not sound too appetizing, but it’s actually crucial to use day-old bread to keep your baked french toast brioche from getting soggy. The idea is that the dry bread will evenly soak up all the liquid while still holding its shape. If you only have fresh bread available, you can dry it out in a low-heat oven for a few minutes. I recommend 300 degrees F for about 15 minutes. 
  • Make sure the cubes aren’t too thin: Make sure to cut your bread slices into cubes no thinner than about an inch. Keeping your cubes on the thicker side will ensure they come out moist and rich instead of soggy. 
  • Alternative method: For a classic french toast option, you can cut your brioche slices in half diagonally to form two triangles per slice. Dip each triangular slice into the milk mixture (making sure to soak both sides), line them up at the bottom of the pan, pour the remaining liquid on top, and bake as instructed above. Let it cool a bit before serving. 

FAQs

Why is my french toast casserole soggy?

Your french toast recipe with brioche bread is likely to be soggy if it’s underbaked, so make sure to give it more baking time if it doesn’t appear lightly golden brown on top. Your casserole could also be soggy if you’re using too much liquid. The amount of liquid in this egg casserole with brioche bread works for a full loaf of brioche, so you may need to use less milk if your loaf is small or if you’re not using a full loaf.

Is brioche or challah better for french toast?

I personally think that brioche bread makes the best brioche french toast casserole because it’s rich and decadent, but challah bread also provides a similar richness that makes for a delicious challah french toast casserole. Feel free to use whichever you prefer!

What is the difference between brioche french toast and regular french toast?

Brioche is made with eggs and butter and is richer than regular bread, so french toast casserole using brioche bread is typically more decadent and indulgent than french toast with regular bread.

Other Brioche-Based Recipes You Can Make

I love brioche bread because not only is it delicious, but it’s also super versatile. From sweet to savory recipes, a simple loaf of brioche goes a long way. If you’re as much of a fan as I am, you’ll love these other brioche-based recipes: 

If you try this Overnight Brioche French Toast Casserole recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to leave a star rating and a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

French toast casserole made with brioche from the top view as soon as it comes out of the oven.
Print

Brioche French Toast Casserole Recipe

This Brioche French Toast Casserole is made with thick-sliced and cubed buttery brioche bread coated in a creamy milk and egg mixture and topped with fresh fruit and nuts. With just a few simple ingredients, it's the perfect breakfast or brunch dish to serve for special occasions, such as Mother's Day, Easter, or Christmas, or for a decadent weekend treat!
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 45 minutes
Resting time 2 hours
Total Time 3 hours
Servings 6 Servings
Calories 538kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 loaf brioche 8 1-inch slices (day-old bread)
  • 1 tablespoon unsalted butter melted and cooled
  • 1 ½ cups whole milk
  • ½ cup heavy cream or half and half
  • 6 large eggs
  • 1 tablespoon vanilla extract
  • ½ cup coconut sugar or brown sugar, plus more for sprinkling on top
  • 1 teaspoon ground cinnamon
  • ¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg
  • Pinch kosher salt

Optional Toppings

  • 1 cup strawberries halved
  • ½ cup sliced almonds or any other nuts

Instructions

  • Slice brioche slices into small 1-inch cubes. Brush a 9X13 casserole dish with melted butter.
  • Spread the cubed brioche bread on a single layer. Set it aside.
  • In another large mixing bowl, whisk together whole milk, heavy cream, eggs, vanilla extract, coconut sugar, ground cinnamon, ground nutmeg, and salt until fully combined.
  • Spread it over the bread. Gently press to ensure that brioche cubes are fully soaked with the liquid mixture.
  • Cover with plastic wrap and refrigerate for at least two hours or overnight (for up to 8 hours).
  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F (176 C).
  • Remove the plastic wrap. If desired, top it off with halved strawberries and sprinkle it with almond slices.
  • Bake in the preheated oven for 45-50 minutes until the top layer is lightly golden brown.
  • Let it cool for 10-15 minutes before serving.

Notes

  • Use day-old bread: Stale bread might not sound too appetizing, but it’s actually crucial to use day-old bread to keep this oven-baked french toast brioche from getting soggy. If you only have fresh bread available, you can place it on a sheet pan and dry it out in a low-heat oven for a few minutes. I recommend 300 degrees F for about 15 minutes. 
  • Store-bought brioche: Please be aware that some store-bought brioche is sweetened with more sugar than my homemade version. Therefore, if you are using a store-bought brioche loaf, I recommend giving it a taste and reducing the amount of sugar used. Depending on the sweetness level of the particular brand you are using, I recommend starting with half the amount of sugar.
  • Alternative method: For more of a classic french toast option, you can cut your brioche slices in half diagonally to form two triangles per slice. Dip each triangular slice into the milk mixture (making sure to soak both sides), line them up at the bottom of the pan, pour the remaining liquid on top, and bake as instructed in the recipe card.
  • Store: Let the leftovers cool to room temperature, tightly cover or place them in an airtight container, and store them in the fridge for up to 3 days. You can also separate your leftovers into smaller, individual airtight containers so you can reheat individual servings.
  • Reheat: Reheat your leftover casserole in a 350-degree F oven for 15 minutes or until heated through.

Nutrition

Calories: 538kcal | Carbohydrates: 45g | Protein: 17g | Fat: 33g | Saturated Fat: 16g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Trans Fat: 0.1g | Cholesterol: 318mg | Sodium: 385mg | Potassium: 278mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 14g | Vitamin A: 1208IU | Vitamin C: 14mg | Calcium: 177mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/brioche-french-toast-with-berries-and-caramel-sauce/feed/ 21
Quick Brioche Waffles https://foolproofliving.com/quick-brioche-waffles/ https://foolproofliving.com/quick-brioche-waffles/#comments Sat, 04 Feb 2023 15:41:16 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10362 Who doesn’t love to start a slow weekend morning with a warm, sweet, and decadent breakfast? If you’re looking for…]]>

Who doesn’t love to start a slow weekend morning with a warm, sweet, and decadent breakfast? If you’re looking for more indulge-worthy breakfast recipes, try my Overnight Belgian Waffles and this Gluten Free Waffle Recipe with Almond Flour. If you have some extra brioche on hand, use it to make this delicious Brioche French Toast Casserole

Brioche waffles layered with fruit from the front view.

Ingredients

We’re keeping the ingredient list short and simple for this recipe, making it easy to whip up these quick brioche waffles whenever the mood strikes. Top them off with fresh fruit and maple syrup for the perfect Sunday morning breakfast. Here’s what you’ll need:

  • For this brioche waffle recipe, gather a loaf of brioche bread, whole milk, eggs, salt, vanilla extract, and maple syrup (optional). 
  • As optional toppings, use maple syrup, chopped seasonal fruit, and optional confectioner’s sugar. 

Ingredient Substitutions and Optional Add-Ins

If you don’t have all the ingredients on hand, you may not have to take a trip to the store. You can easily substitute for the bread and a few other ingredients, so feel free to be resourceful and make it your own. Here are my recommendations: 

  • Bread: The soft, fluffy texture and lightness of French brioche makes for a mouth-watering recipe, but don’t stress if your local store doesn’t carry it or if you don’t have the ingredients to make it at home. A great substitute is Challah bread, which is similar in texture and flavor. If you’d like to make Challah from scratch, try this Challah Bread Recipe
  • Milk: While I love the richness that whole milk gives this recipe, you can also use skim milk for an option that is lower in fat and calories. 
  • Sweetener: I personally find it sufficient to drizzle maple syrup over my waffles to give them some sweetness, but you can also add additional sweetener to your milk and egg mixture. I recommend adding a bit of coconut sugar, maple syrup, regular sugar, or brown sugar into the milk mixture as you’re whisking in the rest of the ingredients. 

How to Make Brioche Waffles 

This fast brioche recipe comes together in about 25 minutes, meaning you can spend less time cooking and cleaning and more time indulging. Here’s how to make them:  

  1. Slice the bread: Cut your brioche loaf into approximately 1 ½ inch slices. Set them aside. 
  2. Preheat the oven: Preheat the oven to 200 degrees F. You can keep your cooked brioche bread waffles in the oven to keep warm while you cook the rest of the waffles. 
  3. Preheat the waffle iron: Preheat your waffle iron according to the manufacturer’s instructions. 
  4. Make the milk mixture: Add the milk, eggs, vanilla extract, salt, and (optional) maple syrup to a bowl and whisk until combined. Dip each slice of brioche into the mixture for 2-3 seconds per side. Transfer them to a baking sheet. 
  5. Cook the waffles: Spray the waffle iron with vegetable oil spray and cook each piece of brioche according to your iron’s instructions. Make sure to spray the iron before adding another slice. 
  6. Transfer to the oven: Transfer each cooked waffle onto a baking sheet and keep them in the warmed oven as you cook the rest of the waffles. Continue until all your slices are cooked. 
  7. Serve: Top each waffle with chopped fresh fruit and a drizzle of maple syrup. For additional sweetness, dust the waffles with confectioner’s sugar. 
A slice of brioche bread waffle topped off with fruit from the top view.

How to Store, Freeze, and Reheat 

The great thing about this fast brioche recipe is that you can make extra waffles to store and enjoy for breakfast throughout the week. All you have to do is reheat them, add your toppings of choice, and enjoy! Here are a few storage tips: 

  • Store: If you think you’ll consume the extra waffles within a few days, let them cool to room temperature before placing them in an airtight container. They’ll keep in the fridge for up to four days.
  • Freeze: I like to freeze my extras, so I have a quick waffle to enjoy whenever I have a busy morning. To freeze, allow them to come to room temperature before placing them in a freezer-safe, airtight container (ensure it’s airtight to prevent freezer burn). You can store them in the freezer for up to a month. 
  • Reheat: To reheat the waffles from the fridge or the freezer, pop them in the toaster or toaster oven until they’re warm.

How to Serve

This simple recipe pairs beautifully with a variety of toppings, allowing you and your family to customize the flavors to your liking. Top it off with fresh fruit and a dusting of cinnamon for a lighter option, or go crazy with the toppings to make it more indulgent. 

For a classic, subtly sweet waffle topping, add a dollop of this Whipped Maple Cream. Or, to truly indulge a sweet tooth, generously spread some Healthy Chocolate Frosting on your brioche waffles recipe. If a fruity flavor profile with natural flavoring is more your speed, add a drizzle of Pureed Blueberries

FAQs

What is the difference between a Belgian waffle and a regular waffle?

Belgian waffles and regular “American” waffles mainly differ in size and texture. Belgian waffles tend to be thick and fluffy, as they’re usually made with a yeasted dough that puffs up when cooked, while regular waffles are thin and dense. Belgian waffles are also sometimes coated with Belgian pearl sugar (sometimes referred to as Liege waffles), giving them a crispy exterior with a nice crunch.

Can you freeze brioche waffles?

Yes, you can! To freeze brioche bread waffles, allow them to come to room temperature before placing them in a freezer-safe, airtight container. Store them in the freezer for up to a month.

Other Quick Breakfast Recipes You Might Like

They say breakfast is the most important meal of the day, so why not make it delicious? Whether you’re in the mood for something savory or sweet, you can find lots of breakfast inspiration here on the blog. Check out the links below for some ideas:

If you try this Waffle Brioche recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Brioche waffle topped off with fresh fruit on a plate with a fork on the side.
Print

Brioche Waffles Recipe

These quick brioche waffles are a great alternative to waffles made with batter, especially when you are short on time. It is made by lightly dipping slices of brioche in an egg and milk mixture and cooking them in a waffle iron. Simply make a batch eat it right away, or freeze it for later.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 20 minutes
Total Time 25 minutes
Servings 8 Slices
Calories 236kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 loaf Brioche bread
  • ¾ cup whole milk
  • 3 large eggs
  • Pinch salt
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract
  • 1 tablespoon maple syrup optional
  • vegetable spray
  • ½ cup seasonal fruit chopped
  • Confectioners’ sugar (optional)

Instructions

  • Slice Brioche into 1½ inch thick slices. Set aside.
  • Pre-heat your oven to 200 degrees.
  • Pre-heat your waffle iron.
  • Whisk together the milk, eggs, salt, vanilla extract, and maple syrup (if using). Dip each slice into the mixture for 2-3 seconds on both sides and then transfer it to a baking sheet.
  • Spray the waffle iron with vegetable spray. Cook each slice in your waffle iron according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Make sure to spray again after each slice to prevent bread from sticking.
  • Transfer cooked waffles onto a rimmed baking sheet and keep them warm in the oven as you cook the rest of the slices.
  • To serve: Top them off with chopped fruit. Drizzle them with maple syrup. If preferred, sprinkle it with some confectioners’ sugar.

Video

Notes

  • Store: If you think you’ll consume the extra waffles within a few days, let them cool to room temperature before placing them in an airtight container. They’ll keep in the fridge for up to four days.
  • Freeze: I like to freeze my extra waffles, so I have one ready to go whenever I’m craving a quick, yummy breakfast. To freeze, allow them to come to room temperature before placing them in a freezer-safe, airtight container (make sure it’s airtight to prevent freezer burn). You can store them in the freezer for up to a month.
  • Reheat: To reheat the waffles from the fridge or the freezer, simply pop them in the toaster or toaster oven until they’re warm.

Nutrition

Calories: 236kcal | Carbohydrates: 25g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 12g | Saturated Fat: 6g | Cholesterol: 136mg | Sodium: 228mg | Potassium: 72mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 4g | Vitamin A: 535IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 62mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/quick-brioche-waffles/feed/ 14
Savory Steel Cut Oatmeal https://foolproofliving.com/one-pot-savory-steel-cut-oats/ https://foolproofliving.com/one-pot-savory-steel-cut-oats/#comments Tue, 24 Jan 2023 19:05:39 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3022 Wondering what to make with that jar of steel cut oats that is hiding in the dark corners of your…]]>

Wondering what to make with that jar of steel cut oats that is hiding in the dark corners of your pantry? Well, you have come to the right place! In addition to this savory steel cut oatmeal recipe, we have crockpot steel cut oats and pressure cooker steel cut oatmeal to help you use this versatile ingredient with only a few minutes of hands-on time.

New to cooking steel-cut oats? Learn why I choose steel-cut oats over any other type of oats for my morning breakfast in this Rolled vs. Steel Cut Oats article.

A bowl of oats topped with an egg, mushrooms, and spinach from the top view.

Ingredients

To make this tasty, savory oatmeal recipe, you will need two sets of ingredients:

Ingredients for an oatmeal recipe with spinach and mushrooms from the top view.
  • Steel-cut oats: Gather vegetable stock, steel cut oats (aka Irish Oats) and kosher salt. 
  • Vegetable toppings: For the savory vegetable topping, you will need olive oil, ground cumin, ground paprika, Baby Bella mushrooms, baby spinach, a fresh garlic clove, kosher salt, and ground black pepper. 
  • Optional toppings: While they are optional, you can also top it off with fried eggs, hard-boiled eggs, soft-boiled eggs, or even poached eggs for some extra protein. I think savory oatmeal with an egg on top is a tasty, high-protein meal that happens to be one of my favorite steel cut oats dinner recipes. However, if you prefer this recipe to be vegan, you can omit it.

Substitutions & Variations

  • Quick cooking steel cut oats: Steel-cut oats do take a while to cook, so to shorten the cooking time we are soaking them overnight. However, if you can find quick cooking steel cut oats (such as Bob’s Red Mills brand – affiliate link) in your grocery store, you can skip the overnight soaking and make this creamy savory steel cut oatmeal recipe in the morning in just about 5-7 minutes. Simply, skip steps one and two of the recipe and simply follow the directions on the package to boil the quick oats with the vegetable stock (or water.) 
  • Oil: Replace the olive oil with unsalted butter, avocado oil, or coconut oil. 
  • Cooking liquid: Water or chicken broth can be used in place of vegetable stock. Use homemade chicken stock to make my savory oats, but a storebought version would also work.
  • Kale: Amongst all types of kale, my favorite ones to use are curly kale or lacinato kale as a substitution for baby spinach in this savory breakfast recipe. 
  • Fresh herbs: Alternatively, in place of greens, you can also use fresh herbs such as parsley and basil.
  • Optional mix-ins: With endless mix-in options, this steel cut oatmeal will never get boring. Add shredded cheddar cheese, parmesan cheese, nutritional yeast, sun-dried tomatoes, pine nuts, chia seeds, peppers, or fresh avocado to your bowl of savory oatmeal. 

How to Make This Recipe?

Making this savory steel cut oats dish could not be easier. Here are the steps:

A person showing how to make Irish oats on the stove from the top view.
  1. Soak the steel cut oats: Bring the vegetable stock to a boil in a small saucepan. Turn the heat off and stir in the oats and salt. Cover it with a tight-fitting lid and let the oats sit overnight. 
A person showing how to sauté mushrooms and spinach from the top view.
  1. Make the toppings: Start by heating the olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Stir in the ground cumin and paprika and cook for about a minute. Add the sliced Baby Bella mushrooms and cook for about 4-5 minutes or until they are softened and have released some of their juices. Stir in the spinach and cook until it wilts. Add the minced garlic (if using) and season it with salt and pepper. Set it aside while you finish making the steel cut oatmeal. 
  2. Prepare the additional toppings (optional): If you are planning to make your savory oats with egg on top, this is the best time to cook them. I like to fry mine with a bit of butter, but you can cook your eggs any way you like.
A person stirring oats in a pot from the top view.
  1. Prepare the steel-cut oatmeal: Place the pot of steel cut oats and broth back on the stove and stir it frequently while heating over medium-high heat. The steel cut oatmeal will get thicker and creamier as it cooks. If it is too thick, feel free to add ¼ cup of water (or vegetable broth) to make it the perfect consistency. Be sure to taste the oatmeal and add more seasonings if necessary. 
A bowl of oats topped with an egg and veggies from the top view.
  1. Assemble the savory steel cut oats: Scoop the steel-cut oatmeal into a bowl and top it with the mushroom spinach topping. If you are using eggs, add one (or more) on top of the warm oats. Sprinkle with a pinch of salt, pepper, and red pepper flakes, if using.

How to Store Leftovers?

Go ahead and put this savory steel cut oatmeal recipe on your weekly meal prep list because it can easily be made ahead and put together in a pinch when you are short on time. This is how I make ahead, store and reheat:

  • Make ahead: You can prep the steel cut oatmeal and savory toppings and store them in separate air-tight containers in the fridge for up to 4 days. When you are ready to serve, you can reheat (following the instructions below) each component and assemble it as directed. 
  • Storing leftovers: If possible, I recommend storing the savory oatmeal and vegetable toppings in separate airtight containers. Ensure the oats and toppings are at room temperature, not hot, and then place them in an airtight container. Store in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Reheating: To reheat the cooked oats, microwave in 30-second increments, stirring after heating, until they are warm. You can also heat it on the stovetop in a small pot. Simply heat it over medium heat and stir frequently until the oats are warm, which will take about 3-5 minutes. You may need to add an extra splash of vegetable stock, coconut milk, or water to thin out the oats a little bit. 

Variations- Other Topping Ideas

I love to serve my family a big bowl of savory steel cut oatmeal because it offers numerous health benefits and, with a little bit of creativity, they can customize it to their liking. Simply take the basic recipe below and change it up with just a few additions and ingredient swaps. Get creative with whatever vegetables, spices, and herbs you have in your pantry and fridge. Think of this savory steel cut oatmeal recipe as a blank canvas!

Here are a few of my other favorite ways to make this savory steel cut oatmeal recipe:

  • Utilize your leftovers: Try using leftover sauteed veggies or roasted veggies as your savory oatmeal toppings. Baked shiitake mushrooms, sauteed asparagus, or roasted butternut squash make fantastic toppings for this dish. Using leftovers will also save you time since your toppings are already prepared! 
  • Create Indian steel cut oats: Indian-inspired steel cut oats make for an incredible breakfast, lunch, or dinner. Mix a teaspoon of my golden paste into the cooked steel cut oats, then top it with some roasted chickpeas for an amazing Indian-cuisine inspired bowl of steel-cut oats. Alternatively, if you do not have the golden paste, you can use a touch of curry powder to make this recipe one of the best savory breakfasts you can make in minutes.
  • Asian savory steel cut oatmeal: Make the steel cut oatmeal topping with shiitake mushrooms, baby spinach, and sesame oil. Add a splash of soy sauce and garnish the oatmeal with edamame or steamed broccoli
  • Mediterranean steel cut oats: Make a Mediterranean bowl of steel cut oats simply by topping it with my Turkish White Bean Salad. And, if you want to take it a step further and make this savory dish umami-rich, you can mix vegetable broth (or water) with a tablespoon of tomato paste. 
  • Mexican steel cut oats: Add a little ground cumin, coriander, and red chili powder to make a flavorful, Mexican-style steel-cut oats breakfast. Taking inspiration from my Mexican Quinoa recipe, you can make a warm topping by sauteing some onions, tomatoes, bell pepper, jalapenos, and black beans to use as a topping. Some fresh avocado, a squeeze of lime juice, or a few tablespoons of pickled Mexican red onion are also great oatmeal toppings.
A bowl with grains, eggs, and veggies with a fork from the top view.

Other Ways of Cooking Savory Steel Cut Oats

I like to make overnight steel-cut oats as it is a very hands-off recipe. However, you can make steel cut oats in different ways. Here are a few other methods you may want to try:

Stove Top

Bring your vegetable broth to a boil, then add the steel-cut oats. Let the oats simmer over medium-low heat for about 30 minutes. The liquid will be completely absorbed, and the oats will be tender and soft. Be sure to keep a close eye on it and stir it a few times during cooking.

Slow Cooker

To cook steel cut oats in the crockpot, add vegetable stock, steel-cut oats, and salt to a slow cooker. Cover and cook over low heat for 4-5 hours. If you need to know more about this cooking method, check out my detailed recipe for crockpot steel cut oatmeal.

Instant Pot

Stir the vegetable stock, steel-cut oats, and salt in the bowl of your pressure cooker. Cover, seal and cook on high pressure for 4 minutes. Let the pressure release naturally for 10 minutes, open the lid, give it a stir, and ladle it into bowls. For more information on cooking oats in a pressure cooker, check out my Instant Pot Steel Cut Oats recipe.

FAQs

Can I use rolled oats instead of steel cut oats in this recipe?

You can use this recipe to make savory oatmeal with rolled oats with a few adjustments. Simply bring the vegetable broth to a boil and then add 1 cup of rolled oats. Simmer the rolled oats for 5-7 minutes or until creamy, stirring frequently while cooking. While that is cooking, make the savory oatmeal toppings and assemble the savory oatmeal as directed in the instructions.

Can I use quick cooking steel cut oats in this recipe?

Yes, you can use quick cooking steel cut oats. However, since they cook much faster there is no need to let the quick-cooking oats sit overnight. Simply follow these preparation instructions on the packaging to cook them.

Are steel cut oats good for weight loss?

Studies have shown that steel-cut oats may be good for weight loss mainly because, as a whole, grain oats are packed with fiber. Therefore, including oats in your daily diet may contribute to the feeling of fullness, which in turn helps you with consuming fewer calories.

Other Oatmeal Breakfasts You Might Like

If you are a fan of recipes with steel cut oats, chances are you often enjoy a bowl of oatmeal in the morning. Below are a few more oatmeal recipes you might like:

If you try this Savory Steel Cut Oatmeal recipe, please take a minute to leave a comment or even a picture below. It is great to hear how much you love the recipes on my site and will help others who may be planning to make the recipe. And, if you took any pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories. Enjoy!

Savory steel cut oatmeal topped off with veggies and a fried egg on top.
Print

Savory Steel Cut Oats Recipe

This Savory Steel Cut Oatmeal is packed with fresh veggies and fragrant spices for a hearty, filling meal that will fuel your day. Customize it with add-ins and toppings to accommodate your family's preferences and serve it for an easy breakfast, lunch, or dinner.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American Vegetarian
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Overnight Soak 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 20 minutes
Servings 2 servings
Calories 417kcal

Ingredients

For The Steel Cut Oats

  • 2 cups vegetable stock or water plus a bit more if needed
  • 1 cup steel cut oats
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

For The Topping:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil or unsalted butter
  • ¼ teaspoon ground cumin
  • ½ teaspoon ground paprika
  • 8 ounces baby bella mushrooms sliced / or any other one of your favorite mushrooms
  • 5 oz. fresh baby spinach leaves
  • 1 clove garlic minced or ½ teaspoon garlic powder – optional
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • ¼ teaspoon ground black pepper
  • 2 large eggs – fried or soft boiled – optional
  • 1/8 teaspoon Red pepper flakes optional

Instructions

  • To soak steel cut oats: Place vegetable stock (or water) in a medium saucepan with a lid. Bring it to a boil. Off the heat, stir in the steel-cut oats and salt. Cover it with the lid and let it sit on the kitchen counter overnight.
  • To make the veggie topping: In the morning, before cooking the steel-cut oatmeal, prepare the topping. To do so, heat oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add spices and cook them for a minute or so.
  • Add the sliced mushrooms and cook, stirring often, until they are fully cooked, for about 6-8 minutes.
  • Add the baby spinach and cook until wilted, for 3-4 minutes.
  • If using, add the garlic and saute for 30 seconds. Finish it off with salt and pepper and set it aside.
  • To prepare the savory steel-cut oatmeal: Put the saucepan back on the stove and heat it over medium heat. Stir it frequently using a wooden spoon to prevent it from sticking to the bottom of the pan. As it cooks, the excess liquid will evaporate, and the steel-cut oatmeal will form a thicker and creamier texture. If it gets too thick, feel free to add ¼ cup of water (or vegetable broth) to thin it out. This process happens in 3-4 minutes, so do not leave site of it.
  • Taste steel-cut oatmeal for seasoning and add more if necessary.
  • When ready to serve, ladle steel-cut oatmeal into a bowl. Top it off with cooked mushrooms and spinach. If using, add a fried egg on top.
  • Finish it off with salt and pepper and red pepper flakes. Serve.

Video

Notes

  • Serving size: This recipe yields about 2 to 2 1/4 cups of cooked steel cut oatmeal. I listed it as 2 servings (as shown in the photos), but if you keep the portions smaller, it could be served to 4 people. 
  • Steel cut oats: If you are following a gluten-free diet, be sure to purchase gluten-free certified steel cut oats.
  • Make-Ahead Instructions: You can prep the steel cut oatmeal and the toppings and store them in separate air-tight containers in the fridge for up to 4 days. When you are ready to serve, you can reheat each component and assemble it as directed. 
  • Storing Leftovers: I recommend storing the savory oatmeal and vegetable toppings in separate airtight containers if you can. Bring them to room temperature and store them in the fridge for up to 4 days.
  • Reheating: To reheat, microwave the steel-cut oatmeal in 30-second increments, stirring after heating, until they are warm. You can also heat it on the stovetop in a small pot. Simply heat it over medium heat and stir frequently until the oats are warm, which will take about 3-5 minutes. You may need to add an extra splash of vegetable stock, coconut milk, or water to thin out the oats a little bit.
  • Nutrition Information: The calorie and nutrition information below does not include the optional egg on top.

Nutrition

Calories: 417kcal | Carbohydrates: 61g | Protein: 18g | Fat: 13g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Sodium: 647mg | Potassium: 931mg | Fiber: 11g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 6934IU | Vitamin C: 20mg | Calcium: 139mg | Iron: 6mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/one-pot-savory-steel-cut-oats/feed/ 12
Slow Cooker Steel Cut Oats https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-steel-cut-oats/ https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-steel-cut-oats/#comments Tue, 17 Jan 2023 20:26:08 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=11808 Today’s recipe, Crockpot steel cut oatmeal, is the ultimate grab-and-go breakfast. It only takes five minutes to put together, and…]]>

Today’s recipe, Crockpot steel cut oatmeal, is the ultimate grab-and-go breakfast. It only takes five minutes to put together, and you can flavor your oats with dozens of delectable add-ins.

Plus, unlike other crockpot oatmeal you’ll find on the internet, my simple recipe uses a water bath and a small casserole dish or mason jars to eliminate the hassle of cleanup—perfect for a busy morning or to make for a crowd. It doesn’t matter whether you’re a morning person or not, you’ll love the chewy texture of these steel cut crock pot oats.

A bowl of slow cooker steel cut oatmeal garnished with fruit and nuts.

Ingredients

To make this recipe for steel-cut oats in a crock pot, you only need a handful of pantry-ready ingredients: 

  • Steel-Cut Oats: When selecting types of oats for this oatmeal recipe, I recommend using steel cut oats—sometimes called “Irish oats.” As mentioned in this article on Steel Cut Oats vs. Rolled Oats, steel cut oats are less processed and have a lower glycemic index than any of the different kinds of oats in the market. Also, rolled oats have a softer texture and don’t do well in slow cookers. Bob’s Red Mill (affiliate link) is one of my favorite steel-cut oats brands and is available in most grocery stores.
  • Liquid: You can use water, plant-based or regular milk, or a combination of the two when you slow cook steel cut oats. Any other natural plant milk will work if you don’t want to use dairy milk. My favorite is unsweetened almond milk, which you can make at home using my easy recipe for DIY Almond Milk. I also like unsweetened coconut milk and oat milk.
  • Sweetener: To give your crockpot steel cut oats natural, low-calorie sweetness, I recommend adding in a mashed ripe banana or applesauce (hello, Homemade Unsweetened Applesauce!). Or better yet, make a batch of my Breakfast Fruit Salad and use it as a healthy unsweetened option for topping. These tasty ingredients will satisfy your sweet tooth without the added sugar. 
  • Salt: A pinch of salt is the key to brightening up the sweet, creamy flavor of your slow cooker overnight oats.
  • Toppings (optional): Garnish your steel-cut oats with fresh berries, homemade chunky granola, or unsweetened coconut flakes for a light, sweet take on this classic dish. Or, give your breakfast extra protein by adding peanut butter (or any other nut butter), a handful of nuts, or your favorite granola.
  • Add-ins: Who says you have to eat slow cooker steel cut oats plain? Adding a dash of spices, like cardamom, cinnamon, or pumpkin pie spice, is an easy way to give your oats a warm, fragrant flavor. Or, mix in a teaspoon of vanilla extract to give each bite sweet undertones. You can even add protein powders to your overnight crockpot steel cut oats for extra nutrition.
Ingredients to make this recipe from the top view on a marble backdrop.

​​

Variations

  • Apple cinnamon: If you like apple pie, you’ll love apple cinnamon steel cut oats from the crockpot. You can use either sauteed apples, as I did in my Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal, or shredded apples, as I did in my Overnight Muesli. Finish your bowl with a pinch of cinnamon or a cinnamon stick, and voila! Delicious and healthy slow cooker oatmeal.
  • Blueberry: Nothing brightens a weekday morning like a bowl of oatmeal flavored with Pureed Blueberries or Homemade Blueberry Sauce. These ingredients transform your hot breakfast into a fruity delight full of antioxidants.
  • Cranberry sauce: Adding a dollop of my naturally sweetened Cranberry Sauce is a festive, vegan way to give your slow cook oatmeal irresistible tartness. Plus, it’s an excellent use of holiday leftovers!
  • Other sweeteners: For those who love pancakes and syrup, maple steel cut oats will be your new favorite weekday breakfast. Top your crockpot steel cut oats with maple brown sugar, pure maple syrup, or honey, and enjoy.

Equipment You’ll Need

If desired, you can make this steel cut oatmeal recipe directly in the insert of the slow cooker. Spraying the insert with cooking spray or using a crockpot liner (affiliate link) will help make cleaning easier.

However, I recommend cooking your oatmeal in an additional heat-resistant, waterproof bowl—such as a casserole dish, mason jar (I use the widely available 16 oz. jars – affiliate link), or ramekin. The key is to find a container that will fit in the bowl of your slow cooker.

This extra layer ensures easy portioning and mess-free cleanup.

How to Cook Steel Cut Oats in a Crock Pot?

My slow cooker steel cut oats recipe takes the hassle out of overnight oatmeal. Once you combine your ingredients, you can set it and forget it with this effortless breakfast.

Steps showing how to assemble the oats and milk in a crock pot using a casserole dish or mason jars.
  1. Combine the ingredients: Select a heat-resistant bowl, mason jar, or small casserole dish that will fit in your slow cooker. Mix the steel cut oats, water, almond milk, mashed banana, and salt inside the selected bowl.
A collage of photos showing how to make steel cut oatmeal in a crockpot using the two methods mentioned in the article.
  1. Prepare the slow cooker: Place your oat-filled dish inside your crockpot, and fill the insert halfway with water.
  2. Cook the oatmeal: Put on the lid and cook the steel cut oats in the crockpot for four hours in a low-heat setting. For a thicker consistency, let the oatmeal cook for up to five hours at low heat.
A collage of photos showing how to assemble and store crock-pot oatmeal.
  1. Serve: Divide the overnight oats among four bowls. Top each off with fresh fruit, nut butter, or other favorite toppings. If you made your slow-cooking oats in mason jars, serve them in the jars with your toppings of choice.

How to Store, Reheat, Freeze, and Thaw?

Making steel cut oatmeal in a slow cooker is a fantastic way to relieve morning meal prep stress. With these storage tips, you’ll never have to worry about preparing breakfast again.

  • Storage: To store crock-pot steel cut oats, let the mixture reach room temperature. Then, store in an airtight container and place in the fridge. If you prepared your oats in mason jars, screw on the jars’ lids for an airtight seal.
  • Reheat: When reheating your slow-cooked oatmeal recipe, place the oats in a microwaveable bowl and add a splash of water or milk. Then, microwave the mixture for about 1½ minutes, stirring the oats every thirty seconds.
  • Freeze: To freeze, divide your overnight slow cooker oatmeal into a 12-cup muffin tin and freeze for 4-5 hours. Then, transfer the frozen oatmeal cups into a Ziploc bag, remove as much air as possible, and store them in the freezer. You can reheat the frozen oatmeal by placing it in a microwaveable bowl with a little water or milk and microwaving it for 1-2 minutes. 
  • Thaw: If you’d prefer not to microwave your steel-cut oats straight from the freezer, you can thaw them overnight in the fridge. Just be sure to eat them the next day to ensure freshness.

Expert Tips

Preparing steel cut oats in a crockpot is one of the easiest ways to start your morning with nutritious, hearty eats. Even beginners can make irresistibly creamy oatmeal with these pro instructions.

  • Warm heat setting for overnight: Slow-cooked oatmeal begins to dry out after 4-5 hours in the crockpot. To maintain your oats’ creamy texture, I suggest turning your slow cooker to a warm heat setting after 4 hours and keeping it on “warm” until you’re ready to eat.
  • Stir your oatmeal before serving: Because slow cookers don’t mix their ingredients during the cooking process, stirring your slow cooker oats is essential for creamy, lump-free oatmeal.
  • Halve or multiply the recipe: You can make this crockpot oatmeal for a crowd or a single serving with my water bath method. Simply halve the recipe (ideal if you want to make a mini crockpot oatmeal) and cook it in a smaller dish, or multiply it and use a larger dish. The water bath will ensure your oatmeal comes out perfectly chewy no matter how many servings you prepare.
  • Cooking times may vary: The amount of time it takes to cook overnight oatmeal in a crockpot may change depending on your specific slow cooker. Use this recipe as a base and adjust your cooking time depending on how quickly or slowly your oats cook.
Slow cooker oatmeal with steel cut oats cooked in mason jars from the top view.

FAQs

You don’t need to stress over this easy steel cut oats in slow cooker recipe. Whether you’re looking for the perfect oat-to-liquid ratio or ideal cook times, this simple guide has everything you need.

What is the water-to-steel cut oats ratio?

For the best slow cooker steel cut oats, I recommend using a 1:4 ratio of oats to liquid. In other words, for every cup of steel cut oats, you will need 4 cups of liquid (water, milk or a combination of the two.)

How long does it take to cook steel cut oats in a slow cooker?

I recommend cooking your steel cut oats in a slow cooker for 4-5 hours on a low-heat setting. After that time, switch your slow cooker to a warm heat setting to keep your oatmeal from drying out.

Other Oatmeal Recipes You Might Like

Once you taste the creamy decadence of steel cut oatmeal in a crock pot, you’ll crave oatmeal every day of the week. These healthy oat recipes will help you start each day well.

If you try this Slow Cooker Steel Cut Oatmeal recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Slow Cooker steel cut oatmeal in a bowl from the top view.
Print

Slow Cooker Steel Cut Oats Recipe

Who knew that the best way to make steel cut oatmeal is to use your crock pot and cook the oats in a bowl in hot bath? Read through the post and recipe below to learn my foolproof method to make the best overnight slow cooker steel cut oats only to wake up to a bowl of warm steel cuts oats in the morning.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 5 minutes
Cook Time 5 hours
Total Time 4 hours 5 minutes
Servings 4 cups
Calories 172kcal

Ingredients

For The Steel Cut Oats:

  • 1 cup steel cut oats
  • 2 cups water
  • 2 cups unsweetened almond milk or any of your favorite plant based or cow’s milk
  • 1 cup mashed banana from one small banana or ½ cup of applesauce
  • Pinch Salt

Optional Toppings:

  • 1 cup seasonal fruit chopped
  • Nuts or nut butters as garnish

Instructions

  • Mix together the steel cut oats, water, almond milk, mashed banana and salt in a heat-resistant bowl (or a small casserole dish) that will fit in your slow cooker*. Alternatively, you can divide the ingredients (¼ cup steel-cut oats and 1 cup of liquid per jar) among four mason jars. Be sure to stir it well.
  • Place the casserole dish (or mason jars) in the bowl of your crock pot. Fill the bowl halfway through with water.
  • Put the lid on and cook for 4 hours in a low-heat setting for a super creamy consistency. If you want it to be thicker, you can let it cook for up to 5 hours in a low heat setting*.
  • When ready to serve, divide it between 4 bowls and top each cup off with fresh fruit, nut butter, or any other one of your favorite toppings. If you cooked them in mason jars, serve them in the jars with your toppings of choice.

Notes

  • Serving size: Each serving of this recipe is between 2/3 cup to a cup.
  • Crockpot size: The size of my slow cooker is 6 1/2 quarts (a model that is no longer produced.) 
  • Warm heat setting: To maintain the creamy texture of your steel cut oatmeal, I suggest turning your slow cooker to a warm heat setting after 4 hours and keeping it on “warm” until you’re ready to eat. This is especially necessary if you are cooking it overnight.
  • Prefer not to use the water bath method? If you prefer to cook your steel-cut oats in the bowl of your slow cooker instead, you can put all the ingredients in the bowl. I recommend using cooking spray before adding everything in. Alternatively, you can use a slow cooker liner to make cleaning easier. The timing would not change.
  • Cook times may vary: It is no secret that every brand of the slow cooker is different, so the timing might change slightly. My recommendation is to use this basic recipe as a starting point and alter the cooking time according to your own crock pot.
  • Storage: To store leftover oatmeal, let it come to room temperature. Then, store in an airtight container and place in the fridge. If you prepared your oats in mason jars, screw on the jars’ lids for an airtight seal.
  • Reheat: When reheating, place the oats in a microwaveable bowl and add a splash of water or milk. Then, microwave the mixture for about 1½ minutes, making sure to stir the oats every thirty seconds.
  • Freeze: To freeze, divide your overnight slow cooker oatmeal into a 12-cup muffin tin and freeze for 4-5 hours. Then, transfer the frozen oatmeal cups into a freezer bag, remove as much air as possible, seal them, and store them in the freezer. You can reheat the frozen oatmeal by placing it in a microwaveable bowl with a little water or milk and microwaving it for 1-2 minutes. 
  • The nutritional information below does not include the optional toppings.

Nutrition

Calories: 172kcal | Carbohydrates: 27g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 0.4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 168mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 0.1g | Calcium: 174mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/slow-cooker-steel-cut-oats/feed/ 42
Yogurt and Molasses Bread with Walnuts and Dried Figs https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-and-molasses-bread-with-walnuts-and-dried-figs/ https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-and-molasses-bread-with-walnuts-and-dried-figs/#comments Sat, 14 Jan 2023 17:12:41 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2019 There’s nothing better than the smell of freshly baked bread wafting through your home. Although it may seem challenging or…]]>

There’s nothing better than the smell of freshly baked bread wafting through your home. Although it may seem challenging or complicated, homemade bread is often easier to make than it seems! You’ll also love this Nut and Seed Loaf or my Buckwheat Bread Recipe if you need more inspiration for other easy bread recipes. 

Yogurt Molasses Bread sliced and photographed from the front view.

Ingredients

This recipe (adapted from the original recipe, Mark Bittman Yogurt Bread) requires only a few basic ingredients that you likely have stocked in your pantry and fridge. Besides classic bread ingredients like flour and baking soda, we’re adding molasses, dried fruits, and walnuts for the perfect balance of sweet and savory. 

Ingredients for the recipe are individually portioned into bowls.

For this quick bread recipe, you’ll need whole wheat flour (or white whole wheat flour), cornmeal, kosher salt, baking soda, plain whole milk yogurt (or buttermilk), unsulphured molasses (I like Grandma’s Molasses – affiliate link), chopped dried fruit (any kind you prefer, such as cranberries, figs, or raisins), and chopped walnuts. 

How to Make It?

This moist loaf comes together with only 15 minutes of hands-on time and an hour of cook time, making it a no-fuss option whenever you’re craving a slice of warm, homemade bread. Here’s how to make it:

  1. Preheat the oven: Preheat the oven to 325 degrees F. Grease a non-stick, 9×5 or 8.5×4.5 inch loaf pan with vegetable oil spray (such as olive oil), or line it with parchment paper. 
How to make yogurt bread with molasses shown in a collage of images.
  1. Combine the dry ingredients: Add the whole wheat flour, cornmeal, salt, and baking soda to a medium bowl and mix until well combined. 
  2. Whisk the wet ingredients: In a separate large mixing bowl, whisk together the wet ingredients until combined. 
  3. Combine ingredients together: Add the flour mixture into the bowl with the wet mixture and stir until just combined, making sure to scrape the bottom of the bowl. The dough will be very thick.
  4. Add the dried fruit and nuts: Gently fold in the chopped fruits and nuts until they are evenly distributed throughout the dough. This is a rather dense dough so don’t be alarmed.
Person showing the before and after of the bread during the baking process.
  1. Pour into a loaf pan: Transfer batter to the prepared loaf pan and use a spatula to even it out. 
  2. Bake loaf: Bake in the center of the oven for about 55-60 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean. Let it rest for 5 minutes, then remove it from the pan and let it cool completely on a wire rack. 
  3. Serve: Slice with a serrated knife and serve with your favorite spreads or toppings. 

How to Serve?

This yogurt and molasses bread is so hearty and filling that it makes for the perfect quick breakfast or afternoon snack that will keep you feeling energized. Add a pat of butter and enjoy it with a hot cup of coffee or tea, or use your favorite spreads to amp up the flavor. Here are some suggestions:  

  • Pop it in the toaster: I personally think that this quick bread is best when served warm, so I like to pop it in the toaster before serving. The toaster warms it evenly and gives it a nice crust! 
  • Use your favorite spread: Lots of different butters, cheeses, and jams pair beautifully with this bread. Spread on some salted or unsalted butter to keep things simple (make sure to toast the bread, so the butter melts), or serve it with cream cheese, homemade ricotta cheese, no butter chocolate frosting, or mascarpone cheese. If you want to add some sweetness, spread on your favorite jam. I personally love to pair this bread with blackberry jam!

How to Store and Freeze

If you don’t think you can consume the loaf within about a week, you can store it in the freezer to enjoy later. Better yet, make a double recipe and store one loaf in the freezer to have homemade bread available whenever you’re craving it. Here are some storage tips: 

  • Store: Let the bread cool to room temperature and store it in an airtight container in the fridge. It’ll keep in the fridge for about a week. 
  • Freeze: Before freezing, let the bread cool to room temperature and slice it (it’s difficult to slice once it’s frozen). Wrap it in plastic wrap and store it in a freezer-safe container for up to two months. 
Molasses bread with yogurt is sliced from the top view.

Expert Tips

Even though this molasses whole wheat bread recipe is pretty easy and straightforward, I wanted to provide you with a few tips to help you get the best results. Here’s what you need to know:

  • Don’t overmix the dough: Once you combine the dry ingredients with the wet ingredients, it’s important to mix until the dough is just combined. Overmixing tends to affect the texture of your bread, making the resulting bread tough, dense, or chewy. While manually mixing will help you avoid overmixing, a stand mixer and a dough hook will also work as long as you watch it closely and stop mixing once the dough comes together. 
  • Aerate the flour for proper measurement: The best way to measure flour for this whole wheat recipe is to spoon it into your measuring cup and level it off with a butter knife. This will help aerate the flour, which ensures proper measurement and gives the bread a nice texture. 
  • It is a dense dough: After you add the fruit, you will end up with a dense dough. You might think that it needs more liquid but please trust the recipe. It does not need more liquid.
  • Let it cool completely before slicing: I know you will be tempted to cut into your bread as soon as it comes out of the oven (I was, too), but it’s important to wait a little bit to let the loaf cool completely before cutting into it. The bread actually continues to cook and release steam as it cools, so cutting into it too soon interrupts this process and leaves you with a dense texture that’s usually a bit sticky.

FAQs

What does yogurt do in baking bread?

Adding yogurt to bread recipes makes for tender, moist, and fluffy bread. It’s also a great substitute or replacement for fats and liquid, such as oil and butter, in healthy bread recipes. 

Which molasses is best?

I used unsulphured molasses in this molasses wheat bread recipe, as it’s made from sugar cane, usually doesn’t contain additives or preservatives, and has a sweet, “pure” taste. Blackstrap molasses, another common type of molasses, is thicker, darker, and more bitter than unsulphured. 

Other Quick Bread Recipes You Might Like

Once you start making bread at home, you won’t want to buy it from the store! Whether you serve it to your family or give it away to friends and neighbors, it’s always nice to have a homemade loaf that’s ready to enjoy. If you’re looking to expand your collection of quick bread recipes, look no further than the links below: 

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this Yogurt Molasses Bread recipe, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe is adapted from Mark Bittman’s Quick Whole Wheat and Molasses Bread recipe in his cookbook, How To Cook Everything (affiliate link.)

Yogurt molasses bread sliced on a cutting board.
Print

Yogurt Molasses Bread Recipe

With just the right amount of sweetness this yogurt walnut and dried fig bread make a delicious breakfast bread or snack cake to serve with your afternoon tea. If you are a fan of making your own bread, this whole wheat flour and cornmeal based Yogurt Molasses bread recipe is one that you should definitely try.
Course Bread
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 10 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 335kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 1/2 cups whole wheat flour 13.75 oz.
  • 1/2 cup fine cornmeal 3 oz.
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 1 teaspoon baking soda
  • 1 2/3 cups plain whole milk yogurt 14 oz. – at room temperature
  • 1/2 cup unsulphured blackstrap molasses 4.5 oz.
  • 1/2 cup dried fruit chopped
  • 1 cup walnuts chopped

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325 Degrees F. Spray a non-stick 9X5 or 8.5 X4.5 baking dish with vegetable spray.
  • Mix whole wheat flour, cornmeal, salt, and baking soda in a large bowl. Set it aside.
  • Whisk together yogurt and molasses in a separate bowl until fully combined.
  • Stir the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients and stir just until combined. It will be a very thick batter.
  • Mix in the chopped fruit and walnuts and stir them in just until they are evenly distributed.
  • Place the batter into the prepared pan and distribute it evenly in the pan using a spatula.
  • Bake until a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean for about 55-60 minutes. Let it rest for 5 minutes. Remove from the pan and transfer onto a wire rack to cool completely.
  • Slice and serve.

Notes

  • It is a dense dough: After you add the fruit, you will end up with a dense dough, and it may feel like you need more liquid, but trust the recipe.
  • Let it cool completely before slicing: I know you will be tempted to cut into your bread as soon as it comes out of the oven (I was, too), but it’s important to wait a little bit to let the loaf cool completely before cutting into it. Bread actually continues to cook and release steam as it cools, so cutting into it too soon interrupts this process and leaves you with a dense texture that’s usually a bit sticky. 
  • Storage: Bring the leftovers to room temperature before placing in an airtight container in the fridge. The sliced bread will keep fresh for up to a week.
  • Freezing: This whole wheat bread is great for freezing. Though I recommend freezing it after slicing. Simply place the sliced bread in an airtight container, and get the air out as much as possible before freezing. 
  • Thawing: No need to thaw! Just warm it up in a toaster (or toaster oven) for a delicious breakfast toast.

Nutrition

Calories: 335kcal | Carbohydrates: 54g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 11g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 6mg | Sodium: 410mg | Potassium: 607mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 21g | Vitamin A: 45IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 131mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/yogurt-and-molasses-bread-with-walnuts-and-dried-figs/feed/ 16
Overnight Oats with Yogurt https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-oats-with-yogurt/ https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-oats-with-yogurt/#comments Fri, 13 Jan 2023 16:50:49 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=63759 I love to make a big batch of healthy overnight oats with Greek yogurt at the beginning of the week,…]]>

I love to make a big batch of healthy overnight oats with Greek yogurt at the beginning of the week, especially when I know I have busy weekdays ahead. It’s convenient, filling, yummy, and prevents me from skipping the most important meal of the day! 

If you’re looking to incorporate similar recipes into your breakfast routine, you have to try this Overnight Steel Cut Oats Recipe, my Almond Milk Oatmeal, and Muesli Overnight Oats

Oatmeal combined with yogurt in a bowl with fruit from the top view.

Ingredients

This simple yogurt and oats recipe requires four basic ingredients that you likely already have on hand or can easily pick up at the grocery store. To amp up the flavor, add as many additional ingredients or toppings as you’d like. Here’s what you’ll need:

Ingredients for a greek yogurt and oatmeal recipe in bowls from the top view.
  • To make creamy overnight oats with yogurt, gather Greek Vanilla Yogurt, old-fashioned rolled oats, honey (or maple syrup), cinnamon, and water.
  • As optional toppings, use fresh fruit (such as fresh berries), chopped nuts or nut butter (such as almond butter, peanut butter, or sunflower seed butter), and even homemade granola

Ingredient Substitutions

This easy overnight oats with yogurt recipe is very forgiving when it comes to substitutions. Feel free to customize it to your liking to accommodate the ingredients you have on hand or your dietary restrictions or preferences. Here are some suggestions: 

  • Yogurt: While plain Greek yogurt gives this oatmeal with yogurt recipe a creamy texture and a perfect consistency, feel free to use plain yogurt or your favorite yogurt instead. I love to make vanilla yogurt at home, so I can control the sweetness, but you can also purchase vanilla yogurt from your local store. You can even make overnight oats with strawberry yogurt or your favorite fruit-flavored yogurts. If you wish to make the recipe vegan and dairy-free, simply substitute your favorite vegan yogurt. Just remember that vegan yogurt is typically thinner in consistency than regular yogurt, so your yogurt with oats recipe may not be super creamy if you use vegan yogurt (but it’ll still taste great). 
  • Oats: In my opinion, amongst all types, the best oats for yogurt overnight oats are old-fashioned rolled oats. My personal favorite is the organic brand One Degree (affiliate link), which offers old-fashioned oats and gluten-free oats. You can also use quick oats to make instant oatmeal with Greek yogurt. Not sure about how rolled oats are different than quick oats? Check out our comprehensive guide on quick oats vs. rolled oats. Or, to really pack in some extra superfoods, substitute equal parts of Homemade Muesli for the oats. 
  • Water vs. milk: Some cold oatmeal cereal recipes use milk, but I thought water would suffice since we’re also using yogurt. If you want to use milk to make this refrigerator oatmeal recipe extra rich and creamy, you can use cow’s milk or non-dairy milk, such as almond milk, coconut milk, or even cashew milk
  • Sweetener: While I love the flavor and sweetness of honey, you can use whatever type of sweetener you prefer or have on hand. I recommend maple syrup, coconut sugar, or brown sugar, as they all pair well with this overnight yogurt oatmeal. 
  • Spices: If ground cinnamon just isn’t enough, you can amp up the flavor with all your favorite “sweet” spices. Ground nutmeg, cardamom, ginger, and cloves would all pair beautifully with your oatmeal and yogurt breakfast. 

Optional Toppings and Add-Ins

You can easily customize this recipe’s flavor profile and sweetness by adding your toppings of choice. Feel free to get creative, but here are some of my favorites: 

  • Fruit: Fresh fruit is a classic breakfast topping, and Greek yogurt with strawberries and oats pairs so well. I also love to top mine with a ripe mashed banana, raspberries, or blueberries. You can always use thawed frozen fruit if berries or your favorite fruits aren’t in season. 
  • Additional sweeteners: If you have leftover Cranberry Maple Sauce sitting around from holiday baking, use it to sweeten up this recipe! Other fruit sauces and jams, like mashed bananas, Blueberry Sauce or Homemade Applesauce, are also great natural sweeteners to flavor your oats with Greek yogurt. 
  • Nuts: To add some crunch to your simple overnight oats with yogurt, use chopped nuts, such as almonds, cashews, pecans, or walnuts. For a high-protein breakfast that’s the perfect pre or post-workout fuel, add a tablespoon or two of nut butter, such as peanut butter or almond butter. To make your Greek yogurt with oats recipe extra decadent, try topping it off with chocolate chips (which pair great with peanut butter). 
  • Granola: You can also top your oat and yogurt breakfast with my Chunky Granola Recipe or this Quinoa Crunch for additional texture, flavor, and a boost of nutrients. 
  • Superfoods: If you’re looking for a great way to incorporate an extra dose of health benefits into your daily diet, add a pinch of superfoods, such as chia seeds  (just like I do with my Overnight Chia Pudding with Yogurt recipe), hemp seeds, or ground flax seeds, into your yummy breakfast. 

How to Make Overnight Oats with Yogurt

In only five minutes, you can whip up this basic vanilla overnight oats recipe with yogurt to have it ready to go first thing in the morning. If you’d like to make your own vanilla yogurt from plain yogurt to use in this recipe, follow the first two steps below. If you purchased vanilla yogurt from the store, you can skip to step three. Here’s how to do it:

  1. Make the vanilla yogurt: Place plain, whole milk yogurt (regular or Greek), honey, and vanilla extract in a bowl. Whisk to combine. 
  2. Taste and adjust: Give it a taste and add more honey or vanilla if needed. 
A person showing how to make overnight oats with yogurt from the top view.
  1. Combine the ingredients: Add the vanilla yogurt, honey, and water to a large mixing bowl. Whisk until well combined. 
  2. Stir in the oats: Add in the oats and ground cinnamon (if using) and stir it until the mixture is well combined. My go-to overnight oats ratio with yogurt is 1 ½ cups rolled oats, 1 cup yogurt, and 1 cup water (or any milk of your choice.), so if you need to make a larger batch, you can follow that formula.
A person showing how to make a recipe with oatmeal and yogurt.
  1. Rest: Cover the bowl with a lid or plastic wrap and place it in the fridge for at least 6 hours. 
  2. Stir: In the morning, take the vanilla yogurt overnight oats out of the fridge and give them a good stir to reincorporate the ingredients. 
  3. Serve or store: If you’re ready to serve, place your desired amount of oats in a bowl and garnish with your toppings of choice and a drizzle of honey. If you wish to store your Greek yogurt and oats recipe, divide it into jars and store it in the fridge. 

How to Serve Overnight Yogurt Oats?

It’s no secret that starting your day with Greek yogurt is an excellent habit because of its many health benefits, such as its high calcium and protein content. Once your overnight oatmeal with yogurt is ready in the morning, you can enjoy it as-is or store it in jars as part of your weekly meal prep. Here are some tips:

  • Make breakfast in a jar with yogurt: For a truly grab-and-go, single-serving breakfast, make overnight oats in a mason jar! Mix up a big batch of this recipe (multiply the recipe as many times as you’d like), let it sit overnight, and divide it into 16 oz mason jars (or another one of your favorite containers) in the morning. To make things even easier, you can add your favorite toppings, such as fruit, into each 16-ounce jar. You can also layer the oats with granola, as you would in my Yogurt Parfait recipe. However, I recommend adding the granola to the jars right before you’re ready to serve, as granola tends to get soggy as it sits.
  • Serve it in a bowl: For a quick way to serve your easy breakfast recipe, whip up a batch of Greek oats and add your desired amount to a bowl in the morning. Don’t forget to add the toppings!
A bowl of oats topped with fruit and nuts from the side view.

How to Meal Prep and Store Leftovers

This Overnight oats recipe with yogurt is perfect for meal prep, making busy mornings effortless. Here’s how to store them for the best texture and freshness:

  • To make ahead – Portion into jars or containers: After mixing, divide the oats into individual mason jars, glass meal prep containers, or any airtight containers. This makes them easy to grab and go.
  • Refrigerate: Store in the fridge for up to 4 days. The longer they sit, the softer the oats become. If they thicken too much, stir in a splash of water (or milk) before serving.
  • Add toppings right before serving: For the best texture, add fresh fruit, granola, or nuts just before eating to keep them crisp and fresh.
  • Avoid freezing: Freezing changes the texture of yogurt and oats, making them watery and grainy. If you need a make-ahead alternative for this overnight oats with yogurt recipe, prepare the dry ingredients separately and mix them with yogurt the night before.

FAQs

Can you put uncooked oats in yogurt?

Yes, you can! Overnight oats are a no-cook raw oats and yogurt recipe. There’s no need to cook the oats beforehand, as adding yogurt to oatmeal and letting it sit overnight allows the oats to soak up the liquid and become soft and easy to digest.

How long do overnight oats with yougurt need to sit?

Raw oats in yogurt need to sit for at least six hours in order to fully soak up the liquid and become soft. For best results, giving them an overnight soak is preferable.

Can I heat up overnight oats with yogurt?

I don’t recommend heating it up, as overnight oat recipes taste better cold. However, if you prefer to serve it warm, the best way to do so is to microwave it in 30-second intervals, making sure to stir after each interval until it reaches your desired temperature.

How long do overnight oatmeal with yogurt last? How far in advance can you make it?

Overnight oats with vanilla yogurt will last for up to four days if stored in an airtight jar or container in the fridge.

Can you freeze overnight oats with yogurt?

Yes, technically, you can freeze refrigerator oatmeal with yogurt. However, I don’t recommend freezing this recipe, as the taste and texture are best when refrigerated. Instead of freezing, I recommend making smaller, individual servings if you think you cannot consume an entire recipe within about four days.

Can I make this recipe using steel cut oats?

I don’t recommend substituting steel-cut oats, as I found that they don’t soften up as well as regular oats. If you want to make overnight steel-cut oats with yogurt, you can make my Overnight Steel Cut Oats recipe and add in vanilla yogurt once the oats are cooked.

Other Breakfast Porridge Recipes

Make-ahead breakfasts like this refrigerator yogurt oatmeal are a perfect option for busy mornings, as they’re quick, filling, nutritious, and tasty. If you’re looking for more easy, healthy breakfast ideas, browse the links below for inspiration: 

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this Overnight Oats in Yogurt recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Refrigerator oats with yogurt in a bowl with fruit from the top view.
Print

Overnight Oats with Yogurt Recipe

This Overnight Oats with Yogurt recipe is a quick, nutritious, and high-protein breakfast that's easy to add to your weekly meal plan. Simply combine the ingredients, let them soak overnight, and enjoy in the morning! Plus, this basic recipe pairs perfectly with a variety of different toppings, making it easily customizable to suit your preferences.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Resting Time 8 hours
Total Time 8 hours 5 minutes
Servings 2
Calories 357kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup Vanilla Yogurt or Greek Vanilla Yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup more to taste
  • 1 cup water or milk of your choice
  • ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon optional
  • 1 ½ cups old-fashioned rolled oats

Optional Toppings:

  • ½ cup fresh fruit such as fresh berries
  • A handful of nuts or a few tablespoons of nut butter
  • Granola

Instructions

  • Combine the ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, whisk together vanilla yogurt, honey, and water until well combined.
  • Stir in the oats: Stir in the rolled oats and ground cinnamon (if using) and mix until fully incorporated.
  • Cover and rest: Cover with plastic wrap or a tight-fitting lid and place in the refrigerator for at least 6 hours or overnight.
  • Stir: In the morning, give it a quick stir.
  • Garnish and serve: Divide the overnight yogurt oats into bowls (or jars) and, if preferred, garnish them with your favorite toppings and a drizzle of honey.

Video

Notes

  • Yields: This recipe makes about 2 1/2 cups of overnight yogurt oats, which is ideal for 2 servings. 
  • Yogurt: You can make your own vanilla yogurt or buy any of your favorite yogurt brands from the grocery store to make this recipe. You can also use your favorite fruit flavored yogurt in this recipe. 
  • Oats: You can make this recipe with instant oats, but I do not recommend using steel-cut oats as they do not soften properly even after a whole night in the fridge.
  • Store: Store in an airtight container or jar in the fridge for up to four days.
  • Meal prep: If you are making the refrigerator oatmeal as a part of your weekly meal prep, you can easily multiply this recipe. As a general rule, my go-to overnight oats ratio with yogurt and water is 1 ½ cups rolled oats, 1 cup yogurt, and 1 cup water (or any milk of your choice.)
  • Calorie info: The calorie information below does not include the optional toppings.

Nutrition

Calories: 357kcal | Carbohydrates: 63g | Protein: 18g | Fat: 4g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Cholesterol: 5mg | Sodium: 46mg | Potassium: 374mg | Fiber: 6g | Sugar: 21g | Vitamin A: 5IU | Vitamin C: 0.1mg | Calcium: 152mg | Iron: 3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-oats-with-yogurt/feed/ 7
How To Make Muesli https://foolproofliving.com/how-to-make-muesli/ https://foolproofliving.com/how-to-make-muesli/#comments Tue, 03 Jan 2023 15:10:42 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=63563 Few breakfasts are as filling, nutritious, or versatile as this homemade muesli recipe. Every bite will satisfy your tastebuds, whether…]]>

Few breakfasts are as filling, nutritious, or versatile as this homemade muesli recipe. Every bite will satisfy your tastebuds, whether you prepare it with almond milk, like my Almond Milk Oatmeal, or top it with fresh fruit, like my Apple Cinnamon Oatmeal. And if you love the health-conscious ingredients in this easy muesli recipe, you’ll adore other oatmeal dishes, including my Vegan Baked Oatmeal.

A homemade cereal in a jar with a spoon from the top view.

What is Muesli?

Muesli is a healthy breakfast dish made from a rolled oats base mixed in with other ingredients, such as nuts, fruits, and seeds, and served right away with milk (or juice) or soaked overnight.

This nutritious dish—sometimes mistyped as “museli,” “meusli,” “muselix,” and “muslie”—was created by Swiss physician Maximilian Bircher-Benner in the 20th century to serve as a healthy breakfast for hospital patients as a part of their treatment. (source – Wikipedia Muesli article)

The original Bircher muesli recipe was a bit different than what it is today. It was made by using raw oats, grated apples, and chopped nuts mixed with water, lemon juice, and sweetened condensed milk.

Needless to say, it took off after its creation, and muesli breakfasts spread quickly throughout Switzerland. The recipe became so widespread in the country that many still refer to it as “Swiss muesli” or “Swiss-style muesli.”

Despite its European origins, muesli has also become a favorite breakfast food in the U.S., with successful brands like Alpen Muesli and Bob’s Red Mills appearing in health food stores across the country.

Muesli Ingredients

Below, you will find the formula I follow to make this muesli recipe along with recommendations on brands I like and buy all the time. However, if you are living outside the US (or in an area where you do not have access to these specific ingredients), please know that you can substitute pretty much every single ingredient in this recipe, which is listed under the formula.

Some of the links in this section are affiliate links, which means if you make a purchase using a link, I will get a commission at no cost to you.

Ingredients for a homemade cereal in bowls from the top view.

With that being said, these ingredients and brands are just a suggestion, and I suggest you take this basic muesli recipe and change it up according to your taste buds. My only recommendation is that you read the labels while you are shopping for these ingredients. 

When I am at the store, I make sure to buy products that are unsweetened, unsalted, and organic as much as possible. I prefer organic ingredients because USDA organic requirements prohibit the use of pesticides in farming, and I prefer that my muesli breakfast bowl in the morning has none of that in it. 

This recipe results in 16 cups of mixed muesli (approx. 16 servings), though you can halve or multiply the recipe as necessary. Please refer to the formula sheet below for ingredients and their amounts.

IngredientAmount
Quick Cooking Rolled Oats3 cups
Other Grain Cereals5 cups
Dried Fruit3 cups
Superfoods1 cup
Seeds and Nuts2 1/2 cups

Quick Cooking Rolled Oats VS. Old Fashioned Rolled Oats

You can use either quick-cooking or old-fashioned oats for muesli. I prefer using quick oats because they don’t require any extra cooking to soften them. Add in milk or yogurt, and they’re ready to eat!

If you are not sure about how they are different, be sure to check out this comprehensive article on rolled oats vs. old-fashioned oats.

However, if you prefer to use old-fashioned oats—a thicker cut than quick-cooking oats—I recommend roasting them in the oven before eating. Simply spread the rolled oats on a large baking sheet alongside nuts and seeds (if desired) at 350 degrees F. for 10-12 minutes. Just make sure to give it a toss halfway through the process.

Other Grain Cereals

Adding breakfast muesli cereals to your mixture is an excellent way to give your recipe a delectable crunch. Some of my favorite brands include Brown Rice Crisps, Rice Puffs, Kamut Khorasan Wheat Puffs (not gluten-free), Bran Flakes (not gluten-free), and Quinoa Flakes—all of which should be available in the health section of your local grocery store. Of course, you can order them online as well. Be sure to use a gluten-free cereal brand if you want to keep this recipe gluten-free.

Dried Fruit

To give your muesli mixture an irresistible sweetness, you can add any dried fruit that’s unsweetened and doesn’t contain sulfur (marked as “unsulfured”). Some of my favorite dry fruits include dried apples, golden raisins, dried apricot, goji berries, and dried mango. 

If I am making this DIY muesli during the holidays, I like using dried cranberries. However, be aware that most dried cranberries are sweetened with sugar as they are pretty bitter without it. That being said, you can find use orange juice-sweetened cranberries at health food stores like Whole Foods, Sprouts, and Trader Joe’s.

Superfoods

If you’re wondering how to make muesli extra nutritious, superfoods are just what your recipe needs. Heart-healthy hemp seeds and antioxidant-packed chia seeds are two of my favorite health-conscious add-ins. 

You could also add ground flax seeds to your muesli to increase its omega-3 fatty acids. However, don’t add them to the cereal mixture until just before you eat it, as they must be refrigerated until use.

Seeds and Nuts

Want to add more protein to your vegan muesli? Any unsalted raw seeds or nuts will work. My go-to additions to this muesli cereal recipe include pumpkin seeds, sliced or slivered almonds, sunflower seeds, pecans, and walnuts.

Other Optional Add-Ins & Topping Suggestions

Give your muesli a healthy crunch by filling it with unsweetened coconut flakes. Or, add ½ cup of wheat germ for a power food with tons of healthy fats. Sesame seeds, fresh berries, apricots, and bananas also add a bright taste to your muesli breakfast. 

I also enjoy adding ground warm spices for additional flavor, stirring in a pinch of ground cinnamon, ground nutmeg, ground cloves, ground ginger, or ground cardamom. Just remember that a small amount goes a long way!

How to Prepare Muesli at Home?

A series of images showing how to combine ingredients to make muesli.

This healthy muesli recipe is one of the simplest breakfast dishes in my recipe book. Simply place all of the ingredients in a large bowl or glass jar, mix to combine, top it off with a lid, and serve as desired. That’s it!

How to Serve?

There are several ways to serve this DIY muesli recipe. From homemade muesli cereal to fruity almond milk oatmeal, these tasty suggestions will have you craving a muesli breakfast daily.

  • Serve it as cereal with milk: Prepare your muesli as a breakfast cereal by mixing it with an equal amount of cold milk (I recommend one cup for every cup of muesli). You can use cow or plant-based milk, such as oat or almond milk (which you can even make at home using my effortless recipes for Almond Butter Milk or DIY Almond Milk!). Then, top off your cereal muesli with fresh fruit (strawberries and blueberries are my faves) for extra juicy and sweet flavors.
  • With yogurt: Give your muesli an irresistibly creamy texture by soaking it overnight in plain Greek yogurt. If you don’t want your muesli quite as soft, you could make a yogurt bowl by topping off your mixture with Homemade Vanilla Yogurt or your favorite store-bought brand. Or, make your muesli part of your favorite yogurt parfait with recipes like my fresh and flavorful Greek Yogurt Parfait. Alternatively, you can use this muesli to make my Overnight Oats with Yogurt by simply using this muesli mixture instead of rolled oats.
  • With juice: Enjoy your muesli in European style by serving it with fruit juice, such as orange juice.
  • Make oatmeal: To make muesli oatmeal, mix 1 cup of water or milk for every ½ cup of muesli. Then, bring the mixture to a quick boil on the stovetop or in the microwave, give it a quick stir, and serve. This simple oatmeal comes together in just 5-10 minutes. If you need further instructions, check out my Almond Milk Oatmeal recipe.
  • With fruit on top or on the side: Top it off with a handful of fruit, or better yet, make a batch of my Fruit Breakfast Salad and serve it on the side.
  • Optional sweeteners: If you have a sweet tooth, in my opinion, the best muesli recipe is one that has delicious natural sweeteners, like Pureed Blueberries, Unsweetened Applesauce, or Cranberry Maple Sauce. Alternatively, a drizzle of honey is yet another way of adding some sweetness to your morning bowl.
Two photos showing a close-up of a homemade cereal and the cereal in a jar.

How to Store Homemade Muesli?

You can store your muesli mix in an airtight container or airtight jar at room temperature for up to a month. It may seem like the muesli ingredients should last longer according to their expiration dates. However, their longevity decreases when repeatedly exposed to air, such as when you open their storage container to get a helping of muesli.

I use this one-gallon glass jar to store my muesli mixture. If you want to keep your muesli for longer than a month, place the cereal in smaller containers and remove as much air as possible.

Expert Tips

Learning to make muesli at home is one of my favorite beginner-level recipes. With these pro suggestions, your dream breakfast will come together in seconds.

  • Use a large bowl to mix: I highly recommend using a large bowl to combine your ingredients, as this recipe results in 16 cups of muesli, and you need enough space to distribute your ingredients evenly. When I made muesli on Instagram, I mixed all the ingredients in a large, 1-gallon glass jar, and as you can see, it is best to do it in a big bowl and then transfer it to the container.
  • Use organic and gluten-free certified ingredients: Reduce your gluten intake, cut unhealthy chemicals from your diet, and support all-natural farms by using organic and gluten-free ingredients in this muesli dish.
  • Halve or multiply the recipe as you please: You can prepare as many or as few servings of this breakfast dish as you’d like. Refer to the formula to increase or decrease your ingredients accordingly.
  • Get creative: There are countless different ways to customize this easy homemade muesli recipe, and trying out new combinations is the best way to vary your diet without the hassle of everyday prep time. Whether you try this dish using an overnight oats-style, mix in some peanut butter, or top it with additional fresh fruits, don’t be afraid to have fun with it!
  • Eat smaller portions for weight loss: If you’re trying to shed some pounds, I recommend consuming it in smaller portions (perhaps, ½ cup per serving.) Though it is made using healthy and nutritious ingredients, consuming muesli in smaller portions is ideal for weight loss.
Fruit muesli in a bowl with milk and a spoon from the top view.

FAQs

Wondering how to cook muesli, what muesli’s nutritional information is, or how muesli differs from other breakfast staples? Here are all your homemade muesli questions answered:

Are the oats in muesli raw?

Yes, muesli contains raw rolled oats, one of the most popular oats for breakfast amongst all kinds of oats available for consumption. Depending on your recipe, you can make muesli using quick-cooking oats or old-fashioned rolled oats.

What’s the difference between muesli and granola?

Though the two share many ingredients, muesli and granola are different. Traditional muesli is a dry mix of uncooked ingredients. By contrast, granola is baked using a binder of oil or egg whites and often contains a sweetener, such as maple syrup, honey, or brown sugar.

Is muesli gluten-free?

Muesli can be gluten-free if you ensure that each component ingredient is also gluten-free (including gluten-free oats!).

Is homemade muesli healthy?

Muesli contains highly nutritious ingredients, such as fiber-rich oats, nutrient-dense superfoods, and heart-healthy grains. You can even add milk for extra calcium! Therefore, as long as you read your ingredients’ labels and know what you’re using, muesli can be a healthy way to start the day.

Other Breakfast Bowl Recipes You Might Also Like

When you make your own muesli, you’re bound to fall in love with tasty breakfast foods. Try these other fan-favorite breakfast bowl recipes, and you’ll start every morning energized and satisfied.

Save This Recipe
Want to save this recipe? Enter your email below and we’ll send the recipe link to your inbox so you can easily come back to it when you are ready to make it. Plus, you’ll get great new recipes every week.

If you try this How to Make Muesli recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Muesli oats in a bowl with a spoon from the top view.
Print

How to Make Muesli Recipe

Once you learn How to Make Muesli at home, you'll never have to buy store-bought cereal again. Not only is homemade muesli a nutrient-dense and filling breakfast, but it's also meal-prep friendly for busy mornings. This helpful guide also features plenty of substitutions and serving suggestions to accommodate your preferences, the ingredients you have on hand, and dietary restrictions and allergies.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 0 minutes
Total Time 30 minutes
Servings 16 cups
Calories 406kcal

Ingredients

Instructions

  • Combine ingredients: Place all ingredients in a large bowl (or a glass jar, like I did) and stir to combine.
  • Serve/store: Cover it tightly with a lid. Enjoy it with your favorite milk and fresh fruit.

Video

Notes

  • When shopping for these ingredients, be sure to read the label. I recommend choosing ingredients that are made with no added sugar and are naturally gluten-free (if that is important to you) and organic, if possible.
  • The basic formula: The ratio that I follow for making muesli is 3 cups of Quick Cooking Rolled Oats, 5 cups of grain (or non-grain) cereals, 3 cups of dried fruit, and 1 cup of superfoods. You can find further information on substitutions within the blog post.
  • Serving amount and suggestion: This recipe yields 16 cups of mixed muesli (approx. 16 servings), though you can halve or multiply the recipe as necessary. 
  • Quick Cooking Oats vs. Old-Fashioned Rolled Oats: I use quick-cooking oats in my muesli because they require no cooking and are softened as soon as they are mixed in with the liquid. However, if you prefer using rolled oats, I recommend roasting them in a preheated 350-degree oven for 10-12 minutes, along with the seeds and nuts you are using. 
  • Calorie Information: Please know that the nutritional values below are approximate and may change depending on the brand you use.
  • Storage: Store it in an airtight container or jar at room temperature for up to a month. It may seem like the muesli ingredients should last longer according to their expiration dates. However, their longevity decreases when repeatedly exposed to air, such as when you open their storage container to get a helping of muesli. 
  • Longer storage: If you want it to last longer, you can store it in separate airtight containers (or jars) in smaller portions for up to 3 months. 
  • Serving suggestions:
    • Serve it with any of your favorite dairy or non-dairy milk (like you would serve store-bought cereal). 
    • Make it a warm bowl of oatmeal by cooking it with milk. My ratio is ½ cup muesli to 1 cup liquid (plant-based or regular milk or water).
    • Mix it with milk or yogurt (1 to 1 ratio) to make it overnight muesli.

Nutrition

Calories: 406kcal | Carbohydrates: 38g | Protein: 12g | Fat: 25g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 8g | Monounsaturated Fat: 7g | Trans Fat: 0.01g | Sodium: 20mg | Potassium: 442mg | Fiber: 9g | Sugar: 8g | Vitamin A: 40IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 90mg | Iron: 5mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/how-to-make-muesli/feed/ 7
Jalapeno Cheddar Cornbread with Jiffy Mix https://foolproofliving.com/jalapeno-and-scallion-cornbread/ https://foolproofliving.com/jalapeno-and-scallion-cornbread/#comments Wed, 19 Oct 2022 13:28:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=5555 Cornbread is one of life’s little pleasures that is cozy and comforting. It’s the perfect side dish for many soups,…]]>

Cornbread is one of life’s little pleasures that is cozy and comforting. It’s the perfect side dish for many soups, stews and chilis, and it makes an even better accompaniment to main dish meals.

I love to use this jalapeno cheese cornbread for my Vegetarian Cornbread Stuffing when the holiday season comes around. And if you don’t have any boxes of Jiffy corn muffin mix at home or would prefer a from-scratch recipe, try my Savory Cornbread Muffins instead.

Jalapeno cheddar cornbread on a plate from the top view.

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

While I love classic cornbread, the addition of jalapeno and cheddar really takes it over the top. I know you will love it because:

  • One-bowl 30-minute recipe: That’s right – all it takes is one bowl and a whisk to have this Jiffy jalapeno cornbread ready for the table in 30 minutes.
  • Balanced and Flavorful: The jalapeno adds a little kick and the perfect balance of heat to the sweet cornmeal and creamy cheddar cheese.
  • Super Customizable: With plenty of options to swap out one ingredient for another, the recipe variations are endless and a great way to stay creative in the kitchen. 

Ingredients You Will Need

This Jiffy cheddar jalapeno cornbread requires a short list of only 7 simple ingredients. Gather together large eggs, sour cream, unsalted butter, honey, Jiffy corn muffin mix, canned jalapenos and cheddar cheese.

Ingredients for cornbread with jalapeños and cheese from the top view.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Sour Cream: Use whole milk sour cream for a great texture and moist cornbread recipe.
  • Honey: We like sweet jalapeno cornbread, and since the Jiffy mix already has sugar, a teaspoon of honey goes a long way. Feel free to omit or replace it with maple syrup instead.
  • Oil: Swap out the butter for a neutral flavored oil, like avocado oil or refined coconut oil.
  • Canned vs. Fresh Jalapeños: I used diced canned jalapenos, but fresh jalapeno peppers, stemmed, seeded, and diced, or canned green chiles (be sure to drain it well) would also work. If adding jalapenos to the cornbread mix sounds too spicy to you, feel free to adjust the quantity based on your preferred heat level.
  • Cheese: I used white sharp cheddar cheese since that’s what I had on hand. A few other cheese options include pepper jack cheese, sharp cheddar, Monterey jack, or Mexican blend cheese.
  • Creamed Corn: If you’re looking for a Mexican cornbread with jiffy mix spin, add half a can of drained creamed corn (aka cream-style corn). Cooking time should remain the same.

How to Make This Recipe?

This easy Jiffy jalapeno cornbread recipe is just that – easy! It comes together in just a few minutes, and the rest of the time it’s left to bake away in the oven. Here’s how to do it:

A person greasing a pan and whisking wet ingredients from the top view.
  1. Grease pan: Preheat the oven to 400 degrees F. Generously grease a 9 x 9-inch baking pan with butter or cooking spray.
  2. Whisk wet ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk together eggs, sour cream, melted butter and honey, if using, until thoroughly combined and emulsified.
A person making honey jalapeno cornbread using jiffy mix.
  1. Add corn muffin mix: Fold in the two boxes of Jiffy cornbread mix. It will feel like you don’t have enough liquid. Be patient. As you mix, the batter will come together.
  2. Stir in additions: Add jalapenos to the cornbread mix, along with the cheddar cheese.
A person spreading cornbread mix into a pan and then baking it in the oven.
  1. Bake: Transfer the cornbread batter to the prepared baking dish. Spread it evenly throughout the pan with a spatula. Bake for 20-25 minutes, or until the top is lightly golden brown and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Allow to cool for 15 minutes. Slice and serve.

How to Make in Cast Iron Skillet or Muffin Tin?

This cheesy jalapeño cornbread recipe is just as easy to make in a cast iron skillet or muffin tin. Here’s how to do each one:

  • Cast Iron Skillet: Prepare the cornbread as directed. Spread into an even layer into a very well-greased / buttered 10-inch cast iron skillet. Bake at 350 degrees F for 20-22 minutes, or until the top is golden and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Cool for 15 minutes before slicing.
  • Muffin Pan: To make corn muffins, prepare the corn muffin batter as directed. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with 12 parchment paper liners (affiliate link). Divide the batter into the prepared muffin cups. Bake at 350 degrees F for 20-23 minutes, or until the tops are golden brown and the centers spring back to the touch. Cool in the pan for 10 minutes, then serve warm or transfer to a cooling rack to cool completely. This cheesy jalapeno cornbread recipe will make 12 muffins.

How to Store Leftovers?

  • Storage: This Jiffy jalapeno cheddar cornbread can be stored in an airtight container or zip top bag in the fridge for up to 5 days. For best results, bring to room temperature or reheat as per the instructions below before serving.
  • Freeze: To freeze, slice the cornbread into individual slices. Place on a rimmed baking sheet small enough to fit in your freezer. Freeze for 1 hour. Transfer to a freezer bag and freeze for up to 2 months. Thaw overnight in the fridge.
  • Reheat: Reheat in the oven or toaster oven set to 300 degrees F for 5-10 minutes or until warmed through.

Main Dish Recipes to Serve with Cornbread

Cheddar jalapeno cornbread is a wonderful addition to many soups, stews, chilis and those comforting fall and winter meals. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

Cheesy cornbread with jalapeño in a pan from the top view.

Expert Tips

  • Bring all ingredients to room temperature. This will create a smoother, well-mixed batter.
  • Drain the canned jalapenos. It’s important to drain canned jalapenos before mixing them into the cornbread mix, or you run the risk of making the batter too wet. I like to drain and even pat them dry with a paper towel.
  • Save a little extra shredded cheddar cheese for the top. It adds a visual appeal and another level of cheesy goodness. It is optional, but a few jalapeno slices on top adds a nice touch, too.

FAQs

What can you add to Jiffy corn muffin mix?

Jiffy corn muffin mix turns out much better with the addition of sour cream, eggs and melted butter. And to make it even more crave-able, jalapeno peppers and cheddar cheese add a generous amount of heat and creamy goodness to the original recipe.

How do you make Jiffy cornbread so it doesn’t crumble?

The best way to make Jiffy cornbread so it doesn’t crumble is to enrich the dough with eggs, sour cream, butter or oil, and a touch of honey. All will add moisture and a well-balanced flavor profile.

How can I spice up my cornbread mix?

To add some pizzazz to your cornbread mix, stir in one small can of diced jalapenos and 1 ½ cups of shredded cheese.

Why is Jiffy mix cornbread so crumbly?

The Jiffy cornbread recipe on the back of the box makes cornbread that is a little on the dry side. To combat this, a combination of sour cream and melted butter adds moisture, as well as flavor.

Other Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

I won’t lie; I think jalapeno peppers are awesome, and I love using them in my cooking every opportunity I get. Here are a few recipes from the archives where they shine:

If you try this easy Jalapeno Cheddar Cornbread with Jiffy recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Jalapeno cornbread cut into squares placed on a plate.
Print

Jiffy Jalapeno Cheddar Cornbread Recipe

This recipe for Jalapeno Cheddar Cornbread with Jiffy Mix adds a hint of spice, a touch of sweetness, and lots of cheesy flavor to your classic cornbread mix. Make this 7-ingredient recipe in only 30 minutes for an irresistible side to soups, stews, chilis, and more.
Course Bread
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 22 minutes
Cooling time 10 minutes
Total Time 42 minutes
Servings 9 servings
Calories 415kcal

Ingredients

  • 2 large eggs at room temperature
  • 1 cup sour cream at room temperature
  • ¼ cup melted unsalted butter cooled plus more for greasing the pan
  • 1 teaspoon honey optional
  • 2 boxes Jiffy Corn Muffin Mix 8.5 ounces each
  • ½ cup diced canned jalapenos* fully drained and chopped
  • 1 ½ cups shredded cheddar cheese

Instructions

  • Grease pan: Preheat oven to 400 degrees F. Generously grease a 9X9 inch baking dish with butter (or cooking spray).
  • Whisk wet ingredients: Whisk eggs, sour cream, melted butter and honey, if using, in a large mixing bowl until fully combined.
  • Add dry ingredients: Stir in the Jiffy corn muffin mix. At first, it will feel like you don’t have enough liquid, but as you mix, it will come together.
  • Stir in mix-ins: Fold in the chopped jalapenos and cheddar cheese.
  • Bake: Transfer the mixture to the prepared baking dish and spread it evenly throughout the pan. Bake for 20-25 minutes, or until the top is lightly browned and a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out clean. Let it cool for 15 minutes. Slice and serve.

Notes

Notes:
  • Bring all ingredients to room temperature. This will create a smoother, well-mixed batter.
  • Drain the canned jalapenos. It’s important to drain canned jalapenos before mixing them into the cornbread mix, or you run the risk of making the batter too wet. I like to drain and even pat them dry with a paper towel.
  • Save a little extra shredded cheddar cheese for the top. It adds a visual appeal and another level of cheesy goodness. It is optional, but a few jalapeno slices on top adds a nice touch, too.
  • To make it in a Cast Iron Skillet: Prepare the jalapeno cornbread as directed. Spread into an even layer into a very well-greased / buttered 10-inch cast iron skillet. Bake at 350 degrees F for 20-22 minutes, or until the top is golden and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Cool for 15 minutes before slicing.
  • To make it in a Muffin Pan: To make corn muffins, prepare the corn muffin batter as directed. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with parchment paper liners (affiliate link). Divide the batter into the prepared muffin cups. Bake at 350 degrees F for 20-23 minutes, or until the tops are golden brown and the centers spring back to the touch. Cool in the pan for 10 minutes, then serve warm or transfer to a cooling rack to cool completely. This cheesy jalapeno cornbread recipe will make 12 muffins.
  • Storage: This cornbread can be stored in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days. For best results, bring to room temperature and preheat in a low-heat (300-degree oven) until warmed through 10-15 minutes.

Nutrition

Calories: 415kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 10g | Fat: 24g | Saturated Fat: 11g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 8g | Trans Fat: 0.2g | Cholesterol: 85mg | Sodium: 710mg | Potassium: 137mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 748IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 198mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/jalapeno-and-scallion-cornbread/feed/ 26
Peach Mango Smoothie https://foolproofliving.com/peach-mango-smoothie/ https://foolproofliving.com/peach-mango-smoothie/#comments Tue, 30 Aug 2022 17:58:22 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=14529 It is no secret that smoothies are the ideal summer breakfast/snack with a long list of benefits, especially if they…]]>

It is no secret that smoothies are the ideal summer breakfast/snack with a long list of benefits, especially if they are made without any additional sugars, just like this peach mango smoothie recipe. 

Over the years, I have shared so many Superfood Smoothie Recipes and have no plans of slowing down. If you are a fan as well, be sure to check out Cantaloupe Smoothie and Mango Turmeric Smoothie, both of which are perfect for warmer months.

A person holding glasses of peach mango drink from the top view.

Ingredients

To make this peach mango drink, you will need fresh mango, peach slices, fresh orange juice, ice cubes, and your favorite yogurt. 

Ingredients for a mango peach smoothie in bowls from the top view.

Substitutions & Possible Add-Ins

  • Frozen Fruit: If fresh peaches and mangos are not in season, you can always make this mango and peach smoothie with frozen peaches and mangos. If you’re going to use frozen fruit, make sure you use less ice. Using ice and frozen fruit results in a really thick smoothie, almost like a peach mango puree. Of course, if you’d rather have a smoothie with a thicker consistency, you can always make a smoothie bowl.
  • Yogurt: Greek yogurt is a key ingredient to give this smoothie the creamy texture and tangy taste that pairs so well with sweet tropical fruits. The good thing is that you can use any type of yogurt. I have also made this smoothie using my vanilla yogurt many times and it turned out great. For a low-fat option, use skim milk yogurt; for a vegan smoothie, use vanilla almond milk yogurt or soy milk yogurt. If you want to enhance the peach flavors, you can even add in a coconut milk-based peach yogurt. And if peach and mango smoothie with yogurt is not your thing, add a handful of unsalted cashews to achieve a similar consistency.
  • Add a banana instead of sugar: While I think that ripe peaches and mangos make this smoothie sweet enough, if you want to add a bit more sweetness, I recommend adding a ripe banana. A refreshing peach mango banana smoothie is ideal, especially if you are serving it to kids as a poolside snack.
  • Add in some protein and more superfoods: As it is with any smoothie recipe, you can add in a tablespoon of hemp seeds, chia seeds, ground flaxseed, or even your favorite protein powder for an added nutritional boost. 
  • Play around with adding other fruit: Add a touch of tropical flavor to your summer fruit smoothies by adding pineapple, strawberries or any of your other favorite fruits in season.
  • Make it a juice instead: Want to make it a peach mango juice recipe? While it is healthier to eat fruit as a whole (or in pureed form like it is in this recipe), you can strain it through a colander to turn it into a juice instead.
  • Add greens: If you’re a fan of green smoothies, add a handful of spinach or kale to make sure you’re getting your daily vegetable intake. 
  • More flavor: Adding a dash of vanilla extract or maple syrup to your mango peach yogurt smoothie is a quick and easy way to elevate the overall flavor of the drink.

How to Make This Recipe

Making this tropical mango peach smoothie cannot be easier. Here are the steps:

A blender with ingredients for a smoothie with mango and peach from the top view.
  1. Blend ingredients: Combine mango chunks, peaches, orange juice, yogurt, and ice cubes into a blender. Pulse your ingredients a few times before blending them at high speed until it has a smooth consistency. 
  2. Serve: Pour your smoothie into your favorite glass. I like to garnish it with hemp seeds on top before serving, but it’s optional. 

How to Store

Store your drink in a cup with a lid (like a mason jar) for easy storage. It should be good for up to two days. Note that the longer it stays in the fridge, the more liquid it will become. Make sure you shake it up before serving it.

Peach Mango Milkshake in a glass from the front view.

FAQs

What fruits blend well with peaches?

Peaches blend well with oranges, strawberries, apricots, and pineapples.

How many calories are in a peach mango smoothie?

This smoothie recipe has 278 calories per serving. Please review the recipe card below for more nutritional information.

What is a good fruit combination with mango?

You can add various kinds of fresh fruit to your mango puree smoothie recipe to make it even more flavorful. Different fruits such as strawberries and raspberries are great for summer months, whereas a ripe banana is a great option for all-year-round.

Other Smoothie Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you liked this mango peach smoothie recipe, here are a few other delicious reader-favorite smoothie recipes you might enjoy:

If you try this Peach-Mango Smoothie recipe or any of our other smoothie recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

peach mango smoothie garnished with hemp seeds in a glass.
Print

Peach Mango Smoothie Recipe

This 5-ingredient Peach Mango Smoothie is the perfect easy breakfast or afternoon snack for a refreshing boost of nutrients! Make this tropical smoothie in only 5 minutes with fresh or frozen fruit.
Course Smoothie
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free, Vegetarian
Prep Time 5 minutes
Total Time 5 minutes
Servings 1 serving
Calories 278kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup mango cut into large chunks from 1 large ripe mango
  • 1 cup peach cut into large chunks for 2 small or 1 large ripe peach
  • ¾ cup orange juice or pineapple juice
  • ¼ cup Greek yogurt or any other one of your favorite yogurt
  • 1 cup ice

Instructions

  • Place all ingredients in a blender and blend until smooth. Serve right away.

Notes

  • Fruit: If fresh fruit is not available, you can use frozen mango and frozen peach instead. If you use frozen fruit, I recommend adding half the amount of ice.
  • Yogurt: You can use any type of yogurt you like here, homemade vanilla yogurt or even your favorite brand of vegan yogurt would also work.

Nutrition

Serving: 1g | Calories: 278kcal | Carbohydrates: 61g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 2g | Saturated Fat: 0.3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.3g | Monounsaturated Fat: 0.4g | Cholesterol: 3mg | Sodium: 53mg | Potassium: 908mg | Fiber: 5g | Sugar: 53g | Vitamin A: 2661IU | Vitamin C: 159mg | Calcium: 107mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/peach-mango-smoothie/feed/ 6
Vanilla Yogurt From Plain Yogurt https://foolproofliving.com/vanilla-yogurt/ https://foolproofliving.com/vanilla-yogurt/#comments Fri, 12 Aug 2022 01:04:20 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=57692 Serve it with fresh berries and crunchy granola for a healthy breakfast or an afternoon pick-me-up, or add it to…]]>

Serve it with fresh berries and crunchy granola for a healthy breakfast or an afternoon pick-me-up, or add it to your favorite recipes that call for vanilla yogurt. Better yet, make our Overnight Oats Recipe with Yogurt for a quick breakfast for busy mornings.

Yogurt is such a perfect complement to so many foods, so trust us when we say the yogurt recipes don’t stop here. If you’re like us and love the classic combo of yogurt and fruit, you’ll love this Yogurt Chia Pudding, Frozen Yogurt Bark & my go-to Yogurt Dip for Fruit

vanilla yogurt in a bowl with strawberries on the side from the top view

Recipe Ingredients

This ultra quick and easy homemade vanilla yogurt recipe requires only 3 staple ingredients that you probably already have on hand or can quickly grab from the grocery store. You’ll need plain whole milk Greek yogurt, vanilla extract, and honey. 

ingredients for the recipe in small bowls from the top view

Substitutions

The beauty of this easy recipe is that it’s totally customizable based on your preferences. Once you make vanilla yogurt from plain yogurt, that’s just a jumping-off point! Feel free to substitute or make additions to suit your sweet tooth or dietary restrictions. Here are some suggestions:

  • Yogurt: While I personally love that creamy Greek yogurt taste and texture, you can use whatever type of yogurt you prefer for this recipe! Regular yogurt, whole milk yogurt, or skim milk yogurt would all beautifully pair with vanilla and honey. You can even use plant-based yogurt if you’re vegan!
  • Other sweeteners: To make sweetened Greek yogurt, feel free to play around with added sugar based on your preference. Here at FPL headquarters, we prefer flavoring plain yogurt with natural sweeteners, like maple syrup and raw honey, but you can use confectioners’ sugar (aka powdered sugar) in its place for extra sweetness. To make a keto version of this recipe, sub in low-carb sweeteners, like monk fruit sugar or erythritol. We also recommend that you be careful when adding artificial sweeteners, like aspartame, sucralose, xylitol, etc., to unsweetened yogurt, as it can highly impact the flavor. 
  • Vanilla: Adding a dash of pure vanilla extract to plain yogurt is usually what I prefer, but you’re also free to use vanilla bean paste for a 1:1 substitute (meaning you can substitute one for equal amounts of the other). You can also use imitation vanilla extract, which tends to be more affordable. Or, if you’d rather, you can use half of a vanilla bean (vanilla beans have a potent flavor, so half of a bean is all you need). 
  • Honey syrup: As another sweetener option for this recipe, you can use my Honey Syrup recipe (a combination of honey and water) for honey vanilla greek yogurt. If you choose to use honey syrup, use double the amount of honey that the recipe calls for.   
  • Ground cinnamon: This is an optional addition, but adding a sprinkle of ground cinnamon to your plain vanilla yogurt really complements the flavors. 

How to Turn Plain Yogurt into Vanilla Yogurt

You can whip up this delicious recipe in no time! Simply:

person showing how to make vanilla yogurt from plain yogurt in a photo collage
  1. Combine the ingredients: Add the yogurt, honey, and vanilla extract to a bowl. Whisk until smooth and well combined. 
  2. Taste and adjust: Give it a taste and add more vanilla extract or honey, if desired. 

How to Store

If you have leftovers of this honey and Greek yogurt recipe, you can store them in the fridge or freezer to enjoy later. Here are some tips:

  • Storage: You can store your homemade honey vanilla yogurt in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: Freeze your vanilla-flavored yogurt for up to 2 months to preserve the best taste and texture. 
  • Thaw: To serve the vanilla honey greek yogurt from frozen, first thaw your container of yogurt in the refrigerator (preferably overnight). The yogurt may appear separated once thawed, which tends to happen when you freeze dairy products. To revive the thawed yogurt, give it a stir to incorporate the ingredients or add in a small amount of yogurt if it’s watery. If it’s still not quite smooth, try blending it in a food processor before serving. Make sure not to refreeze once thawed! 

How to Use Vanilla Yogurt in Recipes?

Not only can you enjoy this flavorful vanilla greek yogurt recipe by itself as a breakfast or snack, but you can also use it in any recipe that calls for vanilla yogurt! Here are some vanilla yogurt recipe ideas:

  • Make yogurt parfaits: Name a better combo than creamy vanilla yogurt, fresh fruit, and crunchy granola. For one of my favorite vanilla yogurt recipes, try making my Yogurt Parfait recipe!
  • Try it in a smoothie: Vanilla yogurt is the perfect addition to any smoothie because it gives it that coveted thick, creamy texture and adds in just the right amount of sweetness. Try adding it to my Strawberry Banana Yogurt Smoothie or Cantaloupe Shake recipe for an ultra-tasty and refreshing smoothie. 
  • Pair it with fruit: Whether you’re making a fruit salad for a brunch crowd, bringing a fruit platter to your next gathering, or setting out a big fruit bowl for dessert, this easy recipe pairs perfectly with all your favorite seasonal fruit. 
  • Top it off with granola: Something about the crunchy texture and salty-sweet flavor of granola goes so well with yogurt. Simply top a bowl of yogurt with my Chunky Granola and call it breakfast!
  • Turn it into ice cream: Want to know how to make plain yogurt taste better? For a healthier yet delicious version of our favorite summer treat, try using this recipe to make Vanilla Frozen Yogurt!
plain vanilla yogurt with honey in a bowl with strawberries on the side from the side view

FAQs

Can you add vanilla extract to yogurt?

Yes, you can! Adding a dash of vanilla extract in plain yogurt really complements the tanginess of the yogurt and gives it a subtly sweet taste and flavor. Make it even better by adding a tablespoon of honey!

How much vanilla to add to plain yogurt?

When making plain yogurt vanilla-flavored, add half a teaspoon of vanilla extract for every cup of plain yogurt. Feel free to add more or less, depending on your personal preference.

Other Yogurt Recipes You Might Like

If you have an abundance of yogurt in your fridge that you’re dying to use, or if you’re just a yogurt fanatic like me, here are some other yogurt recipes you’ll love! 

If you try your hand at making this recipe, please take a minute to rate it and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

vanilla yogurt recipe in a bowl with strawberries on the side from top view
Print

Vanilla Yogurt Recipe

Learn how to turn plain yogurt into vanilla yogurt with this simple Vanilla Yogurt recipe! This refreshing, subtly sweet yogurt requires only 3 ingredients and takes 2 minutes to prepare. Enjoy it as a yummy breakfast with granola and berries or as a bedtime snack, or use it in any recipe that calls for vanilla yogurt!
Course Snack
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 2 minutes
Total Time 2 minutes
Servings 1 cup
Calories 283kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup plain whole milk yogurt regular or Greek yogurt
  • 2 tablespoons honey or maple syrup
  • ½ teaspoon vanilla extract

Instructions

  • Place yogurt, honey and vanilla extract in a bowl. Whisk until well combined.
  • Give it a taste and add more if necessary.

Notes

  • Storage: Store yogurt in an airtight container in the fridge for up to 5 days. 
  • Freeze: Freeze yogurt for up to 2 months to preserve the best taste and texture. 
  • Thaw: Thaw frozen yogurt in the refrigerator (preferably overnight). If the yogurt has separated while thawing, stir to reincorporate the ingredients. Add a few more tablespoons of yogurt if it’s too watery, or blend for a few seconds in a food processor. Make sure not to refreeze once thawed.

Nutrition

Calories: 283kcal | Carbohydrates: 46g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 8g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 0.2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 32mg | Sodium: 115mg | Potassium: 405mg | Fiber: 0.1g | Sugar: 46g | Vitamin A: 243IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 299mg | Iron: 0.3mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/vanilla-yogurt/feed/ 16
Homemade Brioche Buns https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-brioche-buns/ https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-brioche-buns/#comments Mon, 11 Jul 2022 20:40:25 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=55585 Whether you are making my Avocado Bacon Burgers, Bulgur Burger, or Tuna Melt Sandwiches or are in need of delicious…]]>

Whether you are making my Avocado Bacon Burgers, Bulgur Burger, or Tuna Melt Sandwiches or are in need of delicious a bread to serve with your favorite soups, this no-knead brioche-style bun recipe is an easy way to level up any of your meals.

If you have ever tried your hand at making the traditional brioche bun recipe you know that it requires a standing mixer, bread machine, or a lot of elbow grease as there is a lot of kneading involved. However, with this easy brioche bun recipe, you will not need any of that. 

Brioche burger buns from the top view close up distance.

Yes, you do need to tend the dough for the first few hours, but after that, time will do the rest of it for you. Simply follow the instructions or watch the how-to video below in the recipe card to master my technique for fluffy brioche buns that are guaranteed to impress.

Ingredients

To make homemade brioche hamburger buns, gather unsalted butter, bread flour, instant yeast, kosher salt, large eggs, water, and sugar. If preferred, you can sprinkle them with sesame or poppy seeds at the end for additional flavor and texture.

ingredients in the recipe on a marble backdrop
  • Bread flour: This recipe will not yield great results if you use all-purpose flour. My favorite US brand is King Arthur Unbleached Bread Flour (affiliate link), but I also tested it with other national brands like Bob’s Red Mills (affiliate link), Gold Medal, and even Walmart’s Great Value Bread Flour. They all work well in this recipe.
  • Instant Yeast: I used a packet of Fleischmann’s Rapid Instant Yeast (affiliate link) but this recipe is also tested with Red Star’s Quick Rise Instant Yeast.
  • Salt: I used Diamond Kosher salt (affiliate link). If you use, Morton’s Kosher salt or table salt, use half the amount.
  • Sugar: You can use granulated sugar or cane sugar (for a naturally sweetened recipe). Coconut sugar would also work but the color of the brioche buns will be darker and have a slightly noticeable brown-sugar like the taste.

How to Make This Brioche Bun Recipe?

Making no-knead burger rolls is a hassle-free way to take your sandwich game to the next level. In just a few simple steps, you can make super soft brioche buns like a pro.

Mix the Ingredients

  1. Melt the butter: Put the butter in a small saucepan over medium heat and cook until fully melted. Be sure to watch the butter closely to avoid any burning. Then, turn off the heat and let the butter cool to room temperature.
person showing how to mix dry and wet ingredients for the recipe in a collage
  1. Mix the dry ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk together the bread flour, instant yeast, and salt. Set the mixture aside.
  2. Whisk the wet ingredients: In a glass measuring cup (or in a small bowl), combine six large eggs, water, and sugar.
  3. Combine the ingredients: Pour the melted butter and egg mixture into the dry ingredients, and use a wooden spoon to stir them together. The mixture could look as if it has more liquid than it should. That is normal. Mix the brioche bun ingredients until no dry flour remains and a uniform mass of dough forms (about 1 minute). Don’t overmix the ingredients. 
  4. Let the dough rest: Cover the bowl with plastic wrap, and let the dough rest for 10 minutes.

Fold the Dough & Let it Rest Overnight

Person showing how to fold the sweet brioche buns dough in a collage of images
  1. Fold the dough: Hold the edge of the dough with your fingertips. Bring the edge towards the center of the dough, and fold it over itself. Then, turn the bowl 45 degrees and repeat the same folding process. Rotate and fold the dough six more times (eight times in total). Once you have folded the entire outer edge of the dough, cover it with plastic wrap and let it rest for 30 minutes.
  2. Repeat the folding process: Perform the same folding process three more times, waiting 30 minutes between each repetition. Be aware that this is a very sticky dough, but luckily all you have to do is to fold it as directed, so it shouldn’t require much more kneading than that. After the fourth set of folds, cover the dough with plastic wrap and let it rest in the fridge for 16-48 hours.

Shape the Dough & Let it Rise

The next day, when you are ready to bake, follow these steps to get them ready for baking:

  1. Prepare the sheet pans: Line two sheet pans with parchment paper and set them aside.
person showing how to shape the bread dough in a collage of images
  1. Divide dough: Transfer the dough to a lightly floured work surface, and cut it into 12 equal portions. You can use a kitchen scale to weigh each ball or get help from a ruler to get equal dough balls.
showing how to shape each dinner roll with images
  1. Shape the rolls: Take one piece of dough and pat it into a 3-inch disk. Take one dough edge and fold it towards the disk’s center. Repeat this edge-folding process until the disk forms a ball. Then, flip the ball folded-side-down and move your hands in small circular motions until the dough forms a smooth, round ball shape. If desired, cover the dough ball with a clean kitchen towel. Repeat this shaping process with the remaining 11 pieces of dough.

Bake

Finally, it is time to bake them. If you have a digital thermometer, use it for foolproof results. 

person showing how to prepare brioche buns ready for baking
  1. Arrange the dough balls: Place the balls of dough onto the prepared sheet pans. I recommend positioning the balls three inches apart, six balls per pan. Remember that the dough will expand as they bake and rest.
  2. Let the dough rise: Cover the sheet pans with plastic wrap and let the rolls rise for two hours, or until they nearly double in size. This rising process may take a little longer if you’re making the brioche burger buns in the colder months. You can speed up this process by placing the dough in a warm place within your kitchen.
  3. Preheat the oven: 30 minutes before you bake the brioche rolls, preheat the oven to 350 degrees F.
  4. Brush with egg wash: Whisk together one egg and a tablespoon of water in a small bowl. Then, remove the plastic wrap over the dough balls and brush each brioche roll generously with the egg wash. If making a sesame brioche bun, sprinkle your brushed rolls with sesame seeds.
dinner rolls before and after they are baked on a sheet pan
  1. Bake: Place each baking tray into the preheated oven and bake for 20-25 minutes until they turn golden brown on top, or the internal temperature of the brioche rolls reaches 190 degrees F. Be sure to rotate the baking sheets halfway through the baking time.
  2. Serve: Remove the butter brioche rolls from the oven and let them rest for 5 minutes before serving.

How to Store, Freeze & Thaw?

The best part of this recipe is that you can make a batch, enjoy some right away, and store the rest for later. This way, you have the most delicious brioche hamburger buns for your summer cookouts, holiday dinners, or for an easy weeknight dinner at a moment’s notice.

If you plan on using this recipe for brioche hamburger buns or sandwiches, I recommend slicing your rolls in half before putting them in the fridge or freezer for easier use later on.

  • Storage: When covered with a clean kitchen towel, your homemade brioche buns can sit on the kitchen counter at room temperature for up to one day. For more extended storage, place your buns in an airtight container or a plastic storage bag with as much air removed as possible. Then, place the container in the fridge, and your light brioche buns will stay fresh for up to six days.
  • Freezing instructions: Place your brioche burger buns in an airtight container or a freezer-safe Ziploc air with as little air as possible. Your brioche will stay fresh for up to six weeks in the freezer. 
  • Thawing & toasting: One great thing about these homemade buns is that you don’t need to thaw your bread before using it. Simply place your frozen brioche in a toaster oven at low heat (275 degrees F oven) for 10 minutes. Or, if you’ve already cut your frozen rolls in half, you can put the slices in a toaster until they reach your desired heat.

How to Use Brioche Buns?

It doesn’t matter whether you use these brioche buns for hamburgers or as an easy dinner side. There are countless delectable ways to put this sweet brioche bun recipe to use.

Homemade brioche buns on a sheet pan with a knife on the side
  • As rolls with butter: Nothing pairs better with a hearty main than buttery brioche buns. Whip up this brioche rolls recipe for any meal you would serve with bread; soups and stews, salads, or any of your dinner recipes. And voila, just like that, the perfect meal any day.
  • For burger buns or sloppy joes: Step up your hamburger game (be sure to try my Avocado Bacon Burger or these Buffalo Chicken Burgers) with a bun that is as mouthwatering as the meat. Set your juicy burger atop this traditional brioche bun, and every bite will explode with rich flavor.
  • As sandwich bread: Cut your brioche-style bun in half, fill it with your favorite toppings, and you’ll have one of the richest and most flavorful sandwiches you’ve ever eaten.

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a celebrity chef to make gourmet burger buns at home. With my foolproof tips, your brioche burger bun recipe will come out golden, soft, and buttery every time.

  • Use bread flour: To make your bread as fluffy and round as the iconic NYT light brioche buns, I recommend using bread flour instead of all-purpose flour. Bread flour has a higher protein content, allowing more gluten to develop in your bread. This gluten, in turn, gives bread its structure and body.
  • Watch the melted butter: Be sure to keep an eye on the pot when melting your butter. Butter melts very quickly and can burn if not watched properly.
  • Use room-temperature ingredients: For the best results use room-temperature ingredients. If you are a regular bread baker, you know that yeast is temperature-sensitive, so having all your ingredients at room temperature before adding them to your dough is crucial for the best burger brioche bun.
  • Use a kitchen scale: A kitchen scale (affiliate link) will give you the best results when cutting your soft dough into equal pieces. Simply measure each portion of brioche dough before rolling it into a ball.
  • Make smaller-sized buns: To make smaller brioche buns for sliders, divide your dough into up to 14 pieces. Keep in mind, however, that smaller buns will bake for less time. I suggest baking slider-sized rolls for 20-22 minutes or until their internal temperature reaches 190 degrees F.
  • Make large brioche burger buns: If you want larger brioche buns, divide your dough into fewer pieces. However, you will likely need to bake your larger buns for more time. For instance, when making ten brioche rolls, I recommend baking them for 25 minutes or until their centers reach 190 degrees F.
  • Toast your buns on the grill: If you plan on using your brioche buns for burgers, I recommend lightly toasting the brioche buns on the grill right before using them. This extra step will give each toasted brioche bun a deliciously warm and crisp exterior.

I know a lot of people favor the brioche bun recipes from popular publications like New York Times Cooking, King Arthur Flour, and Food Network. However, having been making this recipe for many years, I can assure you that it is just as good. Once you give it a try, I am sure you will agree. 

FAQs

When making the perfect brioche hamburger bun, the last thing you want to do is stress about the details. Put your mind at ease with this expert guide to making the tastiest butter brioche bun.

What is a brioche roll?

Brioche rolls—commonly misspelled as “brioch bun,” “briche bun,” and “brioch rolls”—are a light, faintly sweet, and buttery type of French bread. People often use brioche bread for burgers, sandwiches, and dinner rolls.

What is in a brioche bun?

A brioche bun is usually made with unsalted butter, bread flour, instant yeast, kosher salt, large eggs, water, and sugar.

Can you freeze brioche buns?

Yes! These quick brioche buns will stay fresh in the freezer for up to six weeks when stored in an airtight container. If you keep them in a freezer-safe plastic bag, be sure to get out as much air as possible before freezing.

Should I toast brioche buns for burgers?

Though you don’t have to toast your brioche burger buns, I highly recommend it. Toasting your brioche will give it a delectably warm and gently crisp texture.

How to toast brioche buns?

To toast your homemade hamburger buns, place them in a toaster oven at low heat for 10 minutes. If you have already sliced your buns in half, you can toast them in a regular toaster or on the grill.

What is the difference between a brioche bun vs. a hamburger bun?

A brioche bun is a type of hamburger bun made from French brioche bread. Brioche burger buns tend to be slightly sweeter, richer, and more pillowy than traditional hamburger buns.

How many calories are in a brioche bun?

One of these brioche guns is about 316 calories.

Other Bread Recipes You Might Also Like

If you are a fan of baking bread, here are a few other fan-favorite bread recipes you might also like. Tender, filling bread is just an oven away with this star collection.

If you try this Homemade Brioche Buns recipe or any other bread recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

brioche buns on a sheet pan from the top view
Print

Homemade Brioche Buns Recipe

These homemade brioche buns make the perfect hamburger bun, sandwich bread, or dinner rolls. Whether you serve them for grilled burgers during the barbecue season or for your holiday table during Thanksgiving or Christmas, they are the perfect accompaniment to all your meals.
Course Bread
Cuisine French
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 4 hours
Overnight Rest 16 hours
Total Time 20 hours
Servings 12 buns
Calories 316kcal

Ingredients

  • 16 tablespoons unsalted butter (8 ounces)
  • 3 ¼ cups bread flour (17 ¾ ounces)
  • 2 ¼ teaspoons instant yeast (aka rapid rise yeast) – 1 packet
  • 1 ½ teaspoon kosher salt
  • 6 large eggs plus 1 extra egg or brushing them before baking – at room temperature
  • ½ cup water at room temperature
  • cup sugar 2 ⅓ ounces
  • 2 tablespoons of sesame seeds optional

Instructions

  • Place butter in a small saucepan over medium heat. Cook until it melts. Be sure to keep a close eye on it as butter burns easily. Turn the heat off and let it cool to room temperature.
  • Meanwhile, whisk together bread flour, instant yeast, and salt in a large bowl. Set aside.
  • In a separate bowl, whisk together 6 large eggs, water, and sugar.
  • Pour the egg mixture into dry ingredients along with the now-cooled butter. Using a wooden spoon, stir to combine. It will look like it is too wet and almost like there is more liquid than there should be. That is normal. Do not overmix. Mix it until no dry flour remains and a uniform mass forms. This should take about 1 minute.
  • Cover the bowl with plastic wrap and let it rest for 10 minutes.
  • Holding the edge of the dough with your fingertips, fold it over onto itself halfway towards the middle. Turn the bowl 45 degrees and repeat the same process. Do this 6 more times. It should be 8 times in total. Cover with plastic wrap and let it sit for 30 minutes.
  • Repeat folding and rising every 30 minutes three more times. After the fourth set of folds, cover it tightly with plastic wrap and place it in the fridge for 16-48 hours.
  • Line two sheet pans with parchment paper. Set them aside.
  • Transfer the dough onto a lightly floured surface. Divide the dough into 12 equal pieces*. If you have a kitchen scale, you can use it to weight each piece to ensure rolls equal size rolls. Or, you can use a ruler as a guide to cut them.
  • Working with one piece at a time, pat dough into a 3-inch disk. Holding the edge of the dough, fold the edges of the dough onto itself halfway towards the center. Repeat folding until it forms a ball. Flip it over and move your hands in small circular motions to form it into a smooth round ball. This dough might be sticky so feel free to sprinkle it with a bit of flour if it sticks to your hands. Repeat the same process with the rest of the balls.
  • Place them in the prepared sheet pans. I recommend 6 brioche buns per sheet pan with them being 3-inches apart from each other. Be aware that they do get larger as they rest and after they are baked.
  • Cover them with plastic wrap and let them rise for 2 hours or until they “almost” double in size. If you are baking these brioche buns during the summer months, they rise faster. And if you are making it during the colder months, it might be a little longer. I recommend placing them in a warmer part of your kitchen to speed up the process.
  • Thirty minutes prior to baking, preheat your oven to 350 degrees F.
  • Make an egg wash by whisking together one egg with a tablespoon of water in a small bowl. Remove the plastic and brush each brioche roll generously with the egg wash. If using, sprinkle them with sesame seeds.
  • Place both sheet pans into the oven. Bake for 20-25 minutes until they turn golden brown on top (or until the internal temperature reaches 190 degrees F.) making sure to rotate the baking sheets halfway through the baking time.
  • Take them out of the oven and let them rest for 5 minutes, let them cool on a wire rack, or serve while they are still warm.

Video

Notes

  • * Smaller or larger brioche buns: This recipe is quite versatile in that you can divide the brioche dough into 14 pieces for smaller brioche buns or 10 pieces for larger ones. However, be aware that the time of baking might change based on the size. For 10 pieces, I would recommend 25-27 minutes and for 14 pieces, 18-22 minutes of baking time.
  • Salt: I made this recipe using Diamond Kosher Salt. If you use Molton’s kosher salt or table salt please use half the amount of salt.
  • Storage: The best way to store these brioche rolls is in an airtight container or a plastic storage bag (with as much air removed as possible.) in the fridge. They should be fresh for up to 6 days. Be sure to warm them in a low-heat oven before serving.
  • Freezing Instructions: If you want to freeze them, be sure to slice them in half horizontally before freezing. Place them in an airtight container or a plastic bag and remove the air out of it as much as possible. Freeze for up to 6 weeks.

Nutrition

Calories: 316kcal | Carbohydrates: 31g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 18g | Saturated Fat: 10g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 5g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 122mg | Sodium: 326mg | Potassium: 90mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 6g | Vitamin A: 586IU | Vitamin C: 0.01mg | Calcium: 23mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-brioche-buns/feed/ 2
Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins https://foolproofliving.com/gluten-free-blueberry-muffins/ https://foolproofliving.com/gluten-free-blueberry-muffins/#comments Sat, 09 Jul 2022 23:27:40 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=24674 Amongst all my almond flour desserts, muffins made with almond flour are my favorite because they come together pretty quickly…]]>

Amongst all my almond flour desserts, muffins made with almond flour are my favorite because they come together pretty quickly and can be served as a humble breakfast or they can be spread with frosting to turn them into a delicious show-stopping cupcake. 

Blueberry Almond flour muffins on a wire rack from the top view

If you are a fan as well, you might also like my Almond Flour Apple Muffins, Almond Flour Zucchini Muffins, and Almond Flour Pumpkin Muffins.

Why Should You Try This Recipe:

These blueberry almond flour muffins recipe is the perfect grab-and-go breakfast. Here are a few other reasons why it’s worth a try:

  1. Deliciously moist & stores well: Thanks to almond flour, this blueberry muffin recipe is moister compared to traditional muffins. You can make a whole batch on the weekend, store it in the fridge, and warm it up for breakfast to enjoy throughout the week.
  2. Minimally sweetened with no refined sugar: Sweetened with less than a cup of pure maple syrup and fresh blueberries, this is a healthier muffin recipe that you can enjoy without guilt.
  3. Easy & Quick to make: All you need is 45 minutes and two bowls and a whisk to make these grain-free blueberry muffins. Plus, since it is so easy to make you can make it with your kids as well.

Ingredients:

As it is with any muffin recipe, the ingredients for this almond flour blueberry muffins recipe can be divided into three categories:

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view
  • Dry ingredients: Almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt.
  • Wet Ingredients: Eggs, maple syrup, vanilla extract, and melted coconut oil 
  • Last-minute add-ins: Fresh blueberries, lemon zest, and sliced almonds.

Substitutions & Variations:

  • Frozen blueberries: You can make these muffins with frozen blueberries as well. And the best part is that it is a one-to-one swap and you do not have to thaw them before adding to the muffin batter.
  • Almond Flour vs Almond Meal: While I prefer to make this almond flour muffin recipe with blanched almond flour (made from blanched almonds) rather than almond meal (made from almond with the skin on), you can use them interchangeably. Almond Meal Muffins would be more earthy and dark in color but still taste good. If you prefer to make your own almond flour, you can follow my guide on Making Almond Flour (using whole almonds) at home.
  • Use honey as a sweetener:  You can swap maple syrup with an equal amount of honey. However, be aware that the almond flour blueberry muffins made with honey taste floral and a tiny bit sweeter.
  • Oil: Any neutral-flavored oil would work in this recipe. I also like grapeseed, walnut, or avocado oil.
  • Berries: You can use this recipe to make Almond Flour Raspberry Muffins by using an equal amount of fresh raspberries in place of blueberries. And before you ask, you can use frozen raspberries as well.
  • To make Paleo Blueberry Muffins: If you are following a paleo diet, you can make your own paleo-friendly baking powder. To do so, mix together 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar and use that in place of 1 teaspoon of baking powder in the recipe.
  • For Keto Blueberry Muffins with Almond Flour: If you are on the keto diet, you can swap maple syrup with an equal amount of this Keto maple syrup (affiliate link) to turn these into keto blueberry muffins.

How to Make This Recipe?

This Gluten-Free Blueberry Muffins with almond flour recipe has 5 easy steps:

  1. Preheat the oven to 325-F (165-C) degrees. Line a 12-cup muffin pan with muffin paper liners (affiliate link) and set it aside.
a collage of photos showing how to make the recipe
  1. Mix Dry Ingredients: Mix together the dry ingredients, almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and kosher salt in a large mixing bowl.
  2. Whisk Wet Ingredients: In a separate bowl, whisk together the wet ingredients – eggs, maple syrup, and coconut oil (melted and cooled.)
  3. Combine dry and wet ingredients: Pour the liquid ingredients into the dry ingredients and stir to combine. Fold in the blueberries and lemon zest into the muffin batter at the last minute.
muffin batter in a bowl and in muffin tins
  1. Bake: Using an ice cream scoop, scoop the batter into a 12-cup muffin tin, top with a sprinkling of sliced almonds, and bake the simple gluten-free blueberry muffins in a 325-degree oven for 32-35 minutes, or a toothpick inserted in the middle comes out with no crumbs. Let muffins cool for a few minutes and then transfer to a wire rack. 

Enjoy one (or more) for breakfast with your morning coffee, or serve to the kids as a healthy afternoon snack.

How To Store, Freeze, and Thaw:

Below you will find everything you need to know to enjoy these almond flour lemon blueberry muffins for days.

  • Storage: Since these blueberry muffins are made with almond flour, the added moisture and fat content in the flour will shorten their shelf life. I found the best way to store these muffins is in an airtight container in the fridge for up to days. When ready to serve, warm them in a low preheated oven (300 degrees) for 5 minutes or so.
  • Freezing instructions: As it is with all my other almond flour recipes, these almond flour muffins freeze well. Be sure to cool completely on a cooling rack for 1 hour or they are fully cooled to room temperature. Transfer them into a plastic bag (I use freezer bags ) and get the air out of it as much as possible. Label, date, and store in the freezer for up to 3 months.
  • Thawing Instructions: Frozen muffins can be thawed completely to room temperature. Alternatively, to rewarm from the frozen muffins, place them in a 300-degree oven for 10 minutes, or in the microwave on high for 30 seconds-1 minute.
two images showing gluten free low sugar blueberry muffins after they are baked

Expert Tips:

Here are a few quick pro tips for the best almond flour blueberry muffins that you can make on your first try:

  • Room temperature ingredients: As it is with most baking recipes, for best results make sure that all your ingredients are at room temperature.
  • Toss blueberries with almond flour before folding into the batter: To prevent your blueberries (fresh or frozen) from sinking to the bottom during baking, toss the berries with 1-2 Tablespoons of the almond flour mixture before folding into the batter.
    Coating the berries with the recipe’s dry ingredients helps the blueberries stick to the muffin batter, giving you specks of warm, melty blueberries well distributed throughout the muffin.
  • Fill each muffin tin until ⅔ is full: The recipe for blueberry muffins with almond flour below makes 12 muffins. As you fill muffin cups you might feel like the batter is not enough. The secret is to fill each cup two-thirds full. It is also important to mention that almond flour muffins do not rise as much as regular blueberry muffins (made with regular flour) but they are delicious nonetheless.
  • Want to turn them into Almond Flour Blueberry Cupcakes? Add ½ tsp pure almond extract to the wet ingredients, omit the sliced almonds, and when completely cool, top with a heaping dollop of maple whipped cream or maple cream cheese frosting, and garnish with more fresh blueberries.
  • Want to try a muffin recipe made with a combination of almond and coconut flour instead? Try my flourless blueberry muffins.

FAQs

Can You Use Frozen Blueberries in Muffins?

Yes, frozen blueberries are a perfect substitute for fresh blueberries, especially when the berries are not in season.  This simple swap allows you to make these low-fat, gluten-free blueberry muffins any time of year.

What Temperature to Bake Muffins?

This gluten and dairy-free blueberry muffins recipe bakes best at a moderate 325 degrees F.  The oven temperature is lower than traditional muffin recipes (typically 375 degrees) because almond flour has a tendency to burn more easily.

How Many Calories?

One of these healthy gluten-free blueberry muffins has only 233 calories! Not only are these blueberry muffins from scratch gluten-free, but they are also dairy-free, wheat-free, refined sugar-free, low-carb, and with one simple ingredient swap, they are paleo and keto diet friendly, too!

Can I use all-purpose or coconut flour instead of almond flour?

This recipe is tested with almond flour and will not work with regular flour or coconut flour.

You Might Also Like:

If you enjoyed these recipes, here are a few other almond flour recipes you might like:

And if you have some extra blueberries you are trying to use, below are a few easy blueberry recipes from the archives:

If you try this Healthy Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins recipe or any other one of our almond flour recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

low carb Almond flour blueberry muffins on a wire rack
Print

Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins Recipe

These easy Gluten Free Almond Flour Blueberry Muffins are moist, sweet, and loaded with blueberries. Made with almond flour, they are a perfect treat for a healthy breakfast or an afternoon snack. 
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 12 muffins
Calories 233kcal

Ingredients

Dry Ingredients:

  • 2 cups almond flour (8.4 oz. )
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder
  • ½ teaspoon baking soda
  • ½ teaspoon kosher salt

Wet Ingredients:

  • 3 large eggs at room temperature
  • cup maple syrup
  • ¼ cup neutral vegetable oil coconut, walnut, or grapeseed oil would work
  • 1/2 teaspoon vanilla extract

For the Blueberry Muffins

  • 1 cup fresh or frozen blueberries*
  • Zest of a lemon
  • 3 tablespoons sliced almonds optional

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 325-F (165-C) degrees. Line a 12-cup muffin tin with muffin liners and set aside.
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the dry ingredients, almond flour, baking powder, baking soda, and salt, until no lumps remaining. Set aside.
  • In a small bowl, whisk eggs, maple syrup, vanilla extract, and oil.
  • Pour the wet mixture into the dry mixture and give it a good whisk until there are no lumps.
  • Fold in the blueberries and lemon zest.
  • Divide the batter equally in the prepared muffin tin.
  • Sprinkle with sliced almonds (if using).
  • Bake 32-35 minutes or until muffins turn golden brown.
  • Let it cool for 5 minutes and serve while it is still warm.

Video

Notes

Notes:
  • Can I use frozen blueberries to make these muffins? You can use an equal amount of frozen blueberries in place of the fresh ones. There is no need to thaw them.
  • Can I swap maple syrup with honey? Yes, you can. Simply use an equal amount of honey. Please be aware that the version made with honey might be slightly sweeter and darker in color (depending on the type of honey you are using.)
  • Storage: These blueberry muffins are best the day they are baked, still warm from the oven. You can store them in an airtight container for upto 4 days.
  • Freezing Instructions: Fully bring the blueberry muffins to room temperature, place in a freezer-friendly container, and freeze them for upto 3 months.
  • To Thaw: There is no need to thaw them as almond flour does not fully freeze. Simply heat them in a low-heat (300 F degree) oven for 10-15 minutes before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 233kcal | Carbohydrates: 18g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 17g | Saturated Fat: 5g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 196mg | Potassium: 103mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 12g | Vitamin A: 219IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 103mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/gluten-free-blueberry-muffins/feed/ 38
Greek Yogurt Parfait https://foolproofliving.com/layered-yogurt-parfait/ https://foolproofliving.com/layered-yogurt-parfait/#comments Wed, 06 Jul 2022 00:34:31 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=15540 Need more ideas to make your mornings easier? Overnight Oats with Steel Cut Oats, Overnight Muesli with Yogurt, Yogurt Overnight…]]>

Need more ideas to make your mornings easier? Overnight Oats with Steel Cut Oats, Overnight Muesli with Yogurt, Yogurt Overnight Oats, and Chia Seed Oatmeal are all great options to make the most important meal of the day not only quick and easy but filling and nutritious. 

fruit and yogurt parfait garnished with mint from the front view

Why Should You Make This Recipe? 

Nothing beats fresh fruit, thick creamy yogurt, and crunchy granola. This layered fruit and yogurt parfait recipe will rival any Starbucks or Chick fil A yogurt parfait and save you money too. 

Need more convincing? Here are a few other reasons to give it a try:

  • Made with 3 ingredients. Fresh fruit, crunchy granola, and Greek yogurt are all you need for this easy healthy breakfast parfait that you can make in minutes.
  • It stores well so you can make ahead for a grab-and-go breakfast.
  • Easy to customize with whatever you have on hand. If you don’t have fresh fruit, use frozen fruit. Got a bit of a sweet craving? Add honey or maple syrup. The options are endless for this healthy Greek yogurt parfait recipe.

Ingredients 

Since this greek yogurt parfait only has 3 ingredients (not counting the optional sweetener), I recommend using the best ingredients you can find.

ingredients for yogurt parfait recipe from the top view
  • Greek Yogurt: I prefer whole milk plain yogurt for its thicker consistency and no added sugar, but any of your favorite types of yogurt will work as well. Vanilla Greek yogurt (I make mine at home), honey yogurt, and even vegan choices such as coconut or almond milk yogurt would work well in this recipe.
  • Berries/Fruit: I used a combination of fresh strawberries and blueberries, but any of your favorite fruit combinations (including my Breakfast Fruit Salad) would work. No fresh fruit? Use frozen fruit! Frozen berries work perfectly in this recipe.
  • Granola: I might be biased but I think the best granola for yogurt parfait is homemade granola as and it can be made with less sugar (than most store-bought brands). However, in a crunch, you can use storebought. If you are in need of a good granola recipe, feel free to check out my Chunky Granola. Or, if you are after high protein yogurt breakfast, try my Quinoa Crunch for added plant-based protein.

Substitutions and Optional Additions 

The best part about a DIY parfait is making it your own. Here are a few great choices to get you started. 

  • Sweetener: Add a natural sweetener like a drizzle of honey, maple syrup, or agave to your homemade parfait. Or, try incorporating my Honey Syrup, Blueberry Puree, or fresh raspberry sauce to flavor the yogurt. 
  • Protein Powder: Add a scoop of your favorite whey or plant-based protein powder for a high-protein snack. 
  • Superfoods: Incorporate ½ teaspoon of chia seeds or hemp seeds per serving to make it even more nutritious.
  • Nut Butters: Add a tablespoon of almond butter or peanut butter for healthy fats and protein. Though I recommend checking the labels for added sugars.
  • Nuts & Seeds: Want to cut down on carbs? Switch out the granola for a handful of nuts and seeds. However, if you prefer a low-calorie yogurt parfait with no added sugar omit the granola and the nuts.
  • Chocolate Chips: If you can’t deny your sweet tooth and want to splurge, chocolate chips may just satisfy your craving.

How To Make A Parfait With Greek Yogurt

Making this yogurt and fruit parfait cannot be easier. Follow these steps for a quick breakfast that is not only delicious but also visually impressive:

person whisking yogurt with honey in a bowl
  1. Add the sweetener (optional): If using, whisk together your choice of sweetener with your favorite yogurt until it is completely whipped and creamy.
  2. Build the yogurt parfait layers: Spoon half of the yogurt at the bottom of a bowl, tall glasses, or mason jars. Layer with half of the fruit and half of the granola. Carefully spoon the remaining yogurt mixture into the glass and add the rest of the fruit and granola to the top. 
photos showing how to layer parfait with berries and granola
  1. Garnish: If you prefer, finish it with a drizzle of honey (or maple syrup), more fresh fruit, and granola on top. Serve immediately or store in the refrigerator for later.

How To Make Ahead And Store 

Got some leftovers or want to make it ahead? No problem! Follow the tips below to enjoy these healthy yogurt parfaits for days:

Make-Ahead Instructions:

Making this layered parfait recipe as a part of your weekly meal plan is a breeze, but there are a few things to keep in mind:

  1. Serve granola on the side: I recommend leaving the granola out when layering the parfait because as it sits it will lose its crunchy texture and become soggy. Let’s face it, no one likes soggy granola. Instead, serve it on the side and add the granola into the parfait right before serving.
  2. Use mason jars: I think 8 oz. mason jars – affiliate link – (mostly used for canning) are ideal for the perfectly portioned and grab-and-go homemade yogurt parfait. Simply layer yogurt and fruit, tighten it with the lid and store it in the fridge.

Make-ahead yogurt parfait should keep fresh in the fridge for up to 4 days.

To Store Leftovers:

If you have leftovers, place them in an airtight container (such as a mason jar) and keep them in the fridge for up to 4 days. Be sure to serve them with extra fruit and granola on the side.

person drizzling strawberry blueberry granola parfait with honey

Expert Tips 

Here are a few quick tips for the best yogurt fruit granola parfait that you can make over and over again.

  • Whisk yogurt: It might sound like an extra step, but taking a few minutes to whisk the yogurt in a bowl makes it even more creamy and easy to layer. 
  • Make it your own: The thing I love about this simple recipe is that it is so easy to change it up with whatever you have on hand. Use these measurements as a place to start and make it your own with different fruit, yogurt, and granola.
  • When serving for breakfast or brunch: If I am serving this for friends, I make sure to take my time in layering, use colorful fresh fruit and always garnish it with fresh mint. People go crazy as soon as they see pretty parfaits layered with colorful fruit in jars.

FAQs

What is the difference between yogurt and parfait?

Yogurt is a thick milk-based product that is sold plain or with other flavorings such as fruit and sweetener. A parfait, on the other hand, is a layered dessert typically consisting of yogurt, fresh or frozen fruit and berries, ice cream, and whipped topping. 

What is in a yogurt parfait?

Most Yogurt parfait recipes are made with plain or flavored yogurt, fresh fruit (mostly berries), and granola made with ground oats, nuts, and seeds.

What is the best yogurt for a parfait?

The best yogurt for parfait is plain Greek yogurt as it has a thick and creamy consistency that is ideal for a yogurt parfait recipe. Plus, it is made without the addition of sugar making this breakfast a healthy option. However, you can use any type of yogurt (including plant-based options) to make this easy breakfast recipe.

Is yogurt parfait healthy?

It is no secret that Greek Yogurt and fresh fruit are good for you and are recommended as a part of a healthy diet. However, it is best to be conservative when adding granola to the parfait as it is usually made with added sugars.

How many calories in a yogurt parfait?

One serving of this Greek Yogurt Parfait recipe is 298 calories.

Other Easy Breakfast Recipes You Might Also Like:

Whether you are a fan of Chic Fil A’s Yogurt Parfait or Pioneer Women’s Yogurt Parfait with honey, I hope you give my version a try. I know those are favored by many people but my version here is just as easy and delicious.

And if you have leftover yogurt, try your hand at making my Frozen Yogurt Bark as well. It’s a healthy dessert that is a great alternative to ice cream.

If you try this Fruit and Yogurt Parfait recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Print

Greek Yogurt Parfait Recipe

This Fruit and Yogurt Parfait recipe is made by layering yogurt with granola and fruit. It is quick and easy to put together. It also stores well so it is a great breakfast recipe to make it a part of your weekly meal prep.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 1 servings
Calories 298kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 tablespoon honey or maple syrup optional – more as a drizzle
  • ¾ cup plain Greek yogurt
  • ¼ cup berries or any other fruit cut into small 1-inch chunks
  • ¼ cup homemade granola or store bought granola

Instructions

  • If using a sweetener, mix it with greek yogurt in a small bowl until fully combined.
  • To layer the yogurt parfait, place half of the yogurt at the bottom of a mason jar or a bowl. Top it off with half of the fruit and half of the granola. Cover them with the rest of the yogurt and top it off with the rest of the fruit and granola.
  • If preferred, finish it off with a drizzle of honey. Serve immediately.

Notes

  • This recipe can be multiplied as many times as you want.
  • Make Ahead: If you are making these granola parfaits as a part of your meal plan I would recommend against using the granola as a part of the layers. Instead, just layer them with fruit and yogurt and serve the granola on the side to add in later to prevent it from getting soggy. I also recommend using 8 oz. mason jars as they are not only ideal in size but also great for serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 298kcal | Carbohydrates: 28g | Protein: 21g | Fat: 11g | Saturated Fat: 3g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 2g | Monounsaturated Fat: 3g | Cholesterol: 10mg | Sodium: 78mg | Potassium: 185mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 16g | Vitamin A: 122IU | Vitamin C: 1mg | Calcium: 225mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/layered-yogurt-parfait/feed/ 4
Almond Flour Bread (Quick Low Carb Recipe) https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-bread/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-bread/#comments Tue, 28 Jun 2022 21:21:32 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=27214 If you have been following me for a while you know that I love baking with almond flour. As a…]]>

If you have been following me for a while you know that I love baking with almond flour. As a matter of fact, I have a collection of almond flour recipes that are some of the most liked, shared, and baked recipes on this blog.

Today’s recipe, Almond Flour Bread, a savory quick bread recipe, is yet another addition to my collection. Though I have to admit, it is one that took quite a bit of trial and error to be good enough to be published.

Healthy Almond Flour Bread sliced and photographed from the front view.

I believe the reason why it took so long is that I was after a savory almond loaf bread recipe that tasted more like bread than an almond cake and none of the recipes I tried gave me one that I would use to make a sandwich. Until now.

Low Carb Flourless Almond Flour Bread Recipe sliced and photographed from the top view.

The trick is all about the eggs. Rather than using whole eggs, I replaced a few of them with egg whites (removed egg yolks) and it made all the difference in texture. The exceptional flavor was just the added bonus. Believe it or not, I had four slices as soon as the bread came out of the oven!

Just like my Almond Flour Waffle and Almond Flour Biscuits recipe, this easy almond flour bread is healthy, light, low carb and with the right adjustments, Paleo, Keto Diet friendly, and Whole30, too. So I guess those four slices were totally worth it – no guilt included!

If you are thinking like, how the heck do you make homemade bread using almond flour, read on. I promise it is easier (and more delicious) than you think.

Almond Bread Ingredients

Like it is in many baked goods, this gluten-free almond flour bread recipe has 2 sets of ingredients; wet and dry ingredients:

Wet Ingredients:

The wet ingredients are photographed from the top view.
  • Vegetable Oil – I used grapeseed oil, but any mild-flavored oil, such as extra virgin olive oil, coconut oil, or avocado oil, will do.
  • Large Eggs, plus Egg Whites – The combination of whole eggs and egg whites create a light-textured bread.
  • Apple Cider Vinegar – Subtly sweet, the acid in ACV activates the baking soda and brings balance to the flavor.
  • Liquid Sweetener – Although completely optional, any of your favorite liquid sweeteners will do. I prefer maple syrup, but you can use honey or agave if that’s all you have on hand.

Dry Ingredients:

Dry ingredients are photographed from the top view.
  • Blanched Almond Flour – I highly recommend blanched almond flour (made from ground almonds) over almond meal (which is almond flour with the skins still on) more so for its light golden color, but you can use them both interchangeably. If you have the time you can easily make your own almond flour (made with grinding almonds in a high-powered blender (like Vitamix) or a food processor).
    If you want to make this recipe using almond flour, my favorite brand is Blue Diamond (affiliate link). I love that it tastes great and has almost no odor, which is usually an issue with most packaged almond flours sold in stores.
    If you want to use almond meal (affiliate link), my favorite brand is Barney. 
  • Ground Flaxseeds – There are two options – regular Flaxseed or Golden Flaxseed. Either one can be used, however, regular flax seeds will give you specks throughout your gluten-free loaf, whereas golden flaxseed creates a more neutral-colored bread.
  • Baking Soda – The leavening agent reacts with the apple cider vinegar, giving you both lift and that beautiful golden hue.
  • Baking Powder – A bit more lift never hurt any low carb gluten-free bread recipe. To make this a paleo bread, you can use 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar as a substitute for 1 teaspoon of baking powder.
  • Fine Sea Salt – I specify fine sea salt since it dissolves easily into the batter. If you do not have fine sea salt on hand, you can also use the same amount of kosher salt.
Wet ingredients are photographed from the top view while a woman is whisking them.

How to make bread with almond flour

The batter is photographed while a woman is mixing it.
homemade low carb bread batter is placed in a loaf pan and photographed from the top view.

To make this Gluten-Free Almond Flour Bread, simply:

  1. Whisk together the wet ingredients. Add the oil, eggs, egg whites, apple cider vinegar and liquid sweetener to a medium bowl. Thoroughly mix all the ingredients together until smooth and emulsified (see PRO TIP below).
  2. Mix together the dry ingredients. In a larger bowl, add the almond flour, flaxseed, baking soda, baking powder, and salt. Mix together until well combined and create a slight well in the center.
  3. Pour the wet ingredients into the dry ingredients. Fold together gently until just combined. Transfer to the prepared loaf pan (more on that below) and smooth the top.
  4. Bake. For 35 minutes, or until the loaf is golden brown, springs back to the touch and a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean. Allow to cool for 10 minutes in the pan, then transfer to a cooling rack to cool completely.
  5. Serve. Slice and serve. A few of my favorite options include slicing the loaf like sandwich bread and placing a few slices of roasted turkey, lettuce, and mashed avocado between two slices.

How To Serve:

Go ahead, slice your almond flour loaf and enjoy it right away. Here are a few ideas to get you started:

  • Make avocado toast: Spread it with a thick layer of my avocado dressing and sprinkle it with bagel seasoning for a low carb breakfast.
  • Use it to make a sandwich: Layer it with baked turkey bacon, tomato, and lettuce for a keto BLT.
  • Serve in place of toast with a layer of cream cheese (or peanut butter) and your favorite jam.

Expert Tips:

  • Mix it well: Thoroughly mixing the wet ingredients until emulsified is important as it helps the bread bake to the right texture. When the wet ingredients become one smooth mixture and slightly thickened, you know it’s ready! Be sure to watch the quick how-to video below to see what it looks like.
  • Use room temperature ingredients: As it is with most baked goods, it is important to have your ingredients at room temperature for the best results.

FAQs

How many carbs are in almond flour bread?

As you might already know, almond flour has lower carbs compared to traditional flours (i.e. all-purpose flour, whole wheat flour, etc.) that are used to make bread. One serving of this homemade low carb bread recipe is only 9.1 grams of carbs compared to 13 grams in a slice of traditional bread. Since almond flour is packed with protein, fiber, and nutrients, it’s the best way to get your bread fix while still being mindful of your diet.

How to make this quick almond flour bread paleo, keto, and whole30 compliant?

This almond meal bread is really easy to adjust to your diet by making just a few small changes to the ingredients. To make it Paleo, Keto, and Whole30 compliant, simply omit liquid sweetener and use a grain-free baking powder. The taste difference will be very minimal and you will still end up with a healthy, low-carb, and sugar-free bread you can serve for any meal.

How to Store Almond Flour Bread?

This homemade almond flour loaf keeps best in an airtight container or wrapped in parchment paper and stored on the kitchen counter for up to 3 days. However, if you keep it in the fridge it will store for up to a week. I would avoid wrapping it in plastic wrap, however, as it will trap moisture and completely ruin the texture of the bread.

How To Freeze This Bread?

For longer storage, slice it, place in a plastic freezer storage bag, seal tight, label, date and freeze for up to 3 months. Any time the craving strikes, simply remove a slice (or two!) from the freezer and pop it in your toaster!

What kind of loaf pan should I use to bake ground almond bread recipe?

I baked this basic almond flour bread in an 8X4 loaf pan (affiliate link) and the bread you see in these photographs was baked in that pan. However, you can use a 9X5 loaf pan (affiliate link) as well. I tried it both ways and the difference in baking time was just so minimal that I wouldn’t change a thing. However, please know the version baked in a 9X5 loaf pan is a little shorter in height and longer in length.

Can I use chia seeds instead of flax seeds?

While some readers made this recipe using chia seeds instead of flax seeds, I prefer the version made with flaxseeds. Ground flax seeds help with rising and provide a better form and shape to the overall bread.

Can I substitute coconut flour for almond flour?

This almond flour bread recipe will not work with coconut flour. While both of these flours are gluten-free, they behave differently in baked goods. Therefore, I do not recommend substituting one for another.

For the full nutritional information (including calories), please be sure to check out the recipe card above.

Low Carb, Paleo and Keto friendly Almond Flour Bread Recipe is sliced and photographed from the top view.
Print

Almond Flour Bread Recipe

The best quick and easy to make Almond Flour Bread recipe that is low carb, grain-free, gluten-free, dairy free, low sugar, paleo and keto friendly. Great to use as a sandwich bread or as toast for breakfast.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 45 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 288kcal

Ingredients

Wet Ingredients:

  • 5 Tablespoons (70g) Vegetable Oil, plus more for greasing – I used grapeseed oil but olive oil would also work
  • 2 large Eggs room temperature
  • 3 large Egg Whites room temperature
  • 1 Tablespoon (15g) Apple Cider Vinegar
  • 1 Tablespoon (21g) Maple Syrup (or honey)

Dry Ingredients:

  • 2 cups (224g) Blanched Almond Flour
  • ¼ cup (28g) Ground Flaxseed
  • ¾ tsp Baking Soda
  • 1 tsp Baking Powder*
  • ½ tsp Fine Sea Salt

Instructions

  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Grease an 8X4 (or 9 x 5-inch) loaf pan with 1 teaspoon vegetable oil.
  • In a medium bowl, whisk together the oil, eggs, egg whites, apple cider vinegar and maple syrup until emulsified*
  • In a large bowl, whisk together the almond flour, ground flaxseed, baking soda, baking powder and salt. Make a slight well in the dry ingredients and mix in the egg mixture until just combined.
  • Transfer to the prepared loaf pan and smooth the top. Bake 35 minutes, or until golden brown and a toothpick inserted in the center comes out clean.
  • Let cool in the pan for 15 minutes, then transfer to a cooling rack to cool completely.

Video

Notes

  • Thoroughly mixing the wet ingredients until emulsified is important as it helps the bread bake to the right texture. When the wet ingredients become one smooth mixture and slightly thickened, you know it’s ready!
  • Substitute for baking powder: To make this a paleo-diet-friendly bread, you can use 1/4 teaspoon of baking soda with 1/2 teaspoon of cream of tartar as a substitute for 1 teaspoon of baking powder.
  • Can I use chia seeds instead of flax seeds? While some readers made this recipe using chia seeds instead of flax seeds, I prefer the version made with flaxseeds. Ground flax seeds help with rising and provide a better form/shape to the overall bread.
  • Storage: This homemade almond flour loaf keeps best in an airtight container or wrapped in parchment paper and stored on the kitchen counter for up to 3 days. However, if you keep it in the fridge it will store for up to a week.
  • Freezing Instructions: For longer storage, slice it, place in a plastic freezer storage bag, seal tight, label, date and freeze for up to 3 months. When you are ready to serve, pop it in your toaster to warm it up. There is no need to thaw.

Nutrition

Calories: 288kcal | Carbohydrates: 9g | Protein: 9g | Fat: 26g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Cholesterol: 41mg | Sodium: 348mg | Potassium: 74mg | Fiber: 4g | Sugar: 2g | Vitamin A: 59IU | Calcium: 111mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-bread/feed/ 110
Spinach and Feta Cheese Bรถrek https://foolproofliving.com/spinach-and-feta-cheese-borek/ https://foolproofliving.com/spinach-and-feta-cheese-borek/#comments Tue, 14 Jun 2022 22:52:59 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=1824 What is Borek? Crisp and rich, borek is a savory Turkish pastry often served at breakfast and brunch. It’s made…]]>

What is Borek?

Crisp and rich, borek is a savory Turkish pastry often served at breakfast and brunch. It’s made by layering ultra-thin dough, an egg mixture, and various fillings. Borek also comes in many shapes and sizes, ranging from cigarette-shaped rolls to large trays. 

Traditionally, chefs prepare borek with Turkish yufka dough, an ultra-thin, unleavened dough made from flour, water, and salt. Yufka pastry leaves recipes—like borek—often use layers of a yogurt or milk mixture to keep the dough equally moist and flakey. 

Turkish borek sliced and placed on an oval plate

Although feta and spinach borek is a quintessential Turkish dish, you can find Turkish borek recipes across the former Ottoman Empire. The Balkans, Eastern Europe, and even Northern Africa are just a few places. Perhaps because of the pastry’s geographic range, its name has many alternate spellings. “Bourek,” “burek,” “börek,” and even “bòrek” are all popular variations.

Recipe Ingredients

Who knew authentic Turkish cuisine could be so easy to make? This spinach borek recipe only uses simple ingredients that you can find at your local grocery store.

yogurt wash and phyllo dough - ingredients for borek recipe on a marble backdrop
  • Phyllo Dough: You’ll need one package of phyllo dough to make this recipe, which you can find in the grocery store’s frozen section. Though chefs traditionally make Turkish borek dough from layers of yufka, phyllo dough (this is the brand I used) is easier to find here in the U.S. so that’s what I am using. Be sure to thaw it in the fridge overnight.
  • Yogurt Wash to Keep Layers Moist: For the yogurt wash, gather olive oil, whole milk, egg, plain unsweetened yogurt, salt, and black pepper.
spinach and feta filling ingredients from the top view
  • Borek Filling: In this spinach burek recipe, your filling will consist of olive oil, chopped onion, baby spinach, kosher salt, black pepper, crumbled feta cheese, sesame seeds, and egg yolks. You may also add poppy seeds or Nigella seeds if desired.

Substitutions

  • Cheese: Turkish feta cheese is a classic in this traditional börek recipe, but shredded mozzarella, cheddar cheese, and Monterey jack would also work.
  • Oil: If you’d rather not use olive oil, you can make this bourek recipe extra rich by using melted butter instead. Just make sure the butter is cool before using it.
  • Baby spinach: Swiss chard makes an excellent substitution for fresh spinach in this Turkish cheese pastry, as long as you sauté it first. You could also replace the baby spinach with potatoes for a heartier filling.

How to Make Borek with Spinach

Sheet pan borek is one of my recipe book’s tastiest and most effortless Turkish side dishes. You can learn how to make borek like an expert in just a few simple steps.

Cook the Vegetables & Make the Filling

person sauteeing veggies and making the yogurt milk mixture
  1. Sauté the veggies: Heat olive oil in a large skillet over medium heat. Add the onion to the pan and cook, frequently stirring, until translucent (4-5 minutes). Then, add the baby spinach, salt, and pepper to the pan. Toss the mixture every few minutes using kitchen tongs. Let it cook until the spinach loses most of its volume (approx. 5 minutes). Turn off the heat and let the veggies cool for 15-20 minutes.
    PRO TIP: If your veggie filling has too much liquid, I recommend straining the juices using a colander. Straining will keep your borek from turning soggy when fully assembled.
  2. Prepare the yogurt milk mixture: While your vegetables cool, whisk your olive oil, milk, egg, whole-milk yogurt, salt, and black pepper in a measuring cup.
  3. Preheat the oven: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. 

Layer the Phyllo Dough

a collage of photos showing how to assemble borek from the start
  1. Layer the bottom borek sheets: Line your sheet pan with parchment paper. Then, layer sheets of phyllo dough onto the parchment paper until the whole pan is covered, using as many sheets as necessary. Let any excess dough hang over the sides. 
  2. Brush the phyllo: Lay a second layer of phyllo on top of the first, covering every part of the sheet pan. Pour 3-4 tablespoons of the milk mixture over the sheets, and use a pastry brush to spread it evenly over the dough.
  3. Add layers: Add another two layers of phyllo sheets on top of the first. Brush the top layer again with yogurt wash. Then, place one more layer of phyllo dough on the washed layer. Don’t brush this top layer with the milk mixture.
  4. Layer the filling: Distribute your cooled sautéed veggies over the top sheet of phyllo in one even layer. Then, sprinkle the crumbled feta cheese evenly over the spinach. 
a collage of images showing how to assemble cheese borak food
  1. Layer the top borek sheets: Place another two layers of phyllo dough over the spinach filling, covering it completely. Brush the top layer with the milk and yogurt wash. Then, place two more layers of phyllo dough on top of the washed layer. Brush the top of the assembled pastry with an even layer of the yogurt mixture.
  2. Fold excess dough: If any sheets are hanging over the side of the pan, fold them in toward the pastry’s center. Be sure to brush this extra dough with the milk mixture. At this point, your borek should look moist and tightly packed.
collage of photos showing before and after bourek recipe is baked.
  1. Cut the pastry: Cut your borek into 12 equal pieces using a knife. 
  2. Add toppings: Mix the egg yolks in a bowl. Brush the top layer of the borek with a generous layer of egg wash. If desired, sprinkle the top with sesame seeds and nigella seeds.
  3. Bake: Bake the borek in the preheated oven for 30-35 minutes or until the top is golden brown. 
  4. Serve: Remove the pastry from the oven and let it cool for 15-20 minutes on a wire rack. Then, slice it along the pre-cut lines, and serve while still warm.

What to Serve with Borek

There’s a reason why so many people call it “borek bread.” This flaky and flavorful Turkish side makes a perfect pair with any dish you’d eat with bread, from light salads to meaty mains.

How to Make Ahead, Store, and Freeze

Make meal prep stress a thing of the past with this Turkish cheese borek recipe. Whether you make this dish a day or an entire month in advance, these storage tips have you covered.

  • Make ahead: To make your pastry ahead of time, cook the burek spinach and onions one day in advance. Store the veggies in an airtight container in the fridge, removing it when you’re ready to assemble your borek. Another option is to assemble the entire pastry, cover it with plastic wrap, and store it in the fridge overnight. Then, cook your burek as usual when ready to eat.
  • Store: Leftover borek will stay fresh for up to 3 days when stored in an airtight container. Just be sure to let it reach room temperature before storing.
  • Freeze: You can freeze your spinach burek recipe for up to one month before baking it. Just be sure to cover the pastry tightly with plastic wrap and cover it with aluminum foil to prevent freezer burn.
  • Thaw: Transfer your burek from the freezer to the fridge one full day before you plan to bake it. Then, bake the pastry according to the standard cooking directions (350 degrees F. for 30-35 minutes).

Filling Variations

The sky’s the limit when it comes to filling this Turkish cheese pastry. Whether you want a borek recipe with meat or a cheese burek for feta fans, these popular fillings are just what you need.

  • Meat borek: Make your pastry extra satisfying by adding a savory protein. Any meat will work, but ground beef borek, borek with minced meat, and ground lamb borek are some of my favorite savory fillings.
  • Cheese & herbs: Don’t want to add veggies? No problem! Borek with cheese and fresh herbs is a common filling you’ll adore. Simply fill your Turkish filo pastry with feta cheese and fresh parsley.
  • Try it with different vegetables: When you make burek, spinach is only one of the countless delicious veggies you can use. Roasted Shiitake Mushrooms and Baked Portobello Mushrooms are two of my favorite alternatives.
turkish cheese borek right after it comes out of the oven

Expert Tips

You don’t have to be a master chef to make international eats. With these foolproof tips, your cheese and spinach borek will come out flaky, gooey, and decadent every time.

  • Don’t worry about torn phyllo dough: Phyllo dough is so delicate that it may tear while you work with it. Don’t worry! You can easily pinch phyllo dough back together, and a few tears won’t ruin the dish.
  • It’s OK if you miss a layer: Don’t stress if you miss a layer when assembling your borek. This dish is highly forgiving, and it’s always better to have too few layers than too many.
  • Cover the filo sheets with a damp towel: As you are making this Turkish spinach borek recipe, be sure to cover the filo dough sheets with a damp towel to prevent them from drying. 
  • Don’t skimp on the yogurt wash: Be sure to spread the yogurt wash evenly over your Turkish pastry. Every layer should be adequately moist after brushing. 
  • Slice before baking: Slicing the borek pastry before it goes into the oven will make cutting and serving much easier. Simply slice the dough into your ideal portion sizes when you finish layering your borek.
  • Let the borek sit overnight: Though this step is optional, I highly recommend letting your borek recipe sit in the fridge overnight. Allowing your borek to rest will give your phyllo dough time to absorb the flavorful liquid, giving your pastry extra moisture and savoriness.
  • Strain your veggie mixture: If your sautéed veggie mixture has any liquid, I suggest straining it in a colander before adding it to your borek. Too much liquid will turn your pastry soggy.
  • Prewashed baby spinach: If you have a busy schedule or simply don’t want to spend hours in the kitchen, prewashed baby spinach will save you oodles of time.
  • Phyllo dough vs. puff pastry: Though phyllo dough and puff pastry can be found in the same section of the grocery store, they are not interchangeable. French puff pastry contains many layers of dough and butter, which rise and become airy in the oven. By contrast, phyllo pastry is paper-thin and bakes to a super fine, flaky texture.
Learn how to make Turkish Spinach and Feta Cheese Borek recipe - Borek served with Turkish Tea.

FAQs

You don’t have to be Turkish to be a borek buff. This handy FAQ will answer all your questions about my recipe for Turkish borek, from the dish’s national origins to its nutritional content.

Is borek the same as spanakopita?

Turkish borek and Greek spanakopita come from the same family of pastry. However, the two often differ in preparation and texture, with Greek spanakopita often having a flakier, puffier crust. 

Is it burek or borek?

Both spellings of this pastry are technically correct, depending on the country. Turkish people tend to spell the name as “borek,” while “burek” is more common in the Balkans.

What countries have burek?

Many may think of borek as Turkish food. However, you can find this iconic dish in numerous countries across the former Ottoman Empire. This area includes countries in the Balkans, Middle East, and Northern Africa.

Is spinach borek healthy?

This recipe for burek with cheese isn’t the healthiest, with many calories coming from fats and carbs. However, borek can provide essential nutrients from its vitamin-rich spinach and calcium-rich feta when enjoyed in moderation.

How do you eat borek?

 Traditionally, people have Turkish cheese borek for breakfast or brunch during family gatherings. However, you can eat borek alongside any meal in place of bread.

Other Turkish Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this Turkish Borek recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

person serving spinach and feta cheese borek
Print

Spinach and Feta Cheese Börek – Turkish Borek Recipe

Learn how to make Spinach and Feta Cheese Borek – A classic Turkish Borek recipe made with stuffing phyllo sheets with spinach and feta. This authentic and simple recipe can be made ahead and baked right before serving for a warm and delicious breakfast or brunch recipe.
Course Appetizer, Breakfast
Cuisine Turkish
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 30 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Total Time 1 hour 5 minutes
Servings 12 slices
Calories 174kcal

Ingredients

For the Spinach and Feta filling:

  • 1 tablespoon olive oil or any vegetable oil such as avocado oil
  • 1 medium-size onion peeled and chopped
  • 16 oz. baby spinach leaves washed and dried
  • 1/4 teaspoon kosher salt*
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper
  • 8 oz. crumbled feta cheese

For The Milk Yogurt Mixture:

  • 3 tablespoon olive oil or any vegetable oil such as avocado oil
  • ½ cup whole milk
  • 1 large egg
  • 2 tablespoons plain whole-milk yogurt
  • 1/2 teaspoon salt
  • 1/4 teaspoon black pepper

For The Layers:

  • 1 package of Phyllo Dough* thawed overnight in the fridge
  • 2 egg yolks
  • 2 tablespoons sesame seeds
  • ½ teaspoon Nigella seeds optional

Instructions

  • Cook the filling: Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a large pan at medium heat. Add the chopped onion and cook, stirring frequently, until translucent, 4-5 minutes. Add the spinach, salt, and pepper. Cook it, tossing it every few minutes using kitchen tongs, until the spinach loses most of its volume, around 5 minutes. Give it a stir and turn the heat off. Let it cool for 15 minutes.
  • Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F.
  • Make the yogurt milk mixture: Whisk olive oil, milk, egg, yogurt, salt, and black pepper in a bowl until combined.
  • To assemble: Line a baking sheet (mine is 12X17) with parchment paper. In a single layer, place sheets of phyllo dough onto the parchment paper. Use as many sheets as you need to make sure that the pan’s whole surface is covered. It is okay if some filo is overhanging on the sides.
  • Place another layer of phyllo on top of the first, again making sure that the bottom of the pan is covered. Pour 3-4 tablespoons of the milk mixture on the top layer of dough and brush it over the filo sheets, making sure that it is evenly spread.
  • Stack another two layers of phyllo dough on top of the first two. Again, brush the milk mixture over the top phyllo sheet. Then, cover the top sheet with one more layer of phyllo dough—not two. Do not brush the top sheet with the milk mixture again.
  • Spread the now-cooled spinach and crumbled feta cheese evenly over the top layer of phyllo sheets.
  • Place another two layers of phyllo sheets over the filling, covering it completely. Brush another 3-4 teaspoons of the milk mixture over the topmost sheet. Then, place two final layers of phyllo dough on top of the washed layer, and brush the top with the milk mixture. You should have 9 layers of dough in total.
  • If there are sheets overhanging on the side, fold them in towards the pastry’s center and make sure that they are brushed with the milk mixture. At this point, the borek should look nicely moist and tightly packed.
  • Using a sharp knife, pre-slice borek into 12 equal pieces (please refer to the video for a visual).
  • Mix egg yolks in a bowl.
  • Brush each slice with egg yolk and sprinkle with sesame seeds and nigella seeds if using.
  • Bake in the oven for 30-35 minutes or until it turns golden brown.
  • Let it cool for a few minutes, slice, and serve while it is still warm.

Video

Notes

  • Prior to adding salt to the filling, it is good to taste your feta cheese and determine if you need more salt or not.
  • If you have time, I recommend letting your borek rest before baking it. Simply cover the baking sheet with plastic wrap and place it in the fridge. Let the pastry rest for a few hours or up to overnight. Then, bake as usual.
  • Depending on the size of the sheet pan you are using, you may not need to use the whole package of phyllo dough. 
  • Strain your veggie mixture: If your sauteed veggie mixture has any liquid, I suggest straining it in a colander before using it as a filling. Too much liquid will turn your pastry soggy.
  • Don’t worry about torn phyllo dough: Phyllo dough is so delicate that it may tear while you work with it. Don’t worry! You can easily pinch phyllo dough back together, and a few tears won’t ruin the dish.

Nutrition

Calories: 174kcal | Carbohydrates: 6g | Protein: 7g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 8g | Cholesterol: 87mg | Sodium: 503mg | Potassium: 481mg | Fiber: 2g | Sugar: 3g | Vitamin A: 6851IU | Vitamin C: 21mg | Calcium: 219mg | Iron: 3mg

This recipe was originally published in November 2013. It has been updated in June 2022 with new text, photos, and a how-to video with very minor edits (mostly for clarification) to the originally published recipe.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/spinach-and-feta-cheese-borek/feed/ 69
Cantaloupe Smoothie https://foolproofliving.com/citrusy-cantaloupe-smoothie-bowl-with-pepitas/ https://foolproofliving.com/citrusy-cantaloupe-smoothie-bowl-with-pepitas/#comments Tue, 31 May 2022 15:38:44 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=10192 Why Should You Try This Smoothie Recipe? This simple melon shake is as nutritious as it is refreshing, and you…]]>

Why Should You Try This Smoothie Recipe?

This simple melon shake is as nutritious as it is refreshing, and you won’t believe how easy it is to make. With so much to love, this cantaloupe smoothie recipe will be your new go-to treat perfect for a hot summer day.

Frozen cantaloupe smoothie in a glass from close up
  • No sugar is added to this naturally sweet cantaloupe yogurt smoothie, making it a refreshing (and healthy!) treat to have first thing in the morning or even for dessert.
  • You can make this cantaloupe shake recipe for nearly any special diet. Anyone who follows a vegan, gluten-free, or even dairy-free diet can enjoy this tasty drink—alongside my Mango Tumeric Smoothie or any one of my other Turmeric Smoothies, of course.
  • Needing only 5 ingredients and less than 10 minutes, this beginner-friendly drink is one of the most effortless cantaloupe smoothie ideas out there.

Ingredients

To make this cantaloupe shake, gather cubed cantaloupe, unsweetened plain yogurt, orange juice, and ice. Because the high water content of melon can lead to a watery texture, you’ll also need a half-cup of another fruit, such as mango.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view

Substitutions & Additions

Putting cantaloupe in a smoothie is the best way to make a healthy drink without a lengthy shopping list. Make your frozen melon smoothie countless ways with these simple substitutions.

  • Freeze cantaloupe: To make a frozen cantaloupe smoothie, freeze your fresh cantaloupe pieces before blending. Note, however, that you may have to pulse your smoothie for extra time to break up the frozen bits. 
  • Second fruit: Almost any sweet fruit will work alongside your cantaloupe, including strawberry, pineapple, banana, and mango. You can also freeze this second fruit if you have time or add extra ice cubes for a refreshing chill.
  • Juice: Adding juice is one of my favorite ways to add sweetness to my summer smoothie. However, though I use orange juice (I squeeze it myself instead of using orange juice from concentrate) in my smoothie routine, pineapple juice would also work.
  • Milk instead of juice: If you prefer to make your cantaloupe smoothie with milk, any kind will do. For instance, you can make cantaloupe smoothie recipes with almond milk, cashew milk, or even coconut milk. Just note that you may have to add a little honey, honey syrup, or simple syrup to make your smoothie a bit sweeter if you prefer.
  • Yogurt: I use plain Greek yogurt in my smoothie recipe, but you could also use a dairy-free alternative instead. Like the almond milk yogurt I use in my Vegan Banana Smoothie, vegan yogurt makes a great, diet-friendly substitution.
  • Additional Sweetener: I think this orange cantaloupe smoothie recipe is adequately sweet as written, but if you want it sweeter you can add in a few tablespoons of honey syrup or as it blends.
  • Add protein (optional): To make this healthy smoothie recipe even more nutritious, try adding extra proteins. Simply add a teaspoon of ground flax seeds, chia seeds, hemp seeds, collagen peptides, nut butter, or your favorite protein powder.

How to Make a Cantaloupe Smoothie

Smoothie recipes with melon are a great way to satisfy your sweet tooth without breaking a sweat. This cool, fruity treat will be the easiest drink you make all summer.

two images showing how to make smoothie with cantaloupe
  1. Blend ingredients: Place the ingredients into a blender, preferably with fruit on the bottom and ice at the top. Pulse the ingredients a few times, then blend on high until smooth. If you do not own a blender, you can use a food processor for blending as well.
  2. Serve: Pour the mixture into a glass and, if desired, garnish with cantaloupe. Drink immediately.

Variations

Make dozens of smoothie recipes with cantaloupe with these yummy variations. Whether you’re craving a sweet cantaloupe berry smoothie or a creamy banana variation, we’ve got you covered!

  • Frozen cantaloupe smoothie: Want to give your melon smoothie extra chill? Freeze your cantaloupe cubes for 4-8 hours before blending.
  • Cantaloupe banana smoothie: If you’re looking for a healthy breakfast that’s equal parts sweet and creamy, a banana smoothie is just what you need. Simply swap out your mango for a half-cup of sliced banana.
  • Strawberry cantaloupe smoothie: Give your recipe a tart, summer-fresh flavor with a match made in heaven: cantaloupe and strawberries! No one can resist the fresh fruit of this easy recipe.
  • Watermelon cantaloupe smoothie: No one can resist a refreshing smoothie recipe with double the ripe melon. For this delicious recipe, I recommend adding a full cup of cubed watermelon to keep your smoothie from becoming too watery.

How to Store

Smoothie recipes with melon are a godsend when it comes to easy storage. Simply place your smoothie mixture in a bottle with a tight-fitting lid, like a mason jar. Drink within 2 days, being sure to shake the smoothie before pouring.

Please note that your smoothie will likely get watery as it sits in the fridge. To keep your cantaloupe smoothie’s creamy texture, I recommend enjoying your beverage on the day it’s made.

person pouring smoothie into a glass

FAQs

No guesswork is necessary when making this recipe for a melon smoothie. Whether you have questions about substitutions or nutrition information, this handy guide is just what you need.

Can you put cantaloupe in a smoothie?

 Yes, you can use cantaloupe in a smoothie! Adding melon to smoothies is the perfect way to make a naturally sweet, creamy, and healthy treat.

How to make a cantaloupe smoothie with milk?

If you don’t want to add juice to your smoothie, you can use milk instead. Any milk will work, but you may have to add extra sweetness with ingredients like honey or Honey Simple Syrup if you like your smoothies on the sweeter side.

Can cantaloupe be frozen for smoothies?

Absolutely! Simply cut your cantaloupe into 1-inch cubes, arrange them on a sheet pan, and put them in the freezer for 4-8 hours. Then, blend your ingredients.

Is cantaloupe smoothie good for you?

Using natural, nutrient-packed ingredients, this cantaloupe smoothie with yogurt is a tasty and healthy way to get extra vitamins. Just one serving of cantaloupe fills your daily need for vitamin c and vitamin A.

Similar Smoothie Recipes You Might Like:

It is no secret that drinking a smoothie a day has its benefits. If you are new to making your own smoothies you are in for a treat because I have so many recipes for you. Below are a few recipes to get you started.

If you try this Cantaloupe Smoothie recipe or any other smoothie recipes on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It is a great help to others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Cantaloupe smoothies in two glasses from the front view
Print

Cantaloupe Smoothie Recipe

This Cantaloupe Smoothie recipe is an easy, quick and healthy breakfast or snack you can make in minutes. Made without any sugar, this melon smoothie is incredibly refreshing perfect for a hot summer day.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 10 minutes
Total Time 10 minutes
Servings 1 serving
Calories 197kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 cup cantaloupe cut into 1 to 2-inch cubes
  • ½ cup mango strawberry, or banana, cut into small pieces*
  • ¼ cup unsweetened plain yogurt or vanilla yogurt or vegan yogurt
  • ½ cup orange juice or pineapple juice
  • 1 cup ice

Instructions

  • Place all ingredients in a blender. Blend on high until smooth.
  • Pour into a glass and garnish with cantaloupe if desired. Enjoy immediately.

Notes

  • This recipe can easily be multiplied.
  • I think it goes without saying that the riper the fruit the sweeter your smoothie will be. So, if you prefer it on the sweeter side be sure to pick a ripe cantaloupe white you are at the grocery store.
  • You can use frozen cantaloupe if you want. However, if you do so, I would recommend using 1/2 cup of ice.
  • Storage: Simply place your smoothie mixture in a bottle with a tight-fitting lid, like a mason jar. Drink within 2 days, being sure to shake the smoothie before pouring. Please note that your smoothie will likely get watery as it sits in the fridge. To keep your cantaloupe smoothie’s creamy texture, I recommend enjoying your beverage on the day it’s made.

Nutrition

Serving: 1person | Calories: 197kcal | Carbohydrates: 41g | Protein: 5g | Fat: 3g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 8mg | Sodium: 90mg | Potassium: 733mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 37g | Vitamin A: 6612IU | Vitamin C: 110mg | Calcium: 118mg | Iron: 1mg

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/citrusy-cantaloupe-smoothie-bowl-with-pepitas/feed/ 8
Homemade Corn Tortillas https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-corn-tortillas/ https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-corn-tortillas/#comments Sat, 30 Apr 2022 17:09:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=4909 It is no secret that I am a huge Mexican food. And what is more Mexican than corn flour tortillas?…]]>

It is no secret that I am a huge Mexican food. And what is more Mexican than corn flour tortillas?

I first learned how to make homemade corn tortillas when on my very first visit to Mexico. The hotel we were staying at had a wonderful restaurant with young ladies making fresh corn tortillas outside. Watching them make hundreds of fresh corn tortillas was almost therapeutic.

A man is serving corn tortillas placed on top of each other with text on the image

On our way back we stopped by the local market and bought a wooden tortilla press (like this one – affiliate link) similar to the one that they use in the hotel. Ever since that visit, I have been making my own corn tortillas.

If you have never tried your hand at making your own tortillas, consider this your how-to guide. Made with two simple ingredients, making corn tortillas from scratch is easier than you think. Below you will find a detailed explanation for everything you need to know including ingredients, equipment, technique, and storage to make the best corn tortilla recipe at home.

A woman is making corn tortillas in Mexico - Learn how to make authentic corn tortillas and get the recipe for Homemade Corn Tortillas

Recipe Ingredients

To make homemade corn tortillas, you can use either fresh masa (which is why some people call these corn masa tortillas) or masa harina and water. Some people prefer to use a little bit of salt as well.

masa harina mixed with water in a bowl

You can find fresh masa at your local Latin grocery store (or Mexican markets) in their refrigerated section. While most people say that using fresh masa is the best, if you are not living in an area where you can get your hands on it, you can make your own tortillas using masa harina and water. I like Maseca brand (this White Maseca Corn Flour, in particular) and buy it from our local grocery store in their international food aisle.

If you are living in the United States, Bob’s Red Mills sells masa harina as well. I have tried this recipe with that brand and it worked very well.

Do I Need A Tortilla Press?

The answer is yes and no.

While I was reading through different sources, I saw that some people press out the dough in between two flat surfaces like dinner plates or large and heavy books. Some even feel comfortable patting out tortillas in between their two hands. Though from what I understand, getting a thin corn tortilla by using your hands requires quite a bit of experience.

I personally think that it is much easier to use a tortilla press. If you do not have access to wood and heavy one like the one we have (or a similar one like this one – affiliate link), most kitchen equipment stores and various online sources sell aluminum or cast-iron corn tortilla press (like this Tortilla Press) for less than $20. Therefore, if you are serious about making corn tortillas at home, I think it is a good investment.

How To Make Corn Tortillas

Make The Dough

To make the masa dough, mix masa harina with warm water (tap water is fine)in a large bowl using a wooden spoon. Or, you can knead the dough by hand as well. Cover it with a damp towel, and let it rest for 20-30 minutes on the kitchen counter.

person making the dough for corn taco shells

When ready, add in some cool water, one tablespoon at a time, until it has a soft texture without being sticky. Here, keep in mind that the dough for corn tortilla is a very forgiving one. If it gets too dry, you can add a little more water. And if it gets too wet, you can add a little more masa. The “right consistency” should feel similar to Play-doh.

Before pressing and cooking the tortillas, make sure to cover the dough with a clean kitchen towel to prevent them from drying.

How To Use a Tortilla Press

Next, we press the dough balls into and make tortilla.

First, you will need a medium-heavy plastic bag to fit over the plates of the press. I used a large (gallon-size) Ziploc bag. I trimmed the zipper top so that it is a large rectangular piece. With that being said, you can use two pieces of plastic as well.

person showing how to make masa tortilla recipe

Second, you lay the plastic bag on the tortilla press, making sure that it covers both the upper and bottom parts of the press.

Third, divide the dough into smaller 14 to 15 equal pieces. You can eyeball it or use a small cookie scoop to make it easier on yourself.

Roll each piece into small dough balls (each piece should be similar to a golf ball). Working one piece at a time, place one dough ball on the bottom part of the press, cover it with the top of the Ziploc bag, close the press, and push it down (while applying gentle pressure).

Then, gently peel back the tortilla from the plastic and transfer it to your hand.

How Do You Cook Corn Tortillas

To cook corn tortillas, you can either use a griddle or a cast iron skillet.

The important thing here is to make sure that the skillet is very hot before starting the cooking process. I usually let it heat up over medium high-heat for 5 minutes or so.

Once fully warm, place the first tortilla on the pan. It will first stick and that is normal. But then in 15 seconds or so it will release itself and that is when it is time to flip it. After that, it should take around 30 to 45 seconds for it to fully cook. You will know that it is good to go when you start seeing brown spots on top.

Keep an eye on it as it is cooking and adjust the temperature as necessary to prevent it from drying.

According to Rick Bayless, a perfect tortilla is one that balloons up like pita bread after the second flip.

Here, one thing most resources suggest is to use your fingers to flip instead of a spatula, because the edges will curl up as the heat cooks the tortillas. At first, I didn’t feel comfortable flipping it with my hands, but towards the end, with a little practice, I was more comfortable with it. Still, if you don’t feel comfortable, a spatula works just fine.

How Do You Get Soft Tortillas

One thing that is so important to note here is that the cast iron skillet (or griddle) only cooks the outside of the tortilla. In order for it to cook thoroughly, you need to cover them with a clean kitchen towel and place it in a bowl with a lid. As it sits, the heat from the growing sack will continue the cooking process resulting in softer and completely cooked corn tortillas.

So, as you can imagine, the softest one is the one at the very bottom. Therefore, when you are ready to serve, it is best to start from the very bottom of the stack.

Corn tortilla bread in a bowl with a lid

Storage Instructions

I think these DIY corn tortillas are best on the day that they are made. That is why, I usually make just the amount that I plan to serve.

However, to find out the best way to store tortillas, we made two batches of this recipe. You have two options when it comes to storing corn flour tortillas. They both work with a caveat:

  • At room temperature: Keep them wrapped with a clean kitchen towel and let them sit on the kitchen counter. It will be fresh for up to two days but if you leave it longer it will start developing mold.
  • In the fridge: Bring them to room temperature, wrap them tightly with a kitchen towel, and store them in the fridge. They should keep fresh for up to 4 days. However, as they sit in the fridge they get hard so I recommend a quick warm-up on the skillet before serving.

Once you get a hang of the process, you can make the most delicious corn tortilla bread in your very own kitchen in less than 20 minutes. And after that, I can almost guarantee you that you will never want to go back to buying them from the supermarket.

How To Serve

You can use these corn tortilla shells in so many ways. Here are a few ways to get you started:

  • Make a taco: Try my Quinoa Black Bean Tacos or Brisket Tacos Recipe
  • Enchiladas: Soak these corn tortilla wraps in your favorite enchilada sauce, roll them up with your favorite filling, and bake them in a casserole with more sauce on top.
  • Homemade tortilla chips: Cut them into small triangles and fry them in oil. Sprinkle with salt and serve with guacamole on the side. This combo makes the best Mexican Party Food.

FAQs

What is Masa Harina and Where Can I Find It?

Masa harina is dried corn dough. It is used to make corn tortillas by mixing it with water. Nowadays, most supermarkets sell Maseca brand masa harina. You can also find it online. This White Maseca Corn Flour is what I usually use.

How to make yellow or blue corn tortillas?

For yellow tortillas, use Maseca Instant Yellow Corn Masa Flour and for blue tortillas use Maseca Blue Corn Instant Masa Flour.

When to use corn tortillas versus flour tortillas?

It is a personal choice so you can use them interchangeably in most recipes. Since flour tortillas are sturdier, they work well when making burritos, enchiladas, and quesadillas. Corn tortillas, on the other hand, work well with Mexican Tacos and when making huevos rancheros.

Other Mexican Inspired Recipes You Might Like:

If you try this Homemade Corn Tortillas recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

corn tortillas placed on top of each other being held by a man
Print

Corn Tortillas Recipe

Making Corn Tortillas at home is much easier than you think! Here is a comprehensive guide to help you learn how to make Homemade Corn Tortillas with step-by-step photos along with all the information you need including technique, ingredients, and equipment.
Course Bread
Cuisine Mexican
Diet Vegan
Prep Time 10 minutes
Cook Time 10 minutes
Total Time 20 minutes
Servings 15 corn tortillas
Calories 49kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 3/4 cups masa harina for tortillas, (I used the Maseca brand) (9.5 ounces)
  • 1 cup hot tap water plus 2 tablespoons
  • 2 tablespoons water at room temperature

Instructions

  • Using a wooden spoon, mix masa harina and 1 cup plus 2 tablespoons hot tap water in a large mixing bowl. Cover it with stretch film and let it sit for 30 minutes.
  • Begin working the masa harina and water mixture with your hands. Add 2 more tablespoons of cool water (one at a time) for the dough to reach an ideal texture, where it is still soft without being sticky (similar to Play-Doh). If, for some reason, it is dry (looks like it is cracked), add a little more water. Or if it is too wet (or sticky), let it sit on the kitchen counter uncovered for it to dry out for a little bit or add more masa.
  • Divide the dough into 15 equal pieces (for this recipe, it was 1.4 ounces each) for 6-inch corn tortillas. Cover the dough with a clean kitchen towel.
  • Cut each sides of a Ziploc bag to make it a large rectangular piece. Lay it on the tortilla press, making sure it covers both the upper and bottom parts of the press. (See the pictures in the blog post)
  • Roll each piece by placing on the bottom part of the press lined with the Ziploc bag. Cover it with the top of the Ziploc bag, close the press and push it down. Gently peel back the top layer of the bag, and transfer it to your hand. Place it on a baking sheet and cover it with a kitchen towel. Continue with pressing the rest.
  • In the mean time, heat a cast iron skillet in medium heat for 10 minutes. You want to make sure it gets really hot.
  • When you are ready to bake, place a tortilla on the skillet and let it cook for 15 seconds. At first it will stick, but then, if your temperature is right (read the blog post for more information on the temperature), it will come off easily for you to flip it. Let it cook for another 30-45 seconds or until it is lightly browned.
  • As tortillas are cooked, transfer them in a basket cloth lined with a kitchen towel. Allow them to continue cooking with the steam (from their own heat) inside the basket for at least 10 more minutes before serving.

Notes

  • It is optional, but if you want you can swap some of the water with chicken/vegetable stock and add salt into your dough.
  • How to get soft tortillas: One thing that is so important to note here is that the cast iron skillet (or griddle) only cooks the outside of the tortilla. In order for it to cook thoroughly, you need to cover them with a clean kitchen towel and place it in a bowl with a lid. As it sits, the heat from the growing sack will continue the cooking process resulting in softer and completely cooked corn tortillas. So, as you can imagine, the softest one is the one at the very bottom. Therefore, when you are ready to serve, it is best to start from the very bottom of the stack.
  • How to Store: I think these DIY corn tortillas are best on the day that they are made. That is why I usually make just the amount that I plan to serve. However, to find out the best way to store tortillas, we made two batches of this recipe. You have two options when it comes to storing corn flour tortillas. They both work with a caveat:
    • At room temperature: Keep them wrapped with a clean kitchen towel and let them sit on the kitchen counter. It will be fresh for up to two days but if you leave it longer it will start developing mold.
    • In the fridge: Bring them to room temperature, wrap them tightly with a kitchen towel, and store them in the fridge. They should keep fresh for up to 4 days. However, as they sit in the fridge they get hard so I recommend a quick warm-up on the skillet before serving.

Nutrition

Calories: 49kcal | Carbohydrates: 10g | Protein: 1g | Fat: 1g | Saturated Fat: 1g | Sodium: 2mg | Potassium: 35mg | Fiber: 1g | Vitamin A: 28IU | Calcium: 18mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/homemade-corn-tortillas/feed/ 71
Lemon Ricotta Pancakes https://foolproofliving.com/ricotta-and-lemon-pancakes/ https://foolproofliving.com/ricotta-and-lemon-pancakes/#comments Thu, 14 Apr 2022 21:30:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=2186 They say breakfast is the most important meal of the day – and these ricotta cheese pancakes will make your…]]>

They say breakfast is the most important meal of the day – and these ricotta cheese pancakes will make your heart skip a beat (much like my almond flour pancakes and almond flour buckwheat pancakes).

I love to make them with my homemade ricotta cheese for the most pronounced sweet cream kick. I serve them with plenty of warm maple syrup, homemade blueberry sauce (or my blueberry puree), and fresh berries, which really bring out the lemon flavor.

Lemon ricotta pancakes on top of each other drizzled with blueberry sauce

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

I find these to be the best lemon ricotta pancakes to add to your list of pancake and waffle recipes. I know you will love them because:

  • Light, bright and fluffy: The texture of these pancakes is hard to beat thanks to fresh ricotta cheese. Plus, the vibrant lemon pop just makes you smile.
  • Celebrates the sweet side of ricotta: Ricotta is one of the few ingredients that can be mixed into sweet recipes. Think of it like cream cheese, but without the tang but with a similar creamy texture.
  • Bite-size pancakes with big flavor: If you love lemon-y desserts, these pancakes are guaranteed to satiate all your lemon cravings. 

Ingredients

The ingredients for these ricotta pancakes are what you would find in your usual pancake mix, but much, much better.

Ingredients for the recipe from the top view

Gather together all-purpose flour, baking soda, salt, ricotta cheese, milk, eggs, fresh lemon zest, fresh lemon juice, vanilla extract, butter, granulated sugar, and vegetable oil.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Ricotta Cheese: Use full-fat ricotta cheese for the best pancakes. I always have some homemade ricotta in my fridge. Italian markets carry top-quality fresh ricotta cheese, too.
  • Milk: I used whole milk, but buttermilk would give a nice tang.
  • Sugar: Use coconut sugar, or your favorite granulated sugar, if you prefer not to use white sugar. It changes the color of the pancakes but it is still very good.
  • Eggs: The ricotta pancake recipe below uses 4 egg whites and 2 egg yolks. You can use the extra 2 egg yolks in another recipe. 

How to Make

This recipe for ricotta pancakes takes a little help from whipped egg whites, but the extra effort is well worth it. Simply:

person showing how to make ricotta lemon pancakes
  1. Mix dry ingredients: In a large bowl, whisk flour, baking soda, and salt.
  2. Whisk wet ingredients: In a medium bowl, combine ricotta cheese, milk, 2 egg yolks, lemon zest, lemon juice, vanilla extract, and melted butter. Whisk until just combined.
  3. Make pancake batter: Gently pour and stir the ricotta mixture into the dry ingredients. Do not overmix.
  4. Whip egg whites: In a separate bowl, place the egg whites. Using a hand mixer, whisk egg whites for 1 minute at medium-low speed. Increase the speed to medium and whisk until foamy for 1 more minute. Slowly add the sugar and whisk until soft peaks form (it will be very silky), about 1-2 minutes.
Person showing the steps to making lemon ricotta hotcakes
  1. Whisk in ⅓ egg whites: Gently whisk 1/3 of the beaten egg whites into the pancake batter.
  2. Fold in remaining egg whites: Using a rubber spatula, gently fold in the rest of the whipped egg whites.
  3. Keep them warm: Preheat the oven to 200 degrees F. 
  4. Cook pancakes: Heat 1 teaspoon vegetable oil in a 12-inch nonstick skillet over medium heat. Using a paper towel, wipe out the excess oil. Measure 1/4 cup of the batter and gently pour into the skillet. You should be able to fit about 3 pancakes, with a few inches between. Cook for 2 minutes, flip, and cook for another 1 minute, or until the edges are set. Repeat with the rest of the batter. As you are cooking the rest of the batter, place the cooked pancakes in a single layer on a baking sheet and keep warm in the oven.
  5. Serve: Serve with maple syrup, blueberry sauce and fresh berries.

How to Serve

Ricotta lemon pancakes can be served in a number of ways. Some of my favorites include:

  • Breakfast: Keep it simple with a drizzle of maple syrup and extra butter.
  • Brunch: Give these pancakes a touch more finesse for special occasions and holidays by topping with blueberry sauce, fresh blueberries and/or maple whipped cream.
  • Pancake Bar: Set up a complete pancake breakfast bar with your favorite toppings like maple syrup, butter, lemon curd, blueberry syrup, fresh fruit, jam, powdered sugar, chocolate chips, and more.

Variations

Feel free to throw in a mix-and-match of your favorite mix-ins to make this homemade pancake recipe your own. I like to add the mix-ins after I’ve ladled out the batter onto the griddle for even distribution.

  • Nuts: Add ½ cup slivered almonds or toasty pecans.
  • Chocolate: Stir in a handful of chocolate chips (~ 1/4 cup) or a chopped chocolate bar.
  • Cannoli: Give these a cannoli twist by swapping the lemon zest and juice for orange instead and add a dash of cinnamon and mini chocolate chips, too.
ricotta pancakes stacked onto each other and topped off with blueberry sauce

How to Store and Reheat

Ricotta pancakes keep well in both the fridge and freezer and reheat beautifully. Here’s how to do it:

  • Fridge: Store leftover pancakes between layers of parchment paper in a plastic storage bag or airtight container for up to 4 days.
  • Freezer: Store pancakes between layers of parchment paper in a plastic freezer bag or freezer-safe container for up to 2 months.
  • Reheat: Reheat in the microwave in short 20-second increments. To reheat a large batch, set the pancakes on a wire rack set inside a baking sheet, cover with foil, and warm through in a 350-degree F oven for 5-10 minutes. Add 2-3 minutes to the baking time if reheating from frozen.

Expert Tips

  • Whip egg whites to stiff peaks. Gradually add the sugar and whip just until the peaks hold their shape on the whisk. You know they’re ready when the mixture is shiny, silky, and smooth.
  • Whisk in one-third of beaten egg whites. This helps lighten the batter and makes it easier to fold in the remaining egg whites.
  • Small lumps are good in pancake batter. It means the batter has not been overmixed and makes for fluffier pancakes.
  • Watch for popped bubbles when cooking pancakes. The bubbles indicate the pancakes are nearly done on one side. Flip when those bubbles pop, form holes and you start to see the edges turn golden brown. As it is with any other pancake recipe, patience is key here.
  • Use a bigger cup measure. As you can see in the pictures, I made my lemon pancakes rather small using ¼ cup of batter for each one. If you prefer larger pancakes, you can use a larger cup measure. 
  • Keep pancakes warm while you make the remaining batter. As you are working with the rest of the batter, keep cooked pancakes in a 200-degree oven on a baking sheet sprayed with vegetable oil.

FAQs

Do ricotta pancakes freeze well?

Yes, they do. To freeze, place cooled pancakes between layers of parchment paper in a freezer-safe plastic storage bag or airtight container. Pancakes will keep frozen for up to 2 months.

How do you make pancakes fluffier?

The secret to thick, fluffy pancakes is to separate the eggs. Place the egg yolks in the bowl with the wet ingredients and whip the egg whites with granulated sugar to stiff peaks, then fold them in.

How do you reheat ricotta pancakes?

Place the pancakes on a wire rack set inside a baking sheet, with space between them. Cover with foil and reheat in a preheated 350-degree F oven for 5-10 minutes, or until warmed through. Frozen pancakes will take an additional 2-3 minutes to get warm.

Similar Breakfast Recipes You Might Also Like:

If you are a fan of lemon and ricotta pairing, be sure to try my Ricotta Lemon Pasta recipe as well. Otherwise, below are a few other delicious must-try breakfast dishes.

If you try this Ricotta Lemon Pancakes recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe has been adapted from America’s Test Kitchen cookbook with minor changes to the original recipe.

Lemon Ricotta Pancakes stacked and topped off with blueberry drizzle
Print

Lemon Ricotta Pancakes Recipe

This Lemon Ricotta Pancakes recipe might be the most fluffy and light pancake recipe you can imagine. Made with pantry staples, it is bursting with zesty flavors. Top them off with homemade blueberry sauce or simply drizzle them with maple syrup for a delicious breakfast.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 20 minutes
Cook Time 25 minutes
Total Time 40 minutes
Servings 10 pancakes
Calories 146kcal

Ingredients

  • 2/3 cup all-purpose flour (3 1/2 oz.)
  • 1/2 teaspoon baking soda
  • 1/2 teaspoon kosher salt
  • 1 cup ricotta cheese 8 oz. ricotta cheese
  • 2 large egg yolks
  • 1/3 cup whole milk
  • 1 teaspoon lemon zest
  • 4 tablespoons fresh lemon juice
  • 1/2 teaspoon pure vanilla extract
  • 2 tablespoon unsalted butter melted and cooled – or vegetable oil
  • 4 large egg whites
  • 1/4 cup granulated sugar* (1 3/4 oz.)
  • 2 teaspoons vegetable oil for cooking the pancakes
  • 1 cup homemade blueberry sauce Optional – or any other one of your favorite toppings

Instructions

  • Whisk dry ingredients: Place flour, baking soda, and salt in a large bowl and whisk until combined. Set it aside.
  • Mix Wet ingredients: In a seperate bowl, whisk together ricotta cheese, egg yolks, milk, lemon zest, lemon juice, vanilla extract, and butter until it is just combined. Set it aside.
  • Gently pour and stir the ricotta mixture into the dry ingredients. Do not over mix.
  • Using a hand mixer, whisk egg whites for 1 minute in medium-low speed. Increase the speed to medium and whisk until foamy for 1 more minute. Slowly add the sugar and whisk until soft peaks form (it will be very silky) for 1-2 minutes.
  • Gently whisk 1/3 of the egg whites and sugar mixture into the flour and ricotta mixture.
  • Using a spatula, fold in the rest of the egg whites and sugar mixture into the batter making sure to be gentle to not to deflate all the air we incorporated into the egg whites.
  • Preheat the oven to 200 degrees F.
  • Heat 1 teaspoon vegetable oil in a 12-inch non-stick skillet in medium heat. Using a sheet of paper towel, wipe out the excess oil. Measure 1/4 cup* of the batter and portion it in 3 places leaving a couple of inches around each pancake. Let it cook 2 minutes, flip, and cook each pancake for another 1 minute or until the edges are set. Repeat it for the rest of the batter.
  • As you are working on cooking the rest of the batter, place cooked pancakes on a baking sheet in a single layer to keep them warm.
  • Serve with blueberry sauce, fresh blueberries or any other fresh fruit.

Notes

  • This ricotta pancake batter makes 10-12 small pancakes. You can use a larger cup to make bigger pancakes if you wish.
  • The calorie information below does not include the blueberry sauce drizzled on top.
  • Sugar: I first shared this post back in 2014. In 2016, I decided to no longer share recipes made with refined sugars. This recipe is made with granulated sugar but I have tested it with an equal amount of coconut sugar as well. Other than the color of the pancakes there was not much of a difference in taste. Therefore, if you prefer a more natural sweetener, you can use coconut sugar in place of granulated sugar.
  • Storage: Store leftover pancakes between layers of parchment paper in a plastic storage bag or airtight container for up to 4 days.
  • Freezer: Store pancakes between layers of parchment paper in a plastic freezer bag or freezer-safe container for up to 2 months.
  • Reheat: Reheat in the microwave in short 20-second increments. To reheat a large batch, set the pancakes on a wire rack set inside a baking sheet, cover with foil, and warm through in a 350-degree F oven for 5-10 minutes. Add 2-3 minutes to the baking time if reheating from frozen.

Nutrition

Calories: 146kcal | Carbohydrates: 15g | Protein: 6g | Fat: 7g | Saturated Fat: 4g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 2g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 58mg | Sodium: 217mg | Potassium: 89mg | Fiber: 1g | Sugar: 7g | Vitamin A: 253IU | Vitamin C: 4mg | Calcium: 70mg | Iron: 1mg

 Adapted from Cook’s Illustrated Magazines’ Lemon Ricotta Pancakes.

]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/ricotta-and-lemon-pancakes/feed/ 13
Yeasted Waffles https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-yeasted-waffles-with-banana-rum-topping/ https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-yeasted-waffles-with-banana-rum-topping/#comments Thu, 14 Apr 2022 04:53:00 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=3852 Waffles have forever been a special treat in my home – and for good reason. While you can always go…]]>

Waffles have forever been a special treat in my home – and for good reason. While you can always go the more embellished route with pumpkin spice waffles, brioche waffles, almond flour waffles, and chocolate waffles, I find an old-fashioned waffle hits the spot every time.

And I haven’t even mentioned the best part. This instant waffle recipe is just that – instant – with a little planning ahead. But I promise the extra effort is well worth it.

Overnight yeasted waffles on a cooling wire rack from the top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

Homemade waffles with yeast are easier than you think and a great one to add to your breakfast recipes repertoire. I know you will love them because:

  • The batter is made in advance: Come morning time, all you have to do is heat up the waffle iron and let it do its magic. You can thank yourself later for doing all that prep during the previous night.
  • Crispier and lighter: These are the lightest, fluffiest waffles I have ever made.
  • Serve it any way you like: Top them off with blueberry puree, maple whipped cream, maple syrup, butter, jam, and fresh fruit – the options are endless.
  • Freezes beautifully: Leftovers can be frozen and enjoyed any time the craving strikes. They are so easy to warm in the toaster.

Ingredients

The ingredient list for overnight Belgian waffles is short and sweet. You probably already have most, if not all, of the ingredients for this waffle dough recipe on hand.

ingredients from the top view

Gather together milk, butter, all-purpose flour, granulated sugar (coconut sugar), rapid rise yeast, kosher salt, large eggs, and vanilla extract.

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Milk: I recommend using whole milk versus low-fat or skim milk for best results. Buttermilk would be a good substitute and add a subtle tangy flavor.
  • Sugar: Coconut sugar is my preferred sugar, but use your favorite. Since the quantity is so small, a liquid sweetener such as maple syrup or honey can be substituted, just make sure to mix it with the eggs and vanilla.
  • Yeast: Although rapid-rise yeast granules are a bit smaller than instant yeast, both can be used interchangeably here. If you only have active dry yeast, add it to the warm milk and butter (about 100-110 degrees F), allow it to sit for 10 minutes until frothy, then proceed with the recipe.

How to Make

Once you learn how to make overnight yeast waffles, you’ll never go back. Simply:

person showing how to make the recipe with three images
  1. Warm milk and butter: Combine milk and butter in a small pot over medium heat. Heat, stirring occasionally until the butter is melted. Set aside to cool.
  2. Mix dry ingredients: In a large mixing bowl, combine flour, sugar, yeast, and salt.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In a small bowl, whisk eggs and vanilla extract until combined.
photos showing how to make the waffle batter
  1. Make waffle batter: Gradually pour the milk and melted butter mixture over the dry ingredients and whisk until just combined. Then, add the egg mixture and whisk until no lumps remain. The batter should be smooth.
Person cooking the batter using a Belgian waffle iron
  1. Cover and chill: Cover the bowl with plastic wrap. Place batter in the fridge and let sit overnight, or up to 24 hours.
  2. Prep equipment: Heat the waffle iron according to the manufacturer’s instructions. While doing so, also preheat the oven to 200 degrees F and set a wire rack inside a baking sheet, and set aside.
  3. Cook waffles: Remove the waffle batter from the refrigerator and whisk to combine (the batter will deflate). Spray the preheated waffle iron with non-stick cooking spray. Place ½ cup of waffle batter into the hot waffle iron. Cook until golden brown. Remove the cooked waffle with a heatproof spatula and place it on the prepared baking sheet. Place in the oven to keep warm.

Topping Ideas

Go wild and get creative with the toppings for your overnight waffles. You can try:

How to Serve

Belgian waffles with yeast are one of those recipes that can be served in both casual and elegant fashion. Some of my favorite ways to serve include:

Yeasted waffles on a plate from the top view
  • Weekend Breakfast: Wake everyone up to the fresh scent of homestyle, buttery waffles. They are that bounce-out-of-bed and get the whole family awake on a Saturday morning kind of breakfast recipe. I like to enjoy them with a fresh cup of coffee.
  • Sunday Brunch: Make it an elegant meal and serve these waffles with goat cheese quiche and Blood Orange Mimosas to wash it all down.
  • Dessert: Top warm waffles with generous scoops of vanilla ice cream, whipped cream, chocolate sauce, and fresh strawberries.

How to Store and Reheat

This yeasted waffle recipe stores well in the fridge and freezer. To do so, simply:

  • Fridge: Store leftover waffles between layers of parchment paper in a plastic storage bag or airtight container for up to 4 days.
  • Freezer: Store between layers of parchment paper in a plastic freezer bag or freezer-safe container for up to 2 months.
  • Reheat: Reheat in the toaster or toaster oven set to the lowest setting. To reheat a large batch, set the waffles on a wire rack set inside a baking sheet, cover with foil, and warm through in a 350-degree F oven for 5-10 minutes. Add 2-3 minutes to the baking time if reheating from frozen.

Expert Tips

  • Cool the milk and butter. It is imperative to make sure that the warm milk mixture is cooled until warm to touch for the yeast to get activated. It will kill the yeast if the mixture is too hot.
  • The yeasted waffle batter will bubble and grow. Make sure to use a large bowl to allow room for the dough to rise.
  • Keep in mind that yeast is important here. It adds a subtle sweet yeasty flavor to every bite and a more substantial texture than a waffle recipe with baking soda alone.
  • If short on time, cook after a 1-hour rest at room temperature. The waffles won’t have as much depth of flavor as the rested and raised waffles, but they will still be delicious.
  • Make the waffles crispier. If you allow them to sit in a 200 degree oven for 10-15 minutes before eating, they are crispier.
  • The number of waffles will vary based on the size of your waffle iron. This batter makes 7-8 waffles with my waffle maker, which is 6 ½ inches in diameter.
  • If you are in need of a new waffle maker, this Cuisineart Belgian Waffle Maker (affiliate link) is my favorite one. 

Other Weekend Breakfast Recipes You Might Also Like:

Whether you are a fan of the New York Times’ Raised Waffles recipe, Marion Cunningham’s Yeasted Waffles, or have always loved the popular King Arthur’s Waffle Mix, I hope you give this version a try. I know those famous recipes are favored by many people but I promise you that my version is just as good, if not better.

And if you are in need of next-level weekend breakfast/brunch recipes, here are a few more recipes to try:

If you try this Overnight Yeasted Waffles recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

This recipe has been adapted from Cook’s Illustrated Magazine‘s Overnight Yeasted Waffles recipe with minor changes.

yeasted waffles on a plate from the top view
Print

Yeasted Waffles Recipe

Make these Overnight Yeasted Waffles for a scrumptious weekend breakfast for your family. To me, this is the ultimate Belgian Waffles recipe perfect for those who are craving a crispy treat on a lazy weekend morning.
Course Breakfast
Cuisine American
Diet Vegetarian
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 30 minutes
12 hours resting time 12 hours
Total Time 12 hours 45 minutes
Servings 6 waffles
Calories 429kcal

Ingredients

  • 1 3/4 cups whole milk
  • 8 tablespoons unsalted butter (4 ounces) cut into small pieces. Plus, more for greasing the waffle iron
  • 2 cups all-purpose flour (10 ounces)
  • 1 tablespoon sugar or coconut sugar
  • 1 1/2 teaspoons rapid-rise yeast (1 package)
  • 1 teaspoon Kosher salt
  • 2 large eggs
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract

Instructions

  • Place milk and butter in a small saucepan over medium heat. Heat, stirring occasionally, until the butter is melted. Set aside to cool.*
  • In a mixing bowl, combine flour, sugar, yeast, and salt. Set aside.
  • In a small bowl, whisk eggs and vanilla extract until combined.
  • Gradually pour the milk and butter mixture over the dry ingredients and whisk until combined.
  • Add the egg & vanilla mixture to the batter and whisk until there are no lumps remaining. The batter should be smooth.
  • Cover with stretch film. Place it in the fridge and let it sit overnight (or up to 24 houts)
  • When ready to make the waffles, preheat the oven to 200 Degrees.
  • Heat the waffle iron. Brush it with butter (or you can also use oil spray). Fill a 1/2 cup waffle batter with batter and pour into the waffle iron. Cook until golden brown.* Remove the cooked waffle and place on a baking sheet without stacking. Place in the oven to keep warm.
  • When ready to serve, top each waffle with your favorite toppings, and serve.

Notes

  • It is imperative to make sure that the milk mixture is cooled until warm to the touch for the yeast to get activated.
  • Every waffle iron is different. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for perfect results. 
  • This batter makes 6-7 waffles in my 6 1/2 inch waffle maker.
  • You can store cooked (and cooled) waffles in an airtight container and freeze them. Pop them in your toaster to warm them up before serving. There is no need to thaw them before doing so.

Nutrition

Calories: 429kcal | Carbohydrates: 40g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 19g | Saturated Fat: 9g | Cholesterol: 77mg | Sodium: 336mg | Potassium: 272mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 11g | Vitamin A: 515IU | Vitamin C: 3mg | Calcium: 83mg | Iron: 2mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/overnight-yeasted-waffles-with-banana-rum-topping/feed/ 15
Almond Flour Lemon Cake https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-lemon-cake/ https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-lemon-cake/#comments Fri, 08 Apr 2022 22:10:38 +0000 https://foolproofliving.com/?p=49733 You all know how much I am a fan of recipes with ground almonds instead of flour. With respect to…]]>

You all know how much I am a fan of recipes with ground almonds instead of flour. With respect to my almond flour carrot cake, strawberry almond cake, almond flour vanilla cake, and chocolate almond cake, this almond lemon cake recipe is another one to add to my library of easy almond flour recipes.

If you are a fan of ground almond recipes and want to try your hand at making the ultimate spring dessert, read on! 

Almond Flour Lemon cake garnished with fruit from the top view

Why Should You Try This Recipe?

This flourless lemon cake made with almond flour is such a cinch to make. You’ll love it because:

  • Bursting with lemon flavor: We make good use of lemon zest from fresh lemons in this recipe and the end result is well worth the effort.
  • Light, bright, and sunny almond lemon cake: Nothing says spring and summer more than citrus cake, and this one surely hits the spot.
  • Serving is super versatile: Enjoy it plain as a simple breakfast or afternoon snack, or really jazz it up for a showstopping dessert for dinner parties, Easter, picnics, and more.
  • Special diet friendly: This refined sugar free and low carb lemon cake is a great recipe to have on hand to satisfy your sweet tooth if you are following a low sugar and low carb diet.

Ingredients

This gluten-free lemon almond cake recipe is made with only 10 simple ingredients. Gather together large eggs, maple syrup, vanilla extract, almond extract, almond flour, cornstarch, baking powder, lemon zest, fresh lemon juice, and fine sea salt.

ingredients for flourless cake with lemon

Ingredient Substitutions and Notes

  • Sweetener: Replace the maple syrup with an equal amount of honey instead for a delicious lemon almond flour honey cake.
  • Extract: Omit the almond extract, if you are not a fan or don’t have any on hand.
  • DIY Almond flour: Use your favorite brand of almond flour or follow my easy guide on how to make almond flour at home.
  • Almond flour vs. Almond Meal: You can use almond meal instead of almond flour in this recipe. However, be aware that lemon and almond meal cake is a bit denser and less airy than its version made with almond meal.
  • To make it paleo diet friendly: Keep it paleo by replacing the cornstarch with arrowroot powder or tapioca starch, and the baking powder with ½ teaspoon cream of tartar and ¼ teaspoon baking soda.
  • Cream of tartar: Rather than lemon juice, make good use of cream of tartar once more when whipping the egg whites.

How to Make

Patience is key with this gluten free lemon cake using ground almonds since much of the lift and texture comes from whipped egg whites. Here’s how to make this healthy lemon cake with almond flour in just a few easy steps:

Step by step photos of how to make the recipe
  1. Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Place a circle of parchment paper on the bottom of an 8 or 9-inch cake round pan or springform pan. Lightly grease the paper and sides of the pan with oil and set it aside.
  2. Separate the eggs: Separate the egg yolks and whites, placing the egg whites in a large mixing bowl and the egg yolks in a separate bowl.
  3. Whisk wet ingredients: In the bowl with the egg yolks, add the maple syrup, vanilla extract, and almond extract, if using, and whisk until smooth.
  4. Make batter: In a separate bowl, whisk together the almond flour, cornstarch, and baking powder. Fold into the egg yolk mixture, along with the lemon zest. The batter will be thick.
Steps showing how to make the batter for the cake
  1. Whip egg whites: To the bowl of egg whites, add the lemon juice and salt. Beat with the whisk attachment or hand mixer on medium-high speed until soft peaks form, about 2-3 minutes.
  2. Lighten up the batter: Stir ⅓ of the beaten egg whites into the batter to lighten it. Then, gently fold the remaining egg whites in with a rubber spatula until just combined. The batter should be evenly moistened with no streak of egg whites remaining, but it will not be completely smooth. Do not overmix. Transfer the batter to the prepared pan and gently spread it into an even layer.
  3. Bake: Bake for 25-30 minutes, or until the edges of the cake have begun to pull away from the pan, the top is golden brown, and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Place the pan on a wire rack and let cool for 15 minutes.
Almond flour lemon cake cooling on a wire rack
  1. Serve: To serve, run a sharp knife around the cake to loosen it. If using a springform pan, release the sides of the pan. If using a cake pan, gently flip the cake onto a plate, peel away the parchment, then flip it back over onto a serving plate. Serve warm by itself or at room temperature, topped with whipped cream, berries (or any other seasonal fruit), and small lemon slices, if desired.

How to Serve

This citrus almond cake can be served warm or at room temperature. Some of my favorite ways include:

  • Plain and simple: Slice and enjoy with a hot cup of coffee or tea.
person showing how to assemble cake with whipped cream topping
  • Whipped cream and berries: Allow the cake cool completely, then layer the top of the cake with maple whipped cream and summer berries.
  • Blueberry Sauce or puree: It is no secret that lemon and blueberries go so well together. If you want to change it up serve it with homemade blueberry sauce or blueberry puree on the side or as a drizzle on top.

Variations

  • Lemon Cardamom: Add ½ teaspoon ground cardamom powder along with the dry ingredients.
  • Lemon Poppyseed: Add 1 Tablespoon poppy seeds into the dry ingredients for more of an Italian Lemon Almond Flour Cake recipe.
  • Honey Cake: Swap out the maple syrup for an equal amount of honey.
  • Winter Citrus Cake: Get creative with citrus and use orange, grapefruit, clementine, or tangerine zest, or Meyer lemons when in season.
  • Paleo Birthday Cake: Use my notes for making it a paleo layer cake, make a double batch, and layer it with coconut whipped cream and fresh berries.
  • Keto Lemon Cake: Use an equal amount of a keto-approved liquid sweetener.
  • Muffins: Scoop the batter into a parchment-lined muffin tin. Bake 15-18 minutes, or until the center springs back to the touch. The recipe will make 10-11 muffins.

How to Store

This healthy flourless almond cake will keep well on the kitchen counter, in the fridge, or even frozen for later. Here’s how:

  • Room temperature: Keep it under a cake dome or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to two days.
  • Fridge: Store in an airtight container or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to 1 week.
  • Freezer: Double-wrap the cooled almond cake in plastic wrap, then wrap in aluminum foil. Freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw in the fridge or right on your kitchen counter.
A slice of Lemon Almond Cake from the front view

Expert Tips

  • Use a metal or glass bowl for whipping egg whites. Egg whites don’t whisk properly in plastic bowls.
  • Use room temperature ingredients. This ensures the lemon and almond meal cake batter is mixed properly. I pull out the eggs and maple syrup from the fridge while I gather the remaining ingredients.
  • Separate the eggs while still cold. Use gentle hands and make sure there is no yolk present in the bowl.
  • Make sure the bowl and whisk are squeaky clean. Egg whites will not whisk to stiff peaks if there is even a speckle of fat or dust on your bowl or whisk. Clean and dry thoroughly just before using.
  • Fold in the lemon zest with a spatula. I like to add the lemon zest along with the dry ingredients and fold them in with a spatula. This prevents it from getting stuck in the wires of your whisk.
  • Use precut parchment paper: If you are a regular baker and like me, not a fan of having to cut parchment to fit in the cake tin, use 9-inch precut parchment paper (affiliate link). It is surely a timesaver.
  • Cool cake completely on a cooling rack if you are planning to spread it with whipped cream.

FAQs

Is almond flour good for cakes?

Almond flour adds texture and a subtle nutty flavor that is much loved by those who follow a gluten-free or paleo lifestyle. I make it the star in many of my easy almond flour cake recipes.

Why is almond flour used in cakes?

Almond flour adds a mild sweetness and delicate texture to cakes. Plus, the added fat extends the shelf life, ensuring the baked goods retain moisture.

Can I substitute almond flour for regular flour in a cake?

No, you cannot substitute almond flour for regular flour with the same results. Since almond flour is gluten-free, it requires a higher amount of eggs to bind the batter.

Does almond flour bake like regular flour?

es, almond flour is a wonderful flour to bake with and a great substitute for all-purpose flour. That being said (and as mentioned above), it cannot be swapped for a one-to-one or cup-for-cup measure in recipes that call for wheat flour or gluten-free flours

Other Ground Almond Recipes You’ll Enjoy:

If you try this Flourless Lemon Almond Cake recipe or any other recipe on Foolproof Living, please take a minute to rate the recipe and leave a comment below. It helps others who are thinking of making the recipe. And if you took some pictures, be sure to share them on Instagram using #foolproofeats so I can share them on my stories.

Almond Flour Lemon Cake recipe from the top
Print

Almond Flour Lemon Cake Recipe

This Almond Flour Lemon Cake recipe is an easy to make flourless cake that can be served by itself or with whipped cream and berries on top. Light, fluffy and refreshing, it is also a gluten free, grain free and paleo-friendly cake that is perfect for spring and summer.
Course Naturally sweetened dessert
Cuisine American
Diet Gluten Free
Prep Time 15 minutes
Cook Time 35 minutes
Cooling time 1 hour
Total Time 1 hour 50 minutes
Servings 8 slices
Calories 231kcal

Ingredients

  • 4 large eggs separated and at room temperature
  • ½ cup maple syrup * at room temperature
  • 1 teaspoon vanilla extract
  • ½ teaspoon almond extract optional
  • 1 ¾ cups almond flour (7.35 oz)
  • 1 tablespoon cornstarch use arrowroot starch for grain-free version
  • 1 teaspoon baking powder (see notes for paleo option)
  • 2 tablespoons lemon zest (about 2 lemons)
  • 1 teaspoon lemon juice or ½ teaspoon cream of tartar
  • ¼ teaspoon kosher salt

Optional Toppings

Instructions

  • Prep equipment: Preheat the oven to 350 degrees F. Place a round of parchment paper on the bottom of an 8 or 9-inch cake pan or springform pan. Lightly grease the paper and sides of the pan with oil and set it aside.
  • Separate the eggs: Separate the egg yolks and whites, placing the egg whites in a large bowl and the egg yolks in a separate mixing bowl.
  • Whisk wet ingredients: In the bowl with the egg yolks, add the maple syrup, vanilla extract, and almond extract, if using, and whisk until smooth.
  • Make the batter: In a separate bowl, whisk together the almond flour, cornstarch, and baking powder. Fold into the egg yolk mixture, along with the lemon zest. The batter will be thick.
  • Whip egg whites: To the bowl of egg whites, add the lemon juice and salt. Beat with the whisk attachment or hand mixer on medium-high speed until soft peaks form, about 2-3 minutes.
  • Lighten up the batter: Stir ⅓ of the beaten egg whites into the batter to lighten it. Then, gently fold the remaining egg whites in with a rubber spatula until just combined. The batter should be evenly moistened with no streak of egg whites remaining, but it will not be completely smooth. Do not overmix. Transfer the batter to the prepared pan and gently spread it into an even layer.
  • Bake: Bake for 25-30 minutes, or until the edges of the cake have begun to pull away from the pan, the top is golden brown, and a toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean. Place the pan on a wire rack and let cool for 15 minutes
  • To serve, run a knife around the cake to loosen it. If using a springform pan, release the sides of the pan. If using a cake pan, gently flip the cake onto a plate, peel away the parchment, then flip it back over onto a serving plate. Serve warm or at room temperature, topped with whipped cream and berries, if desired.

Video

Notes

  • To make it paleo diet friendly: Keep it paleo by replacing the cornstarch with arrowroot powder or tapioca starch, and the baking powder with ½ teaspoon cream of tartar and ¼ teaspoon baking soda.
  • Sweetener: Replace the maple syrup with an equal amount of honey instead for a delicious lemon almond flour honey cake.
  • Turn them into muffins: Scoop the batter into a parchment-lined muffin tin. Bake for 15-18 minutes, or until the center springs back to the touch. The recipe will make 10-11 muffins.
  • DIY Almond flour: Use your favorite brand of almond flour or follow my easy guide on how to make almond flour at home.
  • Almond flour vs. Almond Meal: You can use almond meal instead of almond flour in this recipe. However, be aware that lemon and almond meal cake is a bit denser and less airy than its version made with almond meal.
  • Separate the eggs while still cold. Use gentle hands and make sure there is no yolk present in the bowl.
  • Storage Instructions
    Room temperature: Keep it under a cake dome or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to 2 days.
    Fridge: Store in an airtight container or wrapped in plastic wrap for up to 1 week.
    Freezer: Double-wrap the cooled almond cake in plastic wrap, then wrap in aluminum foil. Freeze for up to 3 months. Thaw in the fridge or right on your kitchen counter.

Nutrition

Calories: 231kcal | Carbohydrates: 20g | Protein: 8g | Fat: 14g | Saturated Fat: 2g | Polyunsaturated Fat: 1g | Monounsaturated Fat: 1g | Trans Fat: 1g | Cholesterol: 82mg | Sodium: 159mg | Potassium: 80mg | Fiber: 3g | Sugar: 13g | Vitamin A: 120IU | Vitamin C: 2mg | Calcium: 117mg | Iron: 1mg
]]>
https://foolproofliving.com/almond-flour-lemon-cake/feed/ 16